Document:

Exhibit 4.3

 Exhibit 4.3 

BB&T CORPORATION 401(K) 

SAVINGS PLAN 
 (January
1, 2013 Restatement) 

 BB&T CORPORATION 401(K) 

SAVINGS PLAN 
 (January
1, 2013 Restatement) 
 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

							
	 	 	 	  	Page	 
	 Section 1.
	 	Definitions	  	 	2	  
	 1.1
	 	“Account”	  	 	2	  
	 1.2
	 	“Accrued benefit”	  	 	3	  
	 1.3
	 	“Actual deferral percentage” or “ADP”	  	 	3	  
	 1.4
	 	“Adjustment date”	  	 	5	  
	 1.5
	 	“Affiliated employer”	  	 	5	  
	 1.6
	 	“Board”	  	 	5	  
	 1.7
	 	“Break in service”	  	 	5	  
	 1.8
	 	“Code”	  	 	5	  
	 1.9
	 	“Committee”	  	 	5	  
	 1.10
	 	“Company”	  	 	5	  
	 1.11
	 	“Company stock”	  	 	6	  
	 1.12
	 	“Compensation”	  	 	6	  
	 1.13
	 	“Computation period”	  	 	7	  
	 1.14
	 	“Contribution percentage”	  	 	7	  
	 1.15
	 	“Designated Roth account”	  	 	8	  
	 1.16
	 	“Disability”	  	 	8	  
	 1.17
	 	“Effective date”	  	 	9	  
	 1.18
	 	“Elective deferral” or “elective deferrals”	  	 	9	  
	 1.19
	 	“Eligible employee”	  	 	9	  
	 1.20
	 	“Employee”	  	 	10	  
	 1.21
	 	“Entry date”	  	 	10	  
	 1.22
	 	“ERISA”	  	 	10	  
	 1.23
	 	“Excess aggregate contributions”	  	 	10	  
	 1.24
	 	“Excess contributions”	  	 	11	  
	 1.25
	 	“Excess elective deferral”	  	 	11	  
	 1.26
	 	“Highly compensated participant”	  	 	11	  
	 1.27
	 	“Hour of service”	  	 	12	  
	 1.28
	 	“Leased employee”	  	 	14	  
	 1.29
	 	“Matching contributions”	  	 	14	  
	 1.30
	 	“Nonhighly compensated participant”	  	 	15	  
	 1.31
	 	“Normal retirement age”	  	 	15	  
	 1.32
	 	“Participant”	  	 	15	  
	 1.33
	 	“Participating Employer”	  	 	16	  
	 1.34
	 	“Plan”	  	 	16	  
	 1.35
	 	“Plan year”	  	 	16	  
	 1.36
	 	“Predecessor plan”	  	 	16	  
	 1.37
	 	“Qualified nonelective contributions”	  	 	17	  
	 1.38
	 	“Retire” or “retirement”	  	 	17	  

  
 -i- 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

(continued) 
  

							
	 	 	 	  	Page	 
	 1.39
	 	“Roth contributions”	  	 	17	  
	 1.40
	 	“Roth rollover contribution”	  	 	17	  
	 1.41
	 	“Salary reduction contributions”	  	 	17	  
	 1.42
	 	“Service”	  	 	17	  
	 1.43
	 	“Spouse” or “surviving spouse”	  	 	18	  
	 1.44
	 	“Statutory compensation”	  	 	18	  
	 1.45
	 	“Testing compensation”	  	 	19	  
	 1.46
	 	“Trust” or “trust fund”	  	 	20	  
	 1.47
	 	“Trust agreement”	  	 	20	  
	 1.48
	 	“Trustee”	  	 	20	  
	 1.49
	 	“Year of service”	  	 	20	  
			
	 Section 2.
	 	Contributions to the Trust and Allocation Thereof	  	 	21	  
	 2.1
	 	Salary Reduction Contributions	  	 	21	  
	 2.2
	 	Matching Contributions	  	 	30	  
	 2.3
	 	Discretionary Supplemental Employer Contributions	  	 	34	  
	 2.4
	 	General Limitations	  	 	36	  
			
	 Section 3.
	 	Vesting	  	 	36	  
	 3.1
	 	General	  	 	36	  
	 3.2
	 	Forfeitures	  	 	36	  
	 3.3
	 	Change in Vesting Schedule	  	 	37	  
	 3.4
	 	Predecessor Plan	  	 	37	  
			
	 Section 4.
	 	Pretermination Distributions; Loans	  	 	37	  
	 4.1
	 	Hardship Distributions	  	 	37	  
	 4.2
	 	Distributions After Age 59 1⁄2	  	 	40	  
	 4.3
	 	Distributions Prior to Age 59 1⁄2	  	 	40	  
	 4.4
	 	Loans	  	 	41	  
	 4.5
	 	Termination of Service Prior to Distribution	  	 	43	  
			
	 Section 5.
	 	Termination Distributions	  	 	43	  
	 5.1
	 	Distributions on Account of Retirement or Disability	  	 	43	  
	 5.2
	 	Distributions on Account of Death	  	 	45	  
	 5.3
	 	Special Provisions and Definitions	  	 	45	  
	 5.4
	 	Distributions on Account of Other Termination of Service	  	 	47	  
	 5.5
	 	Directions	  	 	48	  
	 5.6
	 	Distributions to Alternate Payees	  	 	48	  
	 5.7
	 	Valuation	  	 	49	  
	 5.8
	 	Distributions from Salary Reduction Contribution (before-tax) Accounts, Employer Basic Matching Contribution Accounts and QNEC Accounts	  	 	49	  
	 5.9
	 	Required Minimum Distributions	  	 	50	  

  
 -ii- 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

(continued) 
  

							
	 	  	 	  	Page	 
	 Section 6.
	  	Adjustment of Accounts	  	 	55	  
	 6.1
	  	Adjustment of Accounts	  	 	55	  
	 6.2
	  	Loan Account	  	 	56	  
	 6.3
	  	General	  	 	56	  
			
	 Section 7.
	  	Participant Direction of Investments	  	 	56	  
	 7.1
	  	Participant Directed Investments	  	 	56	  
	 7.2
	  	General	  	 	58	  
			
	 Section 8.
	  	Administration by Committee	  	 	58	  
	 8.1
	  	Membership of Committee	  	 	58	  
	 8.2
	  	Committee Officers; Subcommittee	  	 	58	  
	 8.3
	  	Committee Meetings	  	 	58	  
	 8.4
	  	Transaction of Business	  	 	59	  
	 8.5
	  	Committee Records	  	 	59	  
	 8.6
	  	Establishment of Rules	  	 	59	  
	 8.7
	  	Conflicts of Interest	  	 	59	  
	 8.8
	  	Correction of Errors	  	 	60	  
	 8.9
	  	Authority to Interpret Plan	  	 	60	  
	 8.10
	  	Third Party Advisor	  	 	60	  
	 8.11
	  	Compensation of Members	  	 	61	  
	 8.12
	  	Committee Expenses	  	 	61	  
	 8.13
	  	Indemnification of Committee	  	 	61	  
	 8.14
	  	Financial Condition	  	 	62	  
			
	 Section 9.
	  	Management of Funds and Amendment of Plan	  	 	62	  
	 9.1
	  	Fiduciary Duties	  	 	62	  
	 9.2
	  	Trust Agreement	  	 	63	  
	 9.3
	  	Authority to Amend	  	 	63	  
	 9.4
	  	Requirements of Writing	  	 	64	  
			
	 Section 10.
	  	Allocation of Responsibilities Among Named Fiduciaries	  	 	64	  
	 10.1
	  	Duties of Named Fiduciaries	  	 	64	  
	 10.2
	  	Co-fiduciary Liability	  	 	66	  
			
	 Section 11.
	  	Benefits Not Assignable; Facility of Payments	  	 	66	  
	 11.1
	  	Benefits Not Assignable	  	 	66	  
	 11.2
	  	Payments to Minors and Others	  	 	66	  
			
	 Section 12.
	  	Termination of Plan and Trust; Merger or Consolidation of Plan	  	 	67	  
	 12.1
	  	Complete Termination of the Plan	  	 	67	  
	 12.2
	  	Partial Termination	  	 	67	  
	 12.3
	  	Merger or Consolidation	  	 	67	  
	 12.4
	  	Protection of Benefits	  	 	68	  

  
 -iii- 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

(continued) 
  

							
	 	  	 	  	Page	 
	 Section 13.
	  	Communication to Employees	  	 	68	  
			
	 Section 14.
	  	Claims Procedure	  	 	69	  
	 14.1
	  	Filing of a Claim for Benefits	  	 	69	  
	 14.2
	  	Notification to Claimant of Decision	  	 	69	  
	 14.3
	  	Procedure for Review	  	 	69	  
	 14.4
	  	Decision on Review	  	 	70	  
	 14.5
	  	Action by Authorized Representative of Claimant	  	 	70	  
	 14.6
	  	Delay of Payment	  	 	71	  
	 14.7
	  	Overpayments	  	 	71	  
			
	 Section 15.
	  	Portability of Participant Accounts	  	 	71	  
	 15.1
	  	Definitions	  	 	71	  
	 15.2
	  	Construction	  	 	73	  
			
	 Section 16.
	  	Rollovers	  	 	73	  
	 16.1
	  	Timing	  	 	73	  
	 16.2
	  	Eligibility	  	 	73	  
	 16.3
	  	Maximum Amount	  	 	73	  
	 16.4
	  	Accounting	  	 	74	  
	 16.5
	  	Transfers Prior to Becoming a Participant	  	 	74	  
	 16.6
	  	Qualifying Arrangement	  	 	74	  
			
	 Section 17.
	  	Special Provisions Relating to Transfers from Qualified Plans	  	 	75	  
	 17.1
	  	Accounting	  	 	75	  
	 17.2
	  	Liability of Trustee	  	 	75	  
	 17.3
	  	Protected Benefits Under Section 411(d)(6) of the Code	  	 	75	  
	 17.4
	  	Authority of Committee	  	 	75	  
	 17.5
	  	Impermissible Transfers	  	 	76	  
			
	 Section 18.
	  	Special Top-Heavy Provisions	  	 	76	  
	 18.1
	  	Definitions	  	 	76	  
	 18.2
	  	Top-Heavy Requirements	  	 	79	  
			
	 Section 19.
	  	Limitations on Allocations	  	 	80	  
	 19.1
	  	Limitations	  	 	80	  
	 19.2
	  	Adjustments	  	 	81	  
	 19.3
	  	Limitation for Multiple Defined Contribution Plan Participation	  	 	81	  
	 19.4
	  	Definitions	  	 	81	  
			
	 Section 20.
	  	Parties to the Plan; Transfers of Employees	  	 	81	  
	 20.1
	  	Application of Plan and Trust Agreement	  	 	82	  
	 20.2
	  	Service with a Participating Employer	  	 	82	  
	 20.3
	  	Contributions by each Participating Employer	  	 	82	  

  
 -iv- 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

(continued) 
  

							
	 	 	 	  	Page	 
	 20.4
	 	Authority of Board	  	 	83	  
			
	 Section 21.
	 	Compliance with the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994	  	 	83	  
	 21.1
	 	Treatment of USERRA Contributions	  	 	83	  
	 21.2
	 	Rights with Respect to Salary Reduction Contributions	  	 	84	  
	 21.3
	 	Special Service Crediting Rules	  	 	84	  
	 21.4
	 	Loans	  	 	84	  
	 21.5
	 	Provisions With Respect to Military Service	  	 	85	  
	 21.6
	 	Definitions	  	 	85	  
	 21.7
	 	Construction	  	 	85	  
			
	 Section 22.
	 	Special Provisions Applicable to ESOP	  	 	86	  
	 22.1
	 	Investment	  	 	86	  
	 22.2
	 	Distributions	  	 	86	  
	 22.3
	 	Restrictions on Company stock	  	 	86	  
	 22.4
	 	Proxy Voting	  	 	86	  
	 22.5
	 	Valuations	  	 	86	  
	 22.6
	 	Diversification	  	 	87	  
	 22.7
	 	Dividends	  	 	88	  
	 22.8
	 	Interpretation; Rules	  	 	88	  
	 22.9
	 	Compliance with Securities Laws	  	 	88	  
			
	 Section 23.
	 	Special Provisions Regarding Roth Contributions	  	 	88	  
	 23.1
	 	Roth Contribution Elections	  	 	88	  
	 23.2
	 	Treatment of Roth Contributions as Taxable Income	  	 	89	  
	 23.3
	 	Delivery of Roth Contributions	  	 	89	  
	 23.4
	 	Roth Accounts	  	 	89	  
	 23.5
	 	Matching Contributions	  	 	90	  
	 23.6
	 	Contribution Limits and Nondiscrimination Testing	  	 	90	  
	 23.7
	 	Code Section 415 Limits	  	 	91	  
	 23.8
	 	Vesting	  	 	91	  
	 23.9
	 	Distributions	  	 	91	  
	 23.10
	 	Direct Rollover of Roth Contributions	  	 	92	  
	 23.11
	 	Other Plan Provisions	  	 	93	  
	 23.12
	 	Roth Rollover Contributions	  	 	93	  
	 23.13
	 	Withdrawal from Roth Rollover Account	  	 	94	  
			
	 Section 24.
	 	Special Provisions Regarding In-Plan Roth Conversions	  	 	94	  
	 24.1
	 	In-Plan Roth Conversion Elections	  	 	94	  
	 24.2
	 	Treatment of In-Plan Roth Conversions as Taxable Income	  	 	95	  
	 24.3
	 	In-Plan Roth Conversion Accounts	  	 	95	  
	 24.4
	 	Vesting	  	 	95	  
	 24.5
	 	Distributions	  	 	95	  

  
 -v- 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

(continued) 
  

							
	 	 	 	  	Page	 
	 24.6
	 	Direct Rollover of a Roth Conversion Account	  	 	96	  
			
	 Section 25.
	 	Miscellaneous Provisions	  	 	96	  
	 25.1
	 	Notices	  	 	96	  
	 25.2
	 	Lost Distributees	  	 	97	  
	 25.3
	 	Reliance on Data	  	 	97	  
	 25.4
	 	Bonding	  	 	98	  
	 25.5
	 	Receipt and Release for Payments	  	 	98	  
	 25.6
	 	No Guarantee	  	 	98	  
	 25.7
	 	Headings	  	 	98	  
	 25.8
	 	Continuation of Employment	  	 	99	  
	 25.9
	 	Construction	  	 	99	  
			
	 EXHIBIT A
	 	Testing Compensation	  			
	 EXHIBIT B
	 	Participating Employers	  			

  
 -vi- 

 BB&T CORPORATION 401(k) 

SAVINGS PLAN 
 (January
1, 2013 Restatement) 
 INTRODUCTION 

Effective as of July 1, 1982, Branch Banking & Trust Company (“BB&T”) established a savings and thrift plan (the
“prior plan”) for the benefit of its employees and the employees of its participating affiliates. The prior plan was entitled the “Savings and Thrift Plan for the Employees of Branch Banking & Trust Company.” On
February 28, 1995, BB&T Corporation (the “Company”) (formerly, the Southern National Corporation) and BB&T Financial Corporation, the former parent corporation of BB&T, were merged. As a result of the corporate merger, the
Company became the parent corporation of BB&T and the sponsor of the prior plan. Effective as of January 1, 1996, the name of the prior plan was changed to the “Southern National Corporation 401(k) Savings Plan.” As a result of
the change in the Company’s corporate name to BB&T Corporation, the name of the prior plan was ultimately changed to the “BB&T Corporation 401(k) Savings Plan.” The prior plan was amended and restated effective as of
January 1, 2000 and as of January 1, 2007. This plan amends and restates the prior plan effective generally as of January 1, 2013, except as specified otherwise herein. 

  
 1 

 BB&T CORPORATION 

401(k) SAVINGS PLAN 

Section 1. Definitions. As used in the plan, including this Section 1, and in the trust agreement which is a
part of the plan, references to one gender shall include the other and, unless otherwise indicated by the context. 
 1.1
“Account” means the aggregate of the separate accounts maintained by the Committee with respect to each participant. The separate accounts so maintained shall include one or more of the following: 

1.1.1 “Employer basic matching contribution account” means the subaccount of the participant that is credited
with basic matching contributions made on behalf of the participant to the plan pursuant to Section 2.2.1(a). 
 1.1.2
“Employer profit sharing contribution account” means the subaccount of the participant that is credited with supplemental or profit sharing contributions made on behalf of the participant to the plan or the predecessor plan. 

1.1.3 “Employer supplemental matching contribution account” means the subaccount of the participant that is
credited with supplemental matching contributions made on behalf of the participant to the plan pursuant to Section 2.2.1(b) and matching contributions made to the predecessor plan prior to January 1, 2000. 

1.1.4 “ESOP account” means the subaccount of the participant that is credited with ESOP contributions made on
behalf of the participant to the predecessor plan. If a participant was a participant in more than one ESOP previously established under the predecessor plan, a separate ESOP account shall be maintained for the participant under each such ESOP. 

1.1.5 “Loan account” means the subaccount of the participant that is credited with payments of principal and
interest as provided in Section 6.2. 
 1.1.6 “PAYSOP account” means the subaccount of the participant that
is credited with employer contributions made on behalf of the participant to the Southern National Employee Stock Ownership Plan prior to its merger into the predecessor plan on May 13, 1996 or to the United Carolina Bancshares Corporation
Dollar Plus Savings Plan prior to its merger into the predecessor plan on December 12, 1997. 
 1.1.7 “Prior
plan account” means the subaccount of the participant that is credited with contributions made on behalf of the participant to the Thrift Plan for the Employees of Branch Banking & Trust Company and the Profit Sharing Plan for the
Employees of Branch Banking & Trust Company prior to their merger into the predecessor plan on January 1,1986. 

  
 2 

 1.1.8 “QNEC account” means the subaccount of the participant
that is credited with qualified nonelective contributions made on behalf of the participant to the plan or the predecessor plan. 

1.1.9 “Rollover account” means the subaccount of the participant that is credited with rollover contributions
made by the participant to the plan or the predecessor plan. 
 1.1.10 “Roth account” means the subaccount
of the participant to which designated Roth contributions (as defined in Section 402A of the Code) are credited in accordance with provisions of Section 23.1. 

1.1.11 “Roth conversion account” means the subaccount of a participant to which all or a portion of certain of
the participant’s other subaccounts are transferred and credited in accordance with the provisions of Section 24.1 and Section 402(A)(c)(4) of the Code. 

1.1.12 “Roth rollover account” means the subaccount of a participant to which Roth rollover contributions are
credited in accordance with the provisions of Section 24.12. 
 1.1.13 “Salary reduction contribution (before-tax)
account” means the subaccount of the participant that is credited with salary reduction contributions made by the participant to the plan or the predecessor plan (as defined in Section 1.36). 

1.1.14 “Voluntary contribution (after-tax) account” means the subaccount of the participant that is credited
with after-tax contributions made by the participant to the predecessor plan. 
 1.2 “Accrued benefit” means with respect
to each participant the balance in his account as of the applicable adjustment date following adjustment thereof as provided in Section 6. 

1.3 “Actual deferral percentage” or “ADP” with respect to a participant for a plan year means the ratio
(expressed as a percentage and calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of a percentage point) of: (i) the salary reduction contributions, if any, made to the trust under the plan by a Participating Employer on behalf of the participant for the
plan year other than salary reduction contributions distributed to the participant pursuant to the provisions 

  
 3 

 
of Section 19.2 (relating to the return of contributions in excess of the limitations of Section 415 of the Code); to (ii) his testing compensation (as defined in
Section 1.45) for that portion of the plan year during which he was a participant. Salary reduction contributions that are treated as catch-up salary reduction contributions pursuant to Section 2.1.6 of the plan and Section 414(v) of
the Code shall not be taken into account for purposes of determining the ADP of a participant. Pursuant to regulations issued by the Secretary of the Treasury, the Committee may elect to take into account matching contributions made on behalf of any
participant to any qualified plan maintained by the Participating Employer or an affiliated employer for purposes of determining the ADP of such participant In no event will matching contributions which are taken into account for purposes of
determining the ADP of a participant, be taken into account in determining the contribution percentage of such participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the ADP of a nonhighly compensated participant shall be determined without regard to any
excess elective deferrals made under the plan or any other plan maintained by an affiliated employer with respect to him. The ADP for a specified group of participants for a plan year shall be the average (expressed as a percentage and calculated to
the nearest one-hundredth of a percentage point) of the ADPs calculated separately for each participant in such group. The ADP of a participant who is eligible to make a salary reduction contribution under the plan but does not do so, or who is not
eligible to make a salary reduction contribution because allocations to his account would exceed the dollar limitation or the statutory compensation limitation in Section 19.1, shall be zero. The determination and treatment of the ADP of any
participant shall satisfy such other requirements as may be prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury. 

  
 4 

 1.4 “Adjustment date” means each day on which the New York Stock Exchange is
open for business. The last adjustment date in each plan year is sometimes referred to herein as the “year-end adjustment date.” 

1.5 “Affiliated employer” means: (i) any corporation that is a member of a controlled group of corporations (as defined
in Section 414(b) of the Code) which includes the Company; (ii) any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that is under common control (as defined in Section 414(c) of the Code) with the Company; (iii) any organization
(whether or not incorporated) that is a member of an affiliated service group (as defined in Section 414(m) of the Code) which includes the Company; and (iv) any other entity required to be aggregated with the Company pursuant to
Section 414(o) of the Code. The status of an entity as an affiliated employer relates only to the period of time during which the entity is so affiliated with the Company. 

1.6 “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company. 

1.7 “Break in service” means a computation period in which an employee does not complete more than 500 hours of service and
shall occur at the beginning of such computation period. 
 1.8 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended,
and rules and Treasury Regulations issued thereunder. 
 1.9 “Committee” means the Employee Benefits Plan Committee
provided for in Section 8. 
 1.10 “Company” means BB&T Corporation, a North Carolina corporation with its
principal office at Winston-Salem, North Carolina. 

  
 5 

 1.11 “Company stock” means shares of common stock issued by the Company which
are readily tradable on an established securities market. As of the effective date, the Company stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “BBT.” 

1.12 “Compensation” means wages within the meaning of Section 3401(a) of the Code and all other payments of compensation
to an employee by the Participating Employer (in the course of the Participating Employer’s trade or business) for which the Participating Employer is required to furnish the employee a written statement under Sections 6041(d), 6051(a)(3) and
6052 of the Code, but determined without regard to any rules that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the employment or the services performed, plus any amounts contributed by the Participating Employer
pursuant to a salary reduction agreement which are not includible in the gross income of the employee under Section 125, 132(f)(4), 402(e)(3), 402(h) or 403(b) of the Code, if any, and less reimbursements or other expense allowances, fringe
benefits, moving expenses, deferred compensation, and welfare benefits. 
 For plan years beginning on or after July 1, 2007, payments
made by the later of 2 1⁄2 months after severance from employment or the end of the limitation year that includes the severance from employment will be
compensation if they are payments that, absent a severance from employment, would have been paid to the participant while the participant continued in employment with a Participating Employer or an affiliated employer and are regular compensation
for services during the participant’s regular working hours, compensation for services outside the participant’s regular working hours (such as overtime or shift differential), commissions, bonuses, or other similar compensation. Any
payments not described above are not considered compensation if paid after severance from employment, even if they are paid 

  
 6 

 
within 2 1⁄2 months following severance from employment, except for payments to an individual who does
not currently perform services for a Participating Employer or an affiliated employer by reason of qualified military service (within the meaning of Section 414(u)(1) of the Code) to the extent these payments do not exceed the amounts the
individual would have received if the individual had continued to perform services for a Participating Employer or an affiliated employer rather than entering qualified military service. 

The annual compensation of each employee taken into account for any plan year beginning after December 31, 2001, shall not exceed
$200,000, as adjusted for cost-of-living increases in accordance with Section 401(a)(17)(B) of the Code. Annual compensation means compensation during the plan year or such other consecutive 12-month period over which compensation is otherwise
determined under the plan (the “determination period”). The cost-of-living adjustment in effect for a calendar year applies to annual compensation for the determination period that begins with or within such calendar year. 

1.13 “Computation period” means a 12 consecutive month period, as follows: 

1.13.1 For purposes of plan participation, the computation period initially shall be the 12 consecutive month period
beginning on the date an employee first completes an hour of service. Thereafter, the computation period shall be the plan year, beginning with the plan year containing the first anniversary of the date the employee first completed an hour of
service. 
 1.13.2 For all other purposes under the plan, the computation period shall be the plan year. 

1.14 “Contribution percentage” with respect to a participant for a plan year means the ratio (expressed as a percentage and
calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of a percentage point) of (i) the matching contributions made to the trust under the plan on the participant’s behalf for the plan year; to (ii) his testing compensation (as defined in
Section 1.45) for that portion of the plan year during which he was a participant. The contribution percentage 

  
 7 

 
for a specified group of participants for a plan year shall be the average (expressed as a percentage and calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of a percentage point) of the contribution
percentages calculated separately for each participant in such group. Pursuant to regulations issued by the Secretary of the Treasury, the Committee may elect to take into account elective deferrals made on behalf of any participant to any qualified
plan maintained by the Participating Employer or an affiliated employer for purposes of determining the contribution percentage of such participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, salary reduction contributions distributed to a participant pursuant
to the provisions of Section 19.2 (relating to the return of contributions in excess of the limitations of Section 415 of the Code), salary reduction contributions treated as catch-up salary reduction contributions pursuant to
Section 2.1.6 of the plan and Section 414(v) of the Code, and matching contributions forfeited by a participant pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.2.4 of the plan (relating to the forfeiture of matching contributions attributable
to excess contributions, excess deferrals and excess aggregate contributions) may not be taken into account for purposes of determining the contribution percentage of such participant. The determination and treatment of the contribution percentage
of any participant shall satisfy such other requirements as may be prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury. 
 1.15 “Designated
Roth account” means a participant’s account under another employer’s tax-qualified defined contribution plan that is a designated Roth account described in Section 402A(b)(2)(A) of the Code. 

1.16 “Disability” means a condition for which a participant is entitled to disability benefits under the BB&T Corporation
Disability Plan or other group disability plan of an affiliated employer or acquired employer as determined by the Committee. 

  
 8 

 1.17 “Effective date” of the plan means generally January 1, 2013, except
as specified otherwise herein. 
 1.18 “Elective deferral” or “elective deferrals” means, with respect to
any taxable year of a participant, the sum of 
 1.18.1 Any employer contribution under a qualified cash or deferred
arrangement (as defined in Section 401(k) of the Code) to the extent not includible in the participant’s gross income for the taxable year under Section 402(e)(3) of the Code, including a salary reduction contribution made on behalf
of the participant under Section 2.1 of the plan; 
 1.18.2 Any employer contribution under a simplified employee
pension plan (as defined in Section 408(k) of the Code) to the extent not includible in the participant’s gross income for the taxable year under Section 402(h)(1)(B) of the Code; 

1.18.3 Any employer contribution made on behalf of the participant to purchase an annuity contract under
Section 403(b) of the Code pursuant to a salary reduction agreement (within the meaning of Section 3121(a)(5)(D) of the Code); and 

1.18.4 Any elective employer contribution made on behalf of a participant under Section 408(p)(2)(A)(i) of the
Code. 
 No participant shall be permitted to have elective deferrals made under this plan, or any other qualified plan maintained by the Company or an
affiliated employer during any taxable year, in excess of the dollar limitation contained in Section 402(g) of the Code in effect for such taxable year, except to the extent permitted under Section 2.1.6 and Section 414(v) of the
Code. 
 1.19 “Eligible employee” means each employee of a Participating Employer except the following: 

1.19.1 An employee included in a unit of employees covered by a bona fide collective bargaining agreement with a
Participating Employer that does not specifically provide for coverage of the employee under the plan provided, that retirement benefits were the subject of good faith bargaining between the Participating Employer and employee representatives. 

1.19.2 An employee who is a nonresident alien and receives no earned income (within the meaning of
Section 911(d)(2) of the Code) from the Participating Employer constituting income from sources within the United States (within the meaning of Section 861(a)(3) of the Code). 

  
 9 

 1.19.3 An individual who is deemed to be an employee solely because he is
a leased employee. 
 1.19.4 An individual who is an employee of an affiliated employer that has not adopted the plan
and is on a temporary assignment to a Participating Employer. 
 1.19.5 An individual who is hired on a temporary
basis for a specific project and is classified on the books and records of the Participating Employer as a temporary employee. 
 See Section 1.32 for
provisions governing participation in the plan by an eligible employee. 
 1.20 “Employee” means, except as otherwise
provided herein, an individual in the service of a Participating Employer if the relationship between him and the employer is the legal relationship of employer and employee. In determining who is an employee for purposes of the plan, the following
provisions shall apply: 
 1.20.1 All leased employees shall be treated as employees. 

1.20.2 An individual who is identified on the books and records of a Participating Employer as other than a common law
employee shall not be treated as an employee for purposes of the plan regardless of a later agency or judicial determination to the effect that such individual is a common law employee of a Participating Employer. No such individual shall be an
employee for purposes of the plan, even after the determination of the common law employer and employee relationship, unless the Participating Employer takes written action designating such individual as an employee of the Participating Employer who
is no longer other than a common law employee. 
 See Sections 1.19 and 1.32 for provisions governing eligibility of an employee to become a participant in
the plan. 
 1.21 “Entry date” means the first day of each calendar month. 

1.22 “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (including amendments of the Code affected
thereby), and rules and regulations issued thereunder. 
 1.23 “Excess aggregate contributions” means, with respect to any
plan year, the excess of: 

  
 10 

 1.23.1 The aggregate amount of matching contributions (and any elective
deferrals taken into account in computing the contribution percentage) actually made to the trust on behalf of highly compensated participants for such plan year; over 

1.23.2 The maximum amount of such contributions permitted under the limitations described in Section 2.2.2. 

1.24 “Excess contributions” means, with respect to any plan year, the excess of: 

1.24.1 The aggregate amount of salary reduction contributions (and any matching contributions taken into account in
computing the ADP) actually made to the trust on behalf of highly compensated participants for such plan year; over 

1.24.2 The maximum amount of such contributions permitted under the limitations of Section 2.1.4. 

1.25 “Excess elective deferral” for any taxable year of a participant means the amount of the elective
deferral on behalf of a participant for any taxable year of such participant in excess of $15,000 (or such greater amount as may be permitted pursuant to the provisions of Sections 402(g)(4), (5) and (8) of the Code). Excess elective
deferral also shall refer to the specific amount of elective deferrals for the taxable year of the participant which the participant allocates to this plan pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.1.1. 

1.26 “Highly compensated participant” means any participant who is a highly compensated employee. 

1.26.1 “Highly compensated employee” means any employee who: 

(a) during the plan year or preceding plan year was at any time a 5 percent owner (as defined in Section 416(i)(1)(B) of
the Code); or 
 (b) during the preceding plan year received statutory compensation (as defined in Section 1.44) from
the Company and affiliated employers in excess of $80,000 (as adjusted pursuant to Section 414(q)(1) of the Code) and was in the top-paid group of employees for such preceding plan year. 

1.26.2 For purposes of this Section 1.26, the following provisions shall apply: 

(a) An employee who performs service for the Company or any affiliated employer at any time during a plan year shall be in the
top-paid group of 

  
 11 

 
employees for such year if such employee is in the top 20 percent of the employees of the Company and its affiliated employers ranked on the basis of statutory compensation paid during such year.

 (b) A former employee shall be treated as a highly compensated employee if he was a highly compensated employee when he
separated from service, or was a highly compensated employee at any time after attaining age 55. 
 The determination of who is a highly compensated
employee, including the determination of the number and identity of employees in the top-paid group, shall be made in accordance with Section 414(q) of the Code. 

1.27 “Hour of service” means the following: 

1.27.1 Each hour for which an employee is paid, or entitled to payment, by the Company or an affiliated employer for the
performance of duties. Each such hour shall be credited to the computation period in which the duties are performed. 

1.27.2 Each hour for which an employee is paid, or entitled to payment, by the Company or an affiliated employer for a
period of time during which no duties are performed, irrespective of whether the employment relationship has terminated, by reason of vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity (including disability), lay-off, jury duty, military duty or leave of
absence. Each such hour shall be credited to the computation period in which no duties are performed. In applying this Section 1.27.2, the following provisions shall apply: 

(a) The number of hours to be credited to any single continuous period (whether or not such period occurs in a single
computation period) for which hours are credited shall be the lesser of: (a) 501 hours, or (b) the number of hours for which the employee is paid with respect to such single continuous period; 

(b) No hours shall be credited with respect to payments made to the employee for the purpose of complying with applicable
workers’ compensation, unemployment compensation or disability insurance laws, or payments made solely to reimburse an employee for medical or medically related expenses incurred by the employee; and 

(c) An amount paid to an employee by the Company or an affiliated employer indirectly, such as by a trust, fund or insurer to
which the Company or affiliated employer makes contributions or pays premiums, shall be deemed to be paid by the Company or affiliated employer. 

1.27.3 Each hour (to the extent not included in Section 1.27.1 or 1.27.2) for which back pay, irrespective of
mitigation of damages, has been either awarded or agreed to by the Company or an affiliated employer. Each such hour shall be credited to the 

  
 12 

 
computation period or periods to which the award or agreement pertains rather than to the computation period in which the award, agreement or payment is made. 

1.27.4 Each hour for which an employee is not actually in service but is required to be given credit for service under
any law of the United States, including, but not limited to, the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993. Each such hour shall be credited to the computation period or periods for which the employee is required to be given credit for service. 

1.27.5 Solely for the purpose of determining whether an employee has incurred a break in service, each hour with respect
to a period during which he is absent from work for maternity or paternity reasons which otherwise would be credited to such employee but for such absence, or if such hours cannot be determined, 8 hours of service per day of such absence. For
purposes of this Section 1.27.5, an absence from work for maternity or paternity reasons means an absence (a) by reason of the pregnancy of the employee; (b) by reason of the birth of a child of the employee; (c) by reason of the
placement of a child with the employee in connection with the adoption of such child by such employee; or (d) for purposes of caring for such child for a period beginning immediately following such birth or placement. The hours of service
credited under this Section 1.27.5 shall be credited with respect to the computation period in which the absence begins, if necessary to prevent a break in service in such computation period. In all other cases, such hours of service shall be
credited to the subsequent computation period. No more than 501 hours of service shall be required to be credited for maternity or paternity reasons. No credit shall be given under this Section 1.27.5, unless the employee furnishes to the
Committee such timely information as the Committee reasonably may require to establish that the absence is for a reason described in this Section 1.27.5 and the number of days for which there was such an absence. 

1.27.6 Solely for the purpose of determining whether an employee has incurred a break in service, an employee who is
absent from work due to a leave of absence approved by the Participating Employer for which he is not paid (other than a leave of absence for maternity or paternity reasons) shall be credited with each hour of service such employee would otherwise
be credited with but for such leave of absence The hours of service credited pursuant to this Section 1.27.6 shall be credited with respect to the computation period in which the absence begins, if necessary to prevent a break in service in
such computation period. In all other cases, such hours of service shall be credited to the subsequent computation period. No more than 501 hours of service shall be required to be credited due to such leave of absence. The hours of service granted
pursuant to the provisions of this Section 1.27.6 shall be disregarded if the participant does not return to service upon the expiration of such leave of absence; provided that this sentence shall not apply if the employee dies or becomes
disabled during such leave of absence. 
 An employee for whom the Company or an affiliated employer maintains records of hours for which payment for the
performance of duties is made shall be credited with hours of service on 

  
 13 

 
the basis of such records. Any other employee shall be credited with 45 hours of service for each week if under this Section 1.27 he would be credited with at least one hour of service for
such week. The provisions of this Section 1.27 shall be applied in accordance with the provisions of Department of Labor Regulations Sections 2530.200b-2(b) and (c), which are incorporated herein by reference. 

1.28 “Leased employee” means any individual, other than an employee of the Company or an affiliated employer (the
“recipient employer”), who, pursuant to an agreement between the recipient employer and any other person (the “leasing organization”) has performed services for the recipient employer, or the recipient employer and related
persons determined in accordance with Section 414(n) of the Code, on a substantially full-time basis for a period of at least one year, and such services are performed under the primary direction or control of the recipient employer.
Contributions or benefits provided a leased employee by the leasing organization that are attributable to services performed for the recipient employer shall be treated as provided by the recipient employer. A leased employee shall not be considered
an employee of the recipient employer if: (a) such individual is covered by a money purchase pension plan providing (i) a nonintegrated employer contribution rate of at least 10 percent of statutory compensation, (ii) immediate
participation, and (iii) full and immediate vesting; and (b) leased employees do not constitute more than 20 percent of the recipient employer’s nonhighly compensated work force as defined in Section 414(n)(5)(C)(ii) of the Code.

 1.29 “Matching contributions” means the amounts contributed to the plan by a Participating Employer pursuant to the
provisions of Section 2.2. The amounts contributed to the plan by a Participating Employer pursuant to Section 2.2.1(a) are sometimes referred to herein as “basic matching contributions.” The amounts contributed to the plan by a
Participating Employer pursuant to Section 2.2.1(b) are sometimes referred to herein as “supplemental matching contributions.” 

  
 14 

 1.30 “Nonhighly compensated participant” means a participant who is not a highly
compensated participant. 
 1.31 “Normal retirement age” of a participant means age 65. The “normal retirement
date” of a participant means the date the participant attains his normal retirement age. 
 1.32 “Participant” means
with respect to any plan year an eligible employee who has entered the plan and any former employee who has an accrued benefit under the plan. An eligible employee or former employee on the effective date who was a participant in the predecessor
plan immediately preceding the effective date, or who was eligible to enter the predecessor plan as a participant on the effective date, shall be a participant in this plan as of the effective date. Effective prior to January 1, 2008, for
purposes of Section 2.1.1 (making salary reduction contributions), an eligible employee who has not otherwise entered the plan shall become a participant as of the entry date next following the completion of 90 days of service. Effective
January 1, 2008, for purposes of Section 2.1.1 (making salary reduction contributions), an eligible employee who has not otherwise entered the plan shall become a participant as of the entry date next following the eligible employee’s
date of hire. For purposes of Section 2.2.1 (receiving matching contributions), an eligible employee shall become a participant as of the entry date next following the later of (i) the close of the first computation period in which he
completes 1,000 or more hours of service; or (ii) his attainment of age 21. For the purpose of applying the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.32, the following provisions shall apply: (i) an eligible employee who is not in
service on the date he is eligible to enter the plan shall not enter the plan until he reenters service as an eligible employee, whereupon he immediately shall enter the plan; and (ii) a participant who terminates service and later reenters
service shall reenter the plan as of the date he reenters service as an eligible employee. 

  
 15 

 1.33 “Participating Employer” means the Company and each employer that has
adopted the plan and is listed on Exhibit B attached hereto. See Section 20 for special provisions concerning Participating Employers. 

1.34 “Plan” means the BB&T Corporation 401(k) Savings Plan as herein set out or as duly amended. That portion of the plan
consisting of the ESOP accounts, the PAYSOP accounts and the Company stock fund accounts (as defined in Section 7.1.6) shall constitute a stock bonus plan and an employee stock ownership plan within the meaning of Section 4975(e)(7) of the
Code (the “ESOP” or “ESOP portion of the Plan”). See Section 22 for special rules that apply to the ESOP. The remainder of the plan (the “non-ESOP portion of the Plan”) shall constitute a profit sharing plan. All
contributions to the Plan, including salary reduction and matching contributions, are made by the Participating Employer to the non-ESOP portion of the plan. Amounts are thereafter allocated and invested in the ESOP portion of the plan in accordance
with participants’ investment elections made pursuant to Section 7. 
 1.35 “Plan year” means the 12-month period
ending on December 31 of each year. 
 1.36 “Predecessor plan” means the BB&T Corporation 401 (k) Savings
Plan in effect prior to January 1, 2013, and any other plan which was merged into such plan or whose assets and liabilities were transferred to such plan prior to such date. The term “predecessor plan” shall also include any plan
which is merged into this plan or whose assets and liabilities are transferred to this plan after the effective date. 

  
 16 

 1.37 “Qualified nonelective contributions” means a contribution made by the
Company pursuant to Section 2.1.4(d) of the plan. 
 1.38 “Retire” or “retirement” means the
participant’s termination of service on or after his normal retirement date. 
 1.39 “Roth contributions” means the
salary reduction contributions made on behalf of a participant to the plan that (i) are designated as Roth contributions by the participant pursuant to the provisions of Section 23.1, (ii) meet the requirements of Section 402A(g)
of the Code; and (iii) are included in the participant’s compensation pursuant to Section 23.2 of the plan. 
 1.40
“Roth rollover contribution” means on and after January 1, 2012, any contribution made to the plan by a participant in accordance with the provisions of Section 23.12 of the plan and Section 402A(c)(3) of the Code. 

1.41 “Salary reduction contributions” means the contributions described in Section 2.1 which are made to the plan by a
Participating Employer on behalf of a participant who has elected to defer a specified percentage of his compensation. Salary reduction contributions shall be treated as employer contributions in accordance with the provisions of
Section 1.401(k)-l(a)(4)(ii) of the Treasury Regulations. 
 1.42 “Service” means employment by a Participating
Employer or an affiliated employer as an employee. An employee’s service shall also include his service with an employer that is acquired by a Participating Employer or one of its affiliated employers, whether by merger, acquisition of assets
or stock, or otherwise; provided that, the employee becomes an employee of a Participating Employer or one of its affiliated employers as a result of such acquisition. 

  
 17 

 1.43 “Spouse” or “surviving spouse” means the legally married
spouse or surviving spouse of a participant; provided, that a former spouse shall be treated as the spouse or surviving spouse to the extent provided under a qualified domestic relations order described in Section 414(p) of the Code. Effective
before September 16, 2013, notwithstanding the foregoing, a same gender spouse is deemed not to be the spouse or surviving spouse of a participant for any purposes under the plan, to the extent required by the Defense of Marriage Act. 

1.44 “Statutory compensation” means wages within the meaning of Section 3401(a) of the Code and all other payments of
compensation to an employee by a Participating Employer (in the course of the Participating Employer’s trade or business) for which the Participating Employer is required to furnish the employee a written statement under Sections 6041(d),
6051(a)(3) and 6052 of the Code, other than amounts paid or reimbursed by the Company for moving expenses incurred by the employee to the extent that at the time of the payment it is reasonable to believe that these amounts are deductible by the
employee under Section 217 of the Code. Compensation must be determined for this purpose without regard to any rules under Section 3401(a) of the Code that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the
employment or the services performed. The statutory compensation of an employee shall include any elective deferral (as defined in Section 402(g)(3) of the Code) and any other amount which is contributed or deferred by the Participating
Employer at the election of the employee and which is not includible in the gross income of the employee by reason of Sections 125, 132(f)(4) or 457 of the Code. For purposes of Section 18, the statutory compensation of a participant shall be
limited to the annual compensation limitation set forth in Section 1.12. For purposes of Section 19, the statutory compensation of a participant shall be limited to the annual compensation limitation set forth in Section 1.12. 

  
 18 

 Payments made by the later of 2 1⁄2 months after severance from employment or the end of the limitation year that includes the severance from employment will be statutory compensation if they are payments that, absent a severance from employment,
would have been paid to the participant while the participant continued in employment with a Participating Employer or an affiliated employer and are regular compensation for services during the participant’s regular working hours, compensation
for services outside the participant’s regular working hours (such as overtime or shift differential), commissions, bonuses, or other similar compensation. Any payments not described above are not considered statutory compensation if paid after
severance from employment, even if they are paid within 2 1⁄2 months following severance from employment, except for payments to an individual who does not
currently perform services for a Participating Employer or an affiliated employer by reason of qualified military service (within the meaning of Section 414(u)(l) of the Code) to the extent these payments do not exceed the amounts the
individual would have received if the individual had continued to perform services for a Participating Employer or an affiliated employer rather than entering qualified military service. 

1.45 “Testing compensation” means any of the definitions of compensation which are set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto, as
designated by the Committee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a participant’s testing compensation shall be subject to the annual compensation limitation set forth in Section 1.12. The definition of compensation designated by the Committee
for a particular plan year shall be used for purposes of determining the testing compensation of all participants for such year. Payments made by the later of
2 1⁄2 

  
 19 

 
months after severance from employment or the end of the limitation year that includes the severance from employment will be testing compensation if they are payments that, absent a severance
from employment, would have been paid to the participant while the participant continued in employment with a Participating Employer or an affiliated employer and are regular compensation for services during the participant’s regular working
hours, compensation for services outside the participant’s regular working hours (such as overtime or shift differential), commissions, bonuses, or other similar compensation. Any payments not described above are not considered testing
compensation if paid after severance from employment, even if they are paid within 2 1⁄2 months following severance from employment, except for payments to an
individual who does not currently perform services for a Participating Employer or an affiliated employer by reason of qualified military service (within the meaning of Section 414(u)(l) of the Code) to the extent these payments do not exceed
the amounts the individual would have received if the individual had continued to perform services for a Participating Employer or an affiliated employer rather than entering qualified military service. 

1.46 “Trust” or “trust fund” means the trust fund held by the Trustee under the plan. 

1.47 “Trust agreement” means the trust agreement between the Company and the Trustee which shall be a part of the plan. 

1.48 “Trustee” means the entity appointed by the Company to administer the trust. 

1.49 “Year of service” means the following: 

1.49.1 With respect to service prior to the effective date, years of continuous service as determined pursuant to the
terms of the predecessor plan. 
 1.49.2 With respect to service on or after the effective date, 1,000 or more hours
of service during a computation period; provided, that no year of service following 5 consecutive breaks in service shall be taken into account in determining the vested percentage of an employee’s accrued benefit that accrued before such
breaks in service. 

  
 20 

 1.49.3 Years of service shall include any period during which an employee
would have been a leased employee but for the requirement that a leased employee perform service for the Company, or the Company and related persons determined in accordance with Section 414(n)(6) of the Code, on a substantially full-time basis
for a period of at least one year. 
 Section 2. Contributions to the Trust and Allocation Thereof.

 2.1 Salary Reduction Contributions. 

2.1.1 Amount of salary reduction contributions; Excess elective deferrals. Each eligible employee who becomes a
participant and is in service may elect in the manner provided by the Committee to reduce his compensation by a percentage not less than 0.01 percent and not more than 50 percent. The amount of the participant’s salary reduction shall be
contributed by the Participating Employer to the trust for each plan year as a salary reduction contribution in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.1.2. No participant shall be permitted to have elective deferrals made under this plan,
or any other qualified plan maintained by the Company or an affiliated employer during any taxable year, in excess of the dollar limitation contained in Section 402(g) of the Code in effect for such taxable year, except to the extent permitted
under Section 2.1.6 and Section 414(v) of the Code (the “maximum dollar limit”). In the event of an excess elective deferral (determined by taking into account only the plan and any other plans maintained by an affiliated
employer), the Participating Employer shall notify the Committee in writing on behalf of the participant of such excess elective deferral and the amount thereof shall be adjusted for income and losses allocable thereto and distributed to the
participant (a “corrective distribution”) no later than the April 15 following the end of the taxable year during which such excess elective deferral was made. Effective for plan years beginning on or after January 1, 2006 and
prior to January 1, 2008, the income or loss allocable to the participant’s excess elective deferral for the plan year of such excess elective deferral and the period between the end of the plan year and the date of distribution (the
“gap period”) shall be determined by multiplying the amount of the income or loss allocable to the participant’s salary reduction contributions (and any matching contributions treated as salary reduction contributions) for such plan
year and gap period by a fraction the numerator of which is the excess contribution on behalf of the participant for such plan year, and the denominator of which is equal to the sum of: (i) the balance in the participant’s account
attributable to salary reduction contributions (and any matching contributions treated as salary reduction contributions) as of the beginning of such plan year; and (ii) the participant’s salary reduction contributions (and any matching
contributions treated as salary reduction contributions) for such plan year and gap period. For plan years beginning on or after January 1, 2008, the income or loss allocable to excess elective deferral equals the allocable gain or loss through
the end of the plan year, and no income or loss is allocable to the gap period. The excess elective deferral which otherwise would be distributed to the participant shall be reduced in accordance with Treasury regulations by the amount of any excess
contributions 

  
 21 

 
distributed previously to the participant If the participant is also a participant in another plan or arrangement under which elective deferrals were made and the elective deferrals made under
such other plan or arrangement and this plan in the aggregate exceed the maximum dollar limit for such participant’s taxable year, then not later than March 1 following the close of the taxable year during which the excess elective
deferral was made, the participant may notify the Committee in writing that all or part of the salary reduction contribution made on his behalf under the plan represents an excess elective deferral for his preceding taxable year and request that his
salary reduction contribution under the plan be reduced by a specified amount. The specified amount shall be adjusted for income and loss allocable thereto in the same manner as heretofore provided in this Section 2.1.1. In no event may the
participant receive from the plan as a corrective distribution with respect to a plan year an amount in excess of such participant’s salary reduction contributions under the plan for the plan year, as adjusted for income and losses allocable
thereto. Distributions of excess elective deferrals to participants may be made notwithstanding any other provision of the plan or Code. The amount of any excess elective deferral distributed to the participant pursuant to this Section 2.1.1
shall not be treated as an annual addition for purposes of Section 19. 
 2.1.2 Time for making salary
reduction contributions. A participant’s salary reduction contributions shall be accumulated through payroll deductions and paid by the Participating Employer to the Trustee as of the earliest date on which such contributions can reasonably
be segregated from the general assets of the Participating Employer, but in no event later than the 15th business day of the month following the month in which such amounts would otherwise have been payable to the participant in cash. 

2.1.3 Administrative rules governing salary reduction contributions. 

(a) An election pursuant to Section 2.1.1 (a “deferral election”) shall be made by the participant in accordance
with such rules and procedures as are adopted by the Committee from time to time. The participant’s deferral election shall become effective as of the beginning of the first full payroll period commencing on or after the date of receipt by the
Committee of such deferral election, or as soon thereafter as administratively practicable, unless otherwise provided by the Committee. Unless modified or revoked by the participant, the deferral election shall continue in effect until such time as
he terminates service. A new deferral election with respect to a participant who terminates service and later reenters service and becomes a participant shall become effective at the beginning of the first full payroll period commencing on or after
the date such participant reenters the plan. 
 (b) Subject to provisions of Section 2.1.3(e), a participant
unilaterally may modify his deferral election as of any date to increase or decrease the portion of his compensation subject to salary reduction within the percentage limits set forth in Section 2.1.1. Any such modification shall be made in the
manner provided by the Committee and shall become effective at the beginning of the first full payroll period commencing on or after the date of receipt of the modified election by the Committee unless otherwise provided by the Committee. 

  
 22 

 (c) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.1.3(e), a participant
unilaterally may revoke his deferral election at any time by providing notice to the Committee in the manner provided by the Committee. The revocation shall become effective at the beginning of the first full payroll period commencing on or after
the date such notification is received by the Committee. A participant may resume salary reduction contributions at any time by making a new deferral election in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.1.3(e). 

(d) The Committee may amend or revoke a deferral election with a participant at any time if the Committee determines that such
amendment or revocation is necessary to ensure that the annual additions (as defined in Section 19) to the accounts of a participant do not exceed the annual addition limitations (described in Section 19) for such participant or that the
requirements of Section 2.1.4 are met for such plan year. 
 (e) The Company shall establish a payroll deduction system to
assist it in making salary reduction contributions. The Committee from time to time may adopt policies or rules governing the manner in which such contributions may be made so that the plan may be administered conveniently. 

(f) All salary reduction contributions shall be made by the Participating Employer to the non-ESOP portion of the plan. 

2.1.4 Limitations on salary reduction contributions. 

(a) Subject to the provisions of Sections 2.1.4(f) and 2.1.7, all deferral elections made by highly compensated participants
with respect to any plan year shall be valid only if one of the tests set forth in Section 2.1.4(b), performed using the current year testing method, is satisfied for such plan year. 

(b) For each plan year, the ADP for the group of highly compensated participants for such plan year shall bear to the ADP for
the group of nonhighly compensated participants for such plan year a relationship that satisfies either of the following tests: 
  

	 	(i)	The ADP for the group of highly compensated participants is not more than the ADP for the group of nonhighly compensated participants multiplied by 1.25; or 

 

	 	(ii)	The ADP for the group of highly compensated participants is not more than the ADP for the group of nonhighly compensated participants multiplied by 2, and the excess of the ADP for the group of highly compensated
participants over the ADP for the group of nonhighly compensated participants is not more than 2 percentage points. 

For purposes of applying the provisions of this paragraph (b), the following provisions shall apply: 

  
 23 

	 	(iii)	A participant is a highly compensated participant for a particular plan year if he meets the definition of a highly compensated participant in effect for that plan year. A participant is a nonhighly compensated
participant for a particular plan year if he does not meet the definition of a highly compensated participant in effect for that plan year. 

  

	 	(iv)	Pursuant to regulations issued by the Secretary of the Treasury, the Committee may elect to include all or part of the matching contributions under the plan or any other qualified plan that it sponsors for purposes of
calculating the ADP with respect to each participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing matching contributions shall be treated as salary reduction contributions for purposes of calculating the ADP of each participant only if the conditions described in
Section 1.401(k)-2(a)(6) of the Treasury Regulations are satisfied. Matching contributions which are treated as salary reduction contributions pursuant to the provisions of this subparagraph (1) shall not be distributable other than upon
one of the events described in Section 5.8(a) through (f). 

  

	 	(v)	If 2 or more plans of the Participating Employer or an affiliated employer that include cash or deferred arrangements described in Section 401(k) of the Code are aggregated for purposes of Section 410(b) of
the Code (other than for purposes of the average benefit percentage test), the cash or deferred arrangements included in such plans shall be treated as one arrangement. Notwithstanding the foregoing plans may be aggregated in order to satisfy the
tests set forth in Section 2.1.4(b) only if they have the same plan year and use the same ADP testing method. 

  

	 	(vi)	If a highly compensated participant is a participant under 2 or more cash or deferred arrangements (described in Section 401(k) of the Code) of the Participating Employer or an affiliated employer, all such cash or
deferred arrangements shall be treated as one cash or deferred arrangement for the purpose of determining the ADP with respect to such highly compensated participant. If a highly compensated participant is a participant in 2 or more cash or deferred
arrangements of the Participating Employer or an affiliated employer that have different plan years, all elective deferrals made during this plan’s plan year under all such arrangements shall be aggregated. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
certain plans shall be treated as separate if mandatorily disaggregated under Treasury Regulations issued under Section 401(k) of the Code. 

  
 24 

	 	(vii)	The group of highly compensated participants and the group of nonhighly compensated participants shall include any participant defined as such, regardless of whether he elects to make a salary reduction contribution
under the plan. 

  

	 	(viii)	The Company shall maintain records sufficient to demonstrate satisfaction of the ADP test. 

  

	 	(ix)	Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the plan, the determination and treatment of salary reduction contributions and the ADP of any participant shall satisfy Section 1.401(k)-l and 1.401(k)-2 of the Treasury
Regulations and such other requirements as may be prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury. 

 (c) If at the
end of any plan year neither test set forth in Section 2.1.4(b) is satisfied, then within 2 1⁄2 calendar months following the end of each plan year, but
in no event later than the year-end adjustment date following the close of such 2 1⁄2 month period (the “distribution date”), the salary reduction
contribution for such plan year of each highly compensated participant shall be reduced by his share of the excess contribution for such plan year. Reductions shall be made pursuant to the steps in the following order: 

 

	 	(i)	Step one. The actual deferral percentage of the highly compensated participant with the highest actual deferral percentage shall be reduced by the amount required to cause the highly compensated
participant’s actual deferral percentage to equal the actual deferral percentage of the highly compensated participant with the next highest actual deferral percentage. This process shall be repeated until the plan satisfies one of the tests
set forth in Section 2.1.4(b). The dollar amount of each reduction made pursuant to this step one shall be determined for each highly compensated participant. Such amount shall not be distributed to the affected highly compensated participant,
but instead shall be used in steps two and three below. 

  

	 	(ii)	Step two. The dollar amount of the reduction determined for each highly compensated participant in accordance with step one above shall be aggregated. Such amount shall be allocated in accordance with step three
below. 

  
 25 

	 	(iii)	Step three. The salary reduction contributions of the highly compensated participant with the highest dollar amount of salary reduction contributions shall be reduced by the amount required to cause that highly
compensated participant’s salary reduction contributions to equal the dollar amount of the salary reduction contributions of the highly compensated participant with the next highest dollar amount of salary reduction contributions. This process
shall be repeated until the total amount of salary reduction contributions so reduced equals the aggregate dollar amount determined in step two above. 

All salary reduction contributions so reduced, adjusted for income and losses allocable thereto, shall be designated by the Company as excess
contributions. To the extent a highly compensated participant has not been credited with the maximum allowable catch-up salary reduction contributions pursuant to Section 2.1.6 of the plan and Section 414(v) of the Code, the excess
contributions shall be classified as catch-up salary reduction contributions. Any remaining excess contributions shall be distributed to the participant no later than the distribution date. Effective for plan years beginning on or after
January 1, 2006 and prior to January 1, 2008, the income or loss allocable to the participant’s share of the excess contribution for the plan year of such excess contribution and the period between the end of the plan year and the
date of distribution (the “gap period”) shall be determined by multiplying the amount of the income or loss allocable to the participant’s salary reduction contributions (and any matching contributions treated as salary reduction
contributions) for such plan year and gap period by a fraction the numerator of which is the excess contribution on behalf of the participant for such plan year, and the denominator of which is equal to the sum of: (i) the balance in the
participant’s account attributable to salary reduction contributions (and any matching contributions treated as salary reduction contributions) as of the beginning of such plan year; and (ii) the participant’s salary reduction
contributions (and any matching contributions treated as salary reduction contributions) for such plan year and gap period. For plan years beginning on or after January 1, 2008, the income or loss allocable to excess contributions equals the
allocable gain or loss through the end of the plan year, and no income or loss is allocable to the gap period. The excess contribution that otherwise would be distributed to the participant shall be reduced in accordance with Treasury Regulations by
the amount of any excess elective deferrals previously distributed to the participant. The amount of any excess contribution shall be treated as an annual addition for purposes of Section 19 for the plan year in which such excess contribution
was made. Distributions of excess contributions to participants may be made notwithstanding any other provision of the plan or Code. In no event may the amount of the excess contributions distributed for a plan year with respect to any highly
compensated participant exceed the amount of salary reduction contributions made in behalf of the highly compensated participant for such plan year, as adjusted for income and losses allocable thereto. 

  
 26 

 (d) In lieu of applying the three-step process described in
Section 2.1.4(c), the Company may, within 30 days after the end of the plan year, make a qualified nonelective contribution with respect to such plan year on behalf of nonhighly compensated participants in an amount determined by the Company to
be sufficient to satisfy one of the tests set forth in Section 2.1.4(b). Such qualified nonelective contribution shall be allocated to the QNEC accounts of those participants entitled to share in such contribution pursuant to the provisions of
Section 2.1.5(b). On such allocation, the qualified nonelective contribution shall be considered a salary reduction contribution subject to all provisions of the plan regarding salary reduction contributions other than Section 4.1. The
Company shall pay such qualified nonelective contribution with respect to a plan year to the Trustee within 30 days after the end of such plan year. Notwithstanding anything contrary contained in the plan, qualified nonelective contributions shall
be treated as salary reduction contributions for purposes of the tests set forth in Section 2.1.4(b) only if the conditions described in Section 1.401(k)-l(c) and (d) of the Treasury Regulations are satisfied with respect to such
qualified nonelective contributions. In no event will the amount of any qualified nonelective contribution to the plan be in an amount that would cause the amount allocable to any nonhighly compensated participant to exceed a percentage of the
nonhighly compensated participant’s compensation that is equal to the greater of (i) 5%, or (ii) two times the plan’s “representative contribution rate” for the plan year, as determined under Treasury Regulation
Section 1.401(k)-2(a)(6)(iv)(B). 
 (e) If at any time during a plan year the Company in its discretion determines that
neither of the tests set forth in Section 2.1.4(b) will be met for such plan year, then the Company in its discretion shall have the unilateral right during the plan year to require prospective reduction of the percentage of the compensation of
highly compensated participants that may be subject to deferral elections for part or all of the balance of such year. 
 (f)
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the plan, for purposes of applying the tests set forth in Section 2.1.4, the plan shall be treated as comprising two plans, one which benefits the eligible employees who have not yet attained
age 21 and completed a year of service (“testing plan A”) and one which benefits all other eligible employees in accordance with Section 1.410(b)- 6(b)(3) (“testing plan B”). Testing plan B is intended to satisfy the
nondiscrimination requirements set forth in Section 2.1.4 by compliance with the safe harbor methods described in Section 401(k)(12) of the Code (the “401(k) safe harbor”). Testing plan A is not intended to satisfy the 401(k)
safe harbor. Consequently, with respect to each plan year, the salary reduction contributions made on behalf of the participants in testing plan A shall satisfy the requirements of Section 2.1.4. 

(g) Except as otherwise provided in this subsection (g), the plan may use the current year testing method or prior year testing
method for the ADP test for a plan year without regard to whether the current year testing method or prior 

  
 27 

 
year testing method is used for the ACP test for that plan year. However, if different testing methods are used, the plan cannot use: 

 

	 	(i)	The recharacterization method of Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(k)-2(b)(3) to correct excess contributions for a plan year; 

  

	 	(ii)	The rules of Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(m)-2(a)(6)(ii) to take elective contributions into account under the ACP test (rather than the ADP test); or 

 

	 	(iii)	The rules of Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(k)-2(a)(6)(v) to take qualified matching contributions into account under the ADP test (rather than the ACP test). 

2.1.5 Allocation to salary reduction contribution (before-tax) accounts. 

(a) Salary reduction contributions made by the Participating Employer shall be allocated to the salary reduction contribution
(before-tax) account of a participant as of the last day of the payroll period for which such contribution is made. The salary reduction contribution (before-tax) account of each participant shall be accounted for separately from the
participant’s other accounts under the plan. 
 (b) If the Company elects to make a qualified nonelective contribution
with respect to any plan year, such contribution shall be allocated to the QNEC account of each nonhighly compensated participant with respect to whom a salary reduction contribution was made to the trust for such plan year. Such allocation shall be
in the proportion that each such participant’s compensation bears to the total compensation of all such participants. Qualified nonelective contributions made for a plan year shall be allocated to a participant’s QNEC account as of the
adjustment date the contribution is received in the trust by the Trustee. 
 2.1.6 Catch-up salary reduction
contributions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all participants who have attained age 50 before the close of a calendar year shall be eligible to make catch-up salary reduction contributions in accordance with, and subject to the limitations of,
Section 414(v) of the Code. Such catch-up salary reduction contributions shall not be taken into account for purposes of the provisions of the plan implementing the required limitations of Sections 402(g) and 415 of the Code. The plan shall not
be treated as failing to satisfy the provisions of the plan implementing the requirements of Sections 401(k)(3), 401(k)(11), 401(k)(12), 410(b) or 416 of the Code, as applicable, by reason of the making of such catch-up salary reduction
contributions. The Committee shall adopt such policies and rules governing the manner in which such catch-up salary reduction contributions may be made so that the plan may be administered conveniently. In no event shall a Participating Employer
make a matching contribution to the plan with respect to a participant’s catch-up salary reduction contributions. 

  
 28 

 2.1.7 Safe harbor ADP test provisions for testing plan B. For
testing plan B (as defined in Section 2.1.4(f)), the provisions of this Section 2.1.7 apply in lieu of the nondiscrimination requirements set forth in Section 2.1.4, and the plan will meet both the notice requirement and the
contribution requirement provided below for each plan year with respect to each employee eligible to participate in testing plan B: 

(a) Notice requirement. Each employee eligible to participate in testing plan B shall, within a reasonable period of
time before each plan year (or, for a newly eligible employee, within a reasonable period before the employee first becomes eligible to participate in the plan) be given written notice of the employee’s rights and obligations under the plan
(namely, a description of the basic matching contribution formula being used for the plan year; the plan conditions under which contributions will be made; the type and amount of compensation that may be deferred; the manner in which cash or
deferred contributions may be made; the election periods under the plan; and the withdrawal and vesting provisions under the plan). The notice shall be sufficiently accurate and comprehensive to apprise the employee of such rights and obligations
and shall be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the average employee eligible to participate in testing plan B. 

(b) Contribution requirement. The contribution requirements are met if the basic matching contribution requirement (as
defined below) is met for each employee who is eligible to participate in testing plan B. As used herein, the term “basic matching contribution requirement” means basic matching contributions on behalf of each nonhighly compensated
participant (whether or not the employee ceased participation or terminated employment before the end of the plan year) in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the elective deferrals of the participant to the extent such elective
deferrals do not exceed three percent (3%) of the participant’s compensation, and fifty percent (50%) of the elective deferrals to the extent that such elective deferral exceeds three percent (3%) of compensation, but does not
exceed five percent (5%) of compensation. The rate of basic matching contributions for highly compensated participants cannot be greater than the rate of basic matching contributions for nonhighly compensated participants at any rate of
elective deferrals. If the rate of basic matching contributions is not equal to the percent required under the basic matching contribution requirement, testing plan B will nevertheless meet the basic matching contribution requirement if the rate of
basic matching contributions does not increase as a participant’s rate of elective deferrals increases, and the aggregate amount of basic matching contributions at such rate is equal to or greater than the aggregate amount of basic matching
contributions which would be made if basic matching contributions were made on the basis of the percentages specified above. The basic matching contributions allocated to participants’ accounts are fully vested and nonforfeitable and may not be
distributed earlier than separation from service, death, disability, an event described in Section 401(k)(10) of the Code, or the attainment of age 5914 For purposes of this paragraph, the rate of basic matching contributions for a highly
compensated participant is determined by reference only to basic matching contributions under this plan. 

  
 29 

 2.2 Matching Contributions. 

2.2.1 Amount and allocation of matching contributions. For each payroll period during a plan year, the
Participating Employer shall make a contribution to the plan on behalf of each participant. The matching contribution for each payroll period shall equal the sum of: 

(a) 100 percent of the amount of the salary reduction contribution made on behalf of such participant during such payroll
period up to 4 percent of his compensation with respect to such payroll period (the “basic matching contribution”). The amount of the salary reduction contribution made on behalf of the participant during such payroll period in excess of 4
percent shall be disregarded in determining the amount of the participant’s basic matching contribution. 
 (b) 100
percent of the amount of the salary reduction contribution made on behalf of such participant during such payroll period in excess of 4 percent but not in excess of 6 percent of his compensation with respect to such payroll period (the
“supplemental matching contribution”). The amount of the salary reduction contribution made on behalf of the participant during such payroll period in excess of 6 percent shall be disregarded in determining the amount of the
participant’s supplemental matching contribution. 
 The basic matching contribution made with respect to each
participant shall be allocated to his Employer basic matching contribution account. The supplemental matching contribution made with respect to each participant shall be allocated to his Employer supplemental matching contribution account. Matching
contributions shall be paid by the Participating Employer to the Trustee as soon as administratively feasible following the end of the payroll period for which such contributions are being made, but in no event later than the last day of the next
following calendar quarter. All matching contributions shall be made by the Participating Employer to the non-ESOP portion of the plan. 

2.2.2 Limitations on matching contributions. Subject to the provisions of Section 2.2.5, the following
provisions shall apply with respect to matching contributions under the plan: 
 (a) Contribution percentage
limitation: For each plan year the contribution percentage for the group of highly compensated participants for such plan year shall bear to the contribution percentage for the group of nonhighly compensated participants for such plan year a
relationship that satisfies either of the following tests: 
  

	 	(i)	 The contribution percentage for the group of highly compensated participants is not more than the contribution percentage for the group of nonhighly
compensated participants multiplied by 1.25; or 

  
 30 

	 	(ii)	The contribution percentage for the group of highly compensated participants is not more than the contribution percentage for the group of nonhighly compensated participants multiplied by 2, and the excess of the
contribution percentage for the group of highly compensated participants over the contribution percentage for the group of nonhighly compensated participants is not more than 2 percentage points. 

(b) For purposes of applying the provisions of this Section 2.2.2, the following provisions shall apply: 

 

	 	(i)	A participant is a highly compensated participant for a particular plan year if he meets the definition of a highly compensated participant in effect for that plan year. A participant is a nonhighly compensated
participant for a particular plan year if he does not meet the definition of a highly compensated participant in effect for that plan year. 

  

	 	(ii)	Pursuant to regulations issued by the Secretary of the Treasury, the Committee may elect to take into account elective deferrals under the plan or any other qualified plan of the Participating Employer for purposes of
computing the contribution percentages. 

  

	 	(iii)	If 2 or more plans of the Participating Employer or an affiliated employer are aggregated for purposes of Sections 401(a)(4) or 410(b) of the Code (other than for purposes of the average benefit percentage test), the
contribution percentage of each participant under the plan shall be determined as if all such plans were a single plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, plans may be aggregated in order to satisfy the tests set forth in Section 2.2.2(a) only if
they have the same plan year and use the same contribution percentage testing method. 

  

	 	(iv)	 If a highly compensated participant is a participant in 2 or more plans described in Section 401(a) of the Code or cash or deferred arrangements
described in Section 401(k) of the Code maintained by the Participating Employer or an affiliated employer to which matching contributions, nondeductible voluntary contributions or elective deferrals are made on behalf of such highly
compensated participant, all such plans and arrangements shall be treated as a single plan for the purpose of determining the contribution percentage of such highly compensated participant. If a highly compensated participant is a participant in 2
or more 

  
 31 

	 	
such plans or arrangements that have different plan years, all amounts taken into account in computing the participant’s contribution percentage during this plan’s plan year under all
such plans and arrangements shall be aggregated. Notwithstanding the foregoing, certain plans shall be treated as separate if mandatorily disaggregated under Treasury Regulations issued under Section 401(m) of the Code. 

 

	 	(v)	The determination of who is a highly compensated participant or a nonhighly compensated participant shall include any employee who is eligible to receive matching contributions or, if the Committee takes elective
deferrals into account, make elective deferrals. 

  

	 	(vi)	The Company shall maintain records sufficient to demonstrate satisfaction of the tests set forth in Section 2.2.2(a) and the amount of elective deferrals, if any, used in such tests. 

 

	 	(vii)	Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the plan, the determination and treatment of matching contributions and the contribution percentage of any participant shall satisfy Sections 1.401(m)-l and 1.401(m)-2 of the
Treasury Regulations and such other requirements as may be prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury. 

2.2.3 Correction of excess matching contributions. If at the end of any plan year, neither test set forth in
Section 2.2.2(a) is satisfied, the Committee shall adjust the matching contributions of the highly compensated participants within 2 1⁄2 calendar months
following the end of each plan year, but in no event later than the year-end adjustment date following the close of such 2 1⁄2 month period (the
“distribution date”). The matching contribution of each highly compensated participant shall be reduced by his share of the excess aggregate contributions for such plan year. Reductions shall be made pursuant to the following procedure:

 (a) Step one. The contribution percentage of the highly compensated participant with the highest contribution
percentage shall be reduced by the amount required to cause the highly compensated participant’s contribution percentage to equal the contribution percentage of the highly compensated participant with the next highest contribution percentage.
This process shall be repeated until the plan satisfies one of the tests set forth in Section 2.2.2(a). The dollar amount of each reduction made pursuant to this step one shall be determined for each highly compensated participant. Such amount
shall not be distributed to the affected highly compensated participant, but instead shall be used in steps two and three below. 

  
 32 

 (b) Step two. The dollar amount of the reduction determined for each
highly compensated participant in accordance with step one above shall be aggregated. Such amount shall be allocated in accordance with step three below. 

(c) Step three. The matching contributions of the highly compensated participant with the highest dollar amount of
matching contributions shall be reduced by the amount required to cause that highly compensated participant’s matching contributions to equal the dollar amount of the matching contributions of the highly compensated participant with the next
highest dollar amount of matching contributions. This process shall be repeated until the total amount of matching contributions so reduced equals the aggregate dollar amount determined in step two above. 

All matching contributions so reduced, adjusted for income and losses allocable thereto, shall be designated by the Participating Employer as
excess aggregate contributions and distributed to the participant no later than the distribution date. Effective for plan years beginning on or after January 1, 2006 and prior to January 1, 2008, the income or loss allocable to the
participant’s share of the excess aggregate contributions for the plan year of such excess aggregate contributions and the period between the end of the plan year and the date of distribution (the “gap period”) shall be determined by
multiplying the amount of the income or loss allocable to the participant’s matching contributions (and any elective deferrals treated as matching contributions) for such plan year and gap period by a fraction the numerator of which is the
excess aggregate contributions on behalf of the participant for such plan year, and the denominator of which is equal to the sum of: (i) the balance in the participant’s account attributable to matching contributions (and any elective
deferrals treated as matching contributions) as of the beginning of such plan year; and (ii) the participant’s matching contributions (and any elective deferrals treated as matching contributions) for such plan year and gap period. For
plan years beginning on or after January 1, 2008, the income or loss allocable to excess aggregate contributions equals the allocable gain or loss through the end of the plan year, and no income or loss is allocable to the gap period.
Distributions to participants of excess aggregate contributions may be made notwithstanding any other provision of the plan or Code. The amount of any excess aggregate contribution shall be treated as an annual addition for purposes of
Section 19 for the plan year in which such excess aggregate contribution was made. 
 2.2.4 Forfeiture of
matching contributions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the plan, if all or part of a participant’s salary reduction contribution is treated as an excess contribution, an excess elective deferral or an excess aggregate
contribution, the matching contribution made with respect to such salary reduction contribution, adjusted for income and losses allocable thereto, and which is not distributed in order to enable the plan to comply with one of the tests set forth in
Section 2.2.2(a) shall be forfeited by the participant within 2 1⁄2 calendar months following the end of the plan year for which the matching contribution
was made (the “forfeiture date”). The income or loss allocable to the forfeited matching contribution for the plan year of such matching contribution shall be determined by multiplying the amount of the income or loss allocable to the
participant’s matching contributions for such plan year by a fraction, the 

  
 33 

 
numerator of which is the forfeited matching contribution for such plan year, and the denominator of which is equal to the sum of: (i) the balance in the participant’s account
attributable to matching contributions as of the beginning of such plan year; and (ii) the matching contributions made on behalf of the participant for such plan year. Income or loss allocable to the forfeited matching contribution shall not
include income or loss for the period between the end of the plan year and the forfeiture date. Forfeitures of matching contributions (including income or losses allocable thereto) shall reduce the amount of matching contributions which the
Participating Employer otherwise is obligated to make pursuant to Section 2.2, if any. 
 2.2.5
Nondiscrimination testing. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the plan, for purposes of applying the tests set forth in Section 2.2.2, the plan shall be comprised of testing plan A (as defined in Section 2.1.4(f)) and
testing plan B (as defined in Section 2.1.4(f)). Testing plan B is intended to satisfy the nondiscrimination requirements set forth in Section 2.2.2 by compliance with the safe harbor methods described in Section 401(m)(l1) of the
Code and Section 2.2.6 below. Testing plan A is deemed to satisfy the requirements of Section 2.2.2 since participants in testing plan A are not eligible to receive matching contributions. 

2.2.6 Safe harbor ACP test provisions for testing plan B. For testing plan B (as defined in
Section 2.1.4(f)), the provisions of this Section 2.2.6 apply in lieu of the nondiscrimination requirements set forth in Section 2.2.2, and testing plan B will meet both the safe harbor ADP test provisions in Section 2.1.7 and
the special limitations on Employer matching contributions provided as follows with respect to each employee eligible to participate in testing plan B. 

(a) Employer matching contributions shall not be allocated to the account of a participant with respect to the
participant’s salary reduction contributions which exceed six percent (6%) of the participant’s compensation; and 

(b) the rate of employer matching contributions shall not increase as the rate of a participant’s salary reduction
contribution increases; and 
 (c) the employer matching contributions with respect to any highly compensated participant at
any rate of salary reduction contribution shall not be greater than that with respect to a nonhighly compensated participant. 
 2.3
Discretionary Supplemental Employer Contributions. In addition to the contributions provided for in Section 2.1 and 2.2, the Participating Employer may from time to time make a supplemental contribution (the “supplemental employer
contribution”) on behalf of each participant who becomes an eligible employee as a result of a corporate transaction (as defined in this Section 2.3) involving the Participating Employer and is designated by the

  
 34 

 
Committee to receive a supplemental employer contribution. A supplemental employer contribution may be made for one of the following purposes: (i) to make up for all or any portion of the
contribution the participant would have received under his former employer’s tax-qualified defined contribution plan had the corporate transaction not occurred during the applicable plan year (a “make-up contribution”); or
(ii) to offset any surrender charges imposed against, the participant’s account under his former employer’s tax-qualified defined contribution plan when the assets of such plan are transferred to the plan (a “surrender charge
contribution”). The Committee shall determine whether a supplemental employer contribution shall be made by the Participating Employer pursuant to the provisions of this Section 2.3 and the amount thereof, and shall designate the
participants eligible to receive such contribution. The supplemental employer contribution for a plan year, if any, shall be allocated in accordance with Sections 2.3.1 or 2.3.2, as applicable. 

2.3.1 If the supplemental employer contribution is a make-up contribution, such contribution shall be allocated among
the eligible participants in the same proportion that the compensation of each such participant bears to the compensation of all eligible participants for such plan year. 

2.3.2 If the supplemental employer contribution is a surrender charge contribution, such contribution shall be allocated
among the eligible participants in the same proportion that the surrender charge imposed on the account of each such participant bears to the total surrender charges imposed on the accounts of all eligible participants subject to the surrender
charge for such plan year. 
 For purposes of this Section 2.3, a corporate transaction means any corporate transaction resulting in an
individual’s transfer of employment from an unrelated entity to the Participating Employer, including, without limitation, a corporate merger or consolidation and a sale of the assets of a trade or business. Supplemental employer contributions
shall be credited to the eligible participants’ Employer profit sharing contribution accounts. 

  
 35 

 2.4 General Limitations. In no event shall a Participating Employer contribute an amount
(including salary reduction contributions, matching contributions, supplemental employer contributions and qualified nonelective contributions) for any limitation year (as defined in Section 19.4) which would cause the annual addition
limitations in Section 19 to be exceeded. Each contribution to the plan by a Participating Employer shall be conditioned on being deductible under Section 404 of the Code for the plan year for which such contribution is made. The initial
contribution to the plan shall be conditioned on the plan being qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code. 

Section 3. Vesting. 

3.1 General. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 3.1, the interest of a participant in his account shall be fully vested
at all times. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a participant who engages in misconduct including, but not limited to, embezzlement, larceny, theft, and other dishonest acts, or who engages in direct competition with a Participating Employer or any
other affiliated employer while a participant shall forfeit his interest in his Employer supplemental matching contribution account and his ESOP account, if any, if he terminates service prior to the earlier of attainment of his normal retirement
age or completion of 3 or more years of service. For purposes of this Section 3.1, all years of service of an employee shall be taken into account. 

3.2 Forfeitures. The amounts forfeited pursuant to Section 3.1 shall be combined with the amounts forfeited by all other
participants during such plan year. The aggregate of such forfeitures shall be applied as follows: 
 3.2.1 First, to
restore amounts previously forfeited from accounts in accordance with Section 5.4.1; and 
 3.2.2 Second, to
reduce the amount of matching contributions which the Participating Employer is otherwise obligated to make pursuant to Section 2.2. 

  
 36 

 3.3 Change in Vesting Schedule. If an amendment to the plan directly or indirectly affects
the determination of a participant’s vested percentage, or the plan is deemed amended by an automatic change to or from the top-heavy vesting schedule in Section 18.2.2, each participant in service with at least 3 years of service may
irrevocably elect to have his vested percentage determined without regard to such amendment. The participant may make such election during the period beginning on the date such amendment is adopted and ending on the date that is 60 days after the
latest of the date (a) such amendment is adopted; (b) such amendment is effective; or (c) the Committee advises the participant in writing of such amendment. 

3.4 Predecessor Plan. In no event shall the vested percentage of the accrued benefit of a participant on the effective date who was a
participant in the predecessor plan immediately preceding such effective date be less than the vested percentage of his accrued benefit under the predecessor plan had such plan continued in effect through the date such vested percentage is
determined. 
 Section 4. Pretermination Distributions; Loans. 

4.1 Hardship Distributions. A participant in service may file a written request with the Committee for a distribution from his salary
reduction contribution (before-tax) account due to hardship. A distribution will be on account of hardship only if the distribution is on account of an immediate and heavy financial need of the participant and is necessary to satisfy such financial
need. The request must specify the nature of the hardship, the total amount requested, and the total amount of the actual expense incurred or to be incurred on account of the hardship. The Committee, in its discretion, shall determine whether a
hardship constitutes an immediate and heavy financial need, and the decision of the Committee to grant or deny a 

  
 37 

 
hardship distribution shall be final; provided, that all participants who request such distributions and are similarly situated shall be treated alike and in a nondiscriminatory manner. If the
Committee determines that a hardship exists, the Committee shall direct the Trustee to make a distribution to the participant of the amount approved by the Committee. The distribution shall be made in cash from the participant’s salary
reduction contribution (before-tax) account. The amount available for such distribution shall be determined as of the adjustment date the hardship distribution request is actually processed by the Trustee. In no event shall the amount available for
a hardship distribution exceed the amount in the participant’s salary reduction contribution (before-tax) account as of such adjustment date (reduced by any previous hardship distribution not reflected as of such adjustment date), excluding
income credited to such account after December 31, 1988. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to a participant who was a participant in the United Carolina Bancshares Corporation Dollar Plus Savings Plan on June 30, 1997, in no
event shall the amount available for a hardship distribution exceed the amount in such participant’s salary reduction contribution (before-tax account) as of such adjustment date (reduced by any previous hardship distribution not reflected as
of such adjustment date), excluding all income credited to such account. 
 4.1.1 Immediate and Heavy Financial
Need. The circumstances giving rise to hardship shall be limited to: 
 (a) Expenses for (or necessary to obtain) medical
care that would be deductible under Section 213(d) of the Code (determined without regard to whether the expenses exceed 7.5% of adjusted gross income); 

(b) Costs directly related to the purchase of the principal residence of the participant (excluding mortgage payments); 

(c) Expenses for the repair or damage to the participant’s principal residence that would qualify for the casualty
deduction under Section 165 of the Code (determined without regard to whether the loss exceeds 10% of adjusted gross income); 

  
 38 

 (d) Payment of tuition, related educational fees, and room and board expenses,
for up to the next 12 months of post secondary education for the participant, the participant’s spouse, children, or dependents (as defined in Section 152 of the Code without regard to Sections 152(b)(1), (b)(2) and (d)(1)(B) of the Code);

 (e) Payments for burial or funeral expenses for the participant’s deceased parent, spouse, children or dependent (as
defined in Section 152 of the Code without regard to Section 152(d)(1)(B) of the Code); or 
 (f) Payments
necessary to prevent the eviction of the participant from the participant’s principal residence or foreclosure on the mortgage on that residence. 

4.1.2 Additional Financial Needs. The participant’s “primary beneficiary” is an individual who is
named as a beneficiary under the plan and has an unconditional right to all or a portion of the participant’s account balance upon the participant’s death. Effective January 1, 2007, the circumstances giving rise to hardship are
expanded to include: 
 (a) Expenses for (or necessary to obtain) medical care (as defined in Section 213(d) of the
Code) for the participant’s primary beneficiary (as defined below); 
 (b) Payment of tuition, related educational fees,
and room and board expenses, for up to the next 12 months of post secondary education for the participant’s primary beneficiary; or 

(c) Payments for burial or funeral expenses for the participant’s primary beneficiary. 

4.1.3 Amount of Financial Need. A hardship distribution shall not be made in excess of the amount of the
immediate and heavy financial need of the participant. The amount of the immediate and heavy financial need of the participant may include any amounts necessary to pay any federal, state or local income taxes or penalties reasonably anticipated to
result from the receipt of the hardship distribution. 
 4.1.4 Additional Requirements. The following special
provisions shall apply to all hardship distributions: 
 (a) No hardship distribution shall be made until the participant has
obtained all distributions and all nontaxable loans currently available under all tax-qualified retirement plans of the Participating Employer and its affiliated employers, including, without limitation, distributions pursuant to Sections 4.2, 4.3
and 22.7 and loans pursuant to Section 4.4; 

  
 39 

 (b) The participant’s elective deferrals under the plan and, except as
otherwise provided in applicable Treasury Regulations, elective deferrals under all other qualified and nonqualified plans of deferred compensation maintained by the Company and its affiliated employers, shall be suspended for a period of 6 months
following receipt of the hardship distribution; and 
 (c) Any distribution made pursuant to this Section 4.1 shall be
withdrawn from the participant’s fund accounts (as defined in Section 7.1.1) with respect to his salary reduction contribution (before-tax) account on a pro rata basis. The Committee from time to time may adopt additional policies or rules
governing the manner in which hardship distributions are made so that the plan may conveniently be administered. 
 4.2 Distributions
After Age 59 1⁄2. In accordance with procedures adopted by the Committee, a participant who has attained age
59 1⁄2 may withdraw all or any portion of his account. The balance in the participant’s account available for withdrawal pursuant to the provisions of
this Section 4.2 shall be determined as of the date the withdrawal request is actually processed by the Trustee. Any withdrawal made pursuant to this Section 4.2 shall be withdrawn by the Trustee from the participant’s fund accounts
(as defined in Section 7.1.1) with respect to such account on a pro rata basis. 
 4.3 Distributions Prior to Age 59 1⁄2. In accordance with procedures adopted by the Committee, a participant who has not yet attained age 59 1⁄2 may withdraw all or any portion of his voluntary contribution (after-tax) account, if any, his Employer supplemental matching contribution account, his Employer profit sharing contribution account, if any, his
ESOP account, if any, his prior plan account, if any, and his rollover account, if any. Only two withdrawals may be made by a participant pursuant to the provisions of this Section 4.3 during each plan year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no
amount shall be withdrawn from the Employer supplemental matching contribution account, the prior plan account (excluding for this purpose any amount attributable to after-tax employee contributions), his Employer profit sharing contribution account
or the ESOP account unless the participant has been a participant in the plan (including for this purpose his participation in the predecessor plan) for at least 60 

  
 40 

 
months or unless the amounts being withdrawn have been in the participant’s account (including for this purpose his account maintained under the predecessor plan) for at least 24 months. The
balance in the participant’s account available for withdrawal pursuant to the provisions of this Section 4.3 shall be determined as of the date the withdrawal request is actually processed by the Trustee. Any withdrawal made pursuant to
this Section 4.3 shall be withdrawn by the Trustee from the participant’s separate accounts described below in the following order of priority: 

4.3.1 voluntary contribution (after-tax) account; 

4.3.2 the portion of the participant’s prior plan account attributable to after-tax employee contributions and
earnings thereon; 
 4.3.3 the remaining portion of the participant’s prior plan account; 

4.3.4 Employer profit sharing contribution account; 

4.3.5 Employer supplemental matching contribution account; 

4.3.6 rollover account; and 

4.3.7 ESOP account. 
 With
respect to each such account, the amount of the withdrawal shall be withdrawn by the Trustee from the participant’s fund accounts (as defined in Section 7.1.1) with respect to such account on a pro rata basis. 

4.4 Loans. The Committee, in accordance with its uniform, nondiscriminatory policy, shall direct the Trustee to permit any participant
in service or a participant or beneficiary who is a party-in-interest as defined in Section 3(14) of ERISA (the “borrower”), to borrow from his vested account (excluding for this purpose his PAYSOP account, if any), subject to the
following requirements. 
 4.4.1 Loans shall be withdrawn from the participant’s fund accounts (as defined
in Section 7.1.1) on a pro rata basis. Loans shall be available to all borrowers on a reasonably equivalent basis. Loans shall not be available to highly compensated participants in an amount greater than to nonhighly compensated participants.
In no 

  
 41 

 
event shall the principal amount of the loan be less than $1,000. A participant may have only one loan outstanding at any time and only one loan request may be submitted in a plan year. In no
event shall a participant be entitled to borrow from his PAYSOP account, if any. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a participant who was a participant in a predecessor plan that is merged into this plan has more than one loan outstanding under the
predecessor plan as of the date of such plan merger, such loans shall remain outstanding and be payable in accordance with their terms. 

4.4.2 The Trustee shall provide to each borrower who is approved for a loan a statement of the charges involved in the
loan transaction, including the amount financed and the annual interest rate. The borrower shall execute any documents as the Committee deems necessary or advisable to consummate the loan and provide reasonable safeguards. 

4.4.3 The principal amount of any loan made to a borrower, when added to the outstanding balance of all loans from the
plan, shall not exceed the lesser of: 
 (a) $50,000, reduced by the excess of: (a) the highest outstanding balance of
loans from the plan during the one-year period ending on the day before the date such loan is made, over (b) the outstanding balance of loans from the plan on the date such loan is made; or 

(b) One-half of the vested account of the borrower. The vested account shall be determined as of the adjustment date the loan
is actually processed by the Trustee. 
 For the purpose of this limitation, the principal amounts of all loans from all plans of the
Participating Employer and affiliated employers shall be aggregated. 
 4.4.4 Each loan shall require that payment of
principal and interest shall be amortized in level payments over a period of not less than 12 months nor more than 60 months from the date of the loan. Each Participating Employer shall establish a procedure for withholding from the regular payroll
checks of a participant the amounts necessary to satisfy the repayment obligation under the note. All amounts so withheld shall be transferred immediately to the Trustee. 

4.4.5 Each loan shall be secured by a pledge of up to 50 percent of the vested account of the borrower, as determined on
the date of such loan. 
 4.4.6 A loan shall bear a reasonable rate of interest determined as of the date of
origination of the loan in the manner established by the Committee. The principal amount of the loan shall be an investment allocated solely to the account of the borrower, and the interest paid thereon shall be allocated solely to the account of
the borrower. 
 4.4.7 In addition to the provisions of this Section 4.4, each loan shall be subject to and made
in accordance with the Plan loan rules. 

  
 42 

 4.5 Termination of Service Prior to Distribution. If a participant’s termination of
service occurs after a request for a hardship distribution or loan is approved in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4 but prior to distribution, such approval shall be void, and the vested account of such participant shall be
payable hereunder as if such approval had not been made. 
 Section 5. Termination Distributions. 

5.1 Distributions on Account of Retirement or Disability. 

5.1.1 Distributions to participants. As of the adjustment date coincident with or next following the date a
participant retires or terminates service on account of disability, his vested account, determined as of such adjustment date, shall be paid to him or applied for his benefit under one of the following options, as elected by the participant: 

(a) Term certain. Payment to him of his vested account in approximately equal monthly installments over a whole number
of years, as elected by the participant (the “term”), not exceeding the life expectancy of the participant or the joint life expectancy of the participant and his beneficiary; provided that in no event shall monthly installments be less
than $100 per month. If the participant dies before expiration of the term, payments shall continue to his beneficiary for the remainder of the term. 

(b) Lump sum. Payment to him of his vested account in a single lump sum payment. 

(c) Combination of term certain and lump sum. Payment to him of his vested account in any combination of the forms of
payment described in (a) and (b) above. 
 (d) Direct rollover. Payment to an eligible retirement plan as
provided in Section 15. 
 Such election must be made in writing and filed with the Committee on or before the adjustment date as of
which payment is to commence. 
 5.1.2 Applicable provisions. The following provisions shall apply for purposes
of this Section 5.1: 
 (a) Deferral. Subject to the provisions of Sections 5.9 and 5.3.1, a participant’s
account balance (as defined in Section 5.9.5) shall remain in the plan until the participant elects to receive a distribution of his benefit in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5 and procedures adopted by the Committee. 

  
 43 

 (b) Form of distribution. Distributions from the plan shall be made in
cash. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a portion of a participant’s vested account is invested in Company stock, such participant may direct the Committee to distribute such portion of his accrued benefit in shares of Company stock. 

(c) Distributions following return to service. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 5.1, if a
participant receiving benefit payments from the plan reenters service prior to his normal retirement date, such payments shall cease during the period he is in service. When he subsequently retires, dies or otherwise terminates service, his then
vested account shall be payable to or with respect to him pursuant to the applicable provisions of the plan. 
 (d)
Direction of investment. If all or any portion of the accrued benefit of a participant is payable to him in installments, such participant shall continue to be eligible to direct the Trustee as to the investment and reinvestment of his
accrued benefit pursuant to the provisions of Section 7. His accrued benefit shall continue to be adjusted as of each adjustment date pursuant to Section 6 and the amount of the installment payments to him shall be adjusted as of each
year- end adjustment date to reflect the adjusted amount of his accrued benefit as of such adjustment date. 
 (e)
Predecessor plan. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, if a participant in the predecessor plan is receiving benefits under the predecessor plan as of the effective date, the amount of the benefit payable to such participant and the
manner and time for payment thereof shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of the predecessor plan. If a participant in a predecessor plan separated from service prior to the effective date of this plan and is entitled to a deferred
benefit commencing after the effective date, the amount of such benefit shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of the predecessor plan, and the manner and time of payment shall be determined under the plan. 

(f) Required consent. Subject to the provisions of Section 12.1, any distribution to a participant who has a vested
account which exceeds the cash-out limit (as defined in Section 411(a)(ll)(A) of the Code) shall require the participant’s consent if such distribution is to commence prior to the participant’s attainment of normal retirement age. The
consent requirements of this Section 5.1.2(f) shall be deemed satisfied if the participant’s vested account does not exceed the cash-out limit. If a participant has begun to receive benefit payments in installments and at least one
installment payment has not yet been made, the vested account of the participant is deemed to exceed the cash-out limit if his vested account exceeded the cash-out limit in effect as of the date payment of his benefit first commenced. 

  
 44 

 5.2 Distributions on Account of Death. On the death of the participant, the following
provisions shall apply: 
 5.2.1 Death after distributions begin. If the participant dies after distribution of
his vested account has begun, payments shall continue following his death only if his benefit was payable under an option providing for such payments, and any remaining portion of his vested account shall continue to be distributed to his
beneficiary at least as rapidly as under the method of distribution in effect at his death. 
 5.2.2 Death before
distributions begin. If the participant dies before distribution of his vested account begins, payment of his vested account to his beneficiary shall commence as of any adjustment date following the date of the participant’s death, as
elected by the beneficiary. The participant’s vested account shall be payable under a method of payment described in Section 5.1.1, as elected by the beneficiary. 

5.3 Special Provisions and Definitions. The following provisions apply for purposes of this Section 5: 

5.3.1 Small amount. Notwithstanding any other provision of the plan, if the vested account of a participant does
not exceed the cash-out limit (as defined in Section 5.1.2(f)) as of the adjustment date coincident with his termination of service for any reason, including death, then such benefit shall be paid in a lump sum as soon as practicable following
such termination of service to the person entitled thereto without regard to any election made by the participant or beneficiary. Effective with respect to distributions made on or after January 1, 2002 and prior to January 1, 2008, the
value of such participant’s vested account shall be determined without regard to that portion of his vested account that is attributable to rollover contributions (and earnings allocable thereto) within the meaning of Sections 402(c),
403(a)(4), 403(b)(8), 408(d)(3)(A)(ii), and 457(e)(16) of the Code. Effective with respect to distributions made on or after January 1, 2008, the value of such participant’s vested account shall be determined taking into account that
portion of his vested account that is attributable to such rollover contributions (and earnings allocable thereto). If the value of the participant’s vested account as so determined does not exceed the cash-out limit, the participant’s
entire vested account shall be paid in accordance with this Section 5.3.1. If the vested account of a participant exceeds $1,000 but does not exceed the cash-out limit as of the adjustment date coincident with or next following the date of his
termination of service for any reason other than death, and if the participant does not elect to have such benefit paid directly to an “eligible retirement plan” as defined in Section 15.1.2 or to receive such benefit in a lump sum,
then the entire vested account of the participant shall be directly transferred to an individual retirement plan (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(37) of the Code) designated by the Committee. 

5.3.2 Designation of beneficiary. The beneficiary or beneficiaries of a participant shall be determined in
accordance with the following provisions: 
 (a) Surviving spouse. If the participant dies leaving a surviving spouse,
the participant’s beneficiary shall be such spouse unless the participant designates another beneficiary (which may include more than one person, natural or otherwise, and one or more contingent beneficiaries) by filing a qualified

  
 45 

 
election with the Committee. A “qualified election” means a beneficiary designation by the participant on a form provided the Committee, which contains a consent and acknowledgment of
the effect of such consent executed by the surviving spouse and witnessed by a representative of the Committee or a notary public. Consent of the spouse shall not be required if the spouse cannot be located or if other circumstances exist which
excuse obtaining the consent under applicable law or regulations. The qualified election of a participant may be revoked at any time by action of the participant alone, in which case the surviving spouse shall be the beneficiary. Any other change in
beneficiary shall be made only by the filing of a revised qualified election. If a beneficiary named in a qualified election dies before receiving any payment due him from the trust fund, the payment shall be made to the contingent beneficiary, if
any, named in the qualified election. If there is no such contingent beneficiary, the payment shall be made to the surviving spouse. If the surviving spouse dies before receiving all payments due under the plan, the remaining payments shall be made
to the estate of the surviving spouse. 
 (b) Other beneficiary. If a participant dies without leaving a surviving
spouse, the participant’s beneficiary (which may include more than one person, natural or otherwise, and one or more contingent beneficiaries) shall be the beneficiary designated by the participant on the beneficiary designation form filed with
the Committee. Designation of a beneficiary under this subparagraph (b) shall be revocable by the participant at any time prior to death. If the participant fails to designate a beneficiary, the benefit of the participant shall be payable to
his estate. If a beneficiary is entitled to receive payments from the trust fund and dies before receiving all payments due him, remaining payments shall be made to the contingent beneficiary, if any. If there is no contingent beneficiary, such
payments shall be made to the estate of the beneficiary. 
 (c) Disclaimer. Any beneficiary may disclaim all or any
part of the benefit to which such beneficiary is entitled hereunder by filing a disclaimer with the Committee at least 10 days before payment of such benefit is to commence. Such disclaimer shall be made in form satisfactory to the Committee and
shall be irrevocable when filed. The benefit disclaimed shall be payable from the trust fund in the same manner as if the beneficiary who filed the disclaimer dies on the date of such filing. 

5.3.3 Definitions. For purposes of this Section 5, “life expectancy” means life expectancy and
joint and last survivor life expectancy computed by use of the Section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury Regulations. Unless otherwise elected by the participant, or spouse, in the case of distributions described in Section 5.2.2, by the time
distributions are required to begin, life expectancy shall be recalculated annually. Such election shall be irrevocable as to the participant or spouse. The life expectancy of a nonspouse beneficiary may not be recalculated. 

  
 46 

 5.3.4 Family Medical Leave Act Absence. If a participant receives
an allocation of employer contributions for a plan year or period that includes the participant’s Family Medical Leave Act absence, the plan administrator will delay payment of any distribution until the plan administrator is notified that the
participant will not or did not return to work from such absence. 
 5.4 Distributions on Account of Other Termination of Service.
The following provisions shall apply if a participant terminates service for reasons other than retirement, disability or death. 

5.4.1 Election to receive benefit following termination. The participant may elect to receive his vested account
as of any adjustment date following the date of his termination of service for any reason other than retirement, disability or death. The adjustment date as of which payment is to commence shall be referred to herein as his “distribution
adjustment date.” The manner of distribution shall be determined under the applicable provisions of Section 5.1. The participant’s election shall be made on or before the distribution adjustment date in accordance with procedures
adopted by the Committee. Such election shall be disregarded if the participant is in service on the distribution adjustment date. The following provisions shall apply if the participant is not fully vested in his accrued benefit as of his
distribution adjustment date: 
 (a) The amount in his account which is not vested shall be forfeited pursuant to
Section 3.2. 
 (b) If he reenters service and repays to the trust the full amount of the distribution received from the
trust on or before the earlier of the year-end adjustment date of the plan year in which he incurs his 5th consecutive break in service following termination or the 5th anniversary of the date he reenters service, such repaid amount shall be
credited as of the adjustment date coincident with or next following such repayment to the subaccount or subaccounts of the participant from which the distribution was previously made to the participant. Following such repayment, the Trustee shall
credit to his subaccount or subaccounts from forfeitures taken as of the adjustment date on or next following the date of repayment, the amount previously forfeited from each such subaccount, if any. If forfeitures are not sufficient to credit this
amount to the participant, such amount shall be contributed by the Participating Employer to the Trustee on or before such adjustment date. 

5.4.2 Future distribution. If any part of a participant’s vested account is not distributed pursuant to
Section 5.4.1, it shall be held under the plan until the earlier of his required beginning date (as defined in Section 5.9.5) or the date of his death, whereupon it shall be paid to him or his beneficiary in the same manner as if the
participant were then in service. If the vested account of a participant is held in the plan for future payment, the participant shall continue to be eligible to direct the investment and reinvestment of his accrued benefit pursuant to the
provisions of Section 7. 

  
 47 

 5.4.3 Waiver of election period. If a distribution is one to which
Sections 401(a)(11) and 417 of the Code do not apply, such distribution may commence less than 30 days after the date the notice required under Section 1.411(a)-11(c) of the Treasury Regulations is given, provided that: 

(a) the Committee clearly informs the participant that the participant has a right to a period of at least 30 days after
receiving the notice to consider the decision of whether or not to elect a distribution (and, if applicable, a particular distribution option); and 

(b) the participant, after receiving the notice, affirmatively elects a distribution. 

5.5 Directions. In accordance with procedures adopted by the Committee, the Trustee shall be notified of a participant’s request
for a withdrawal or a loan, retirement, disability, death or termination of service. The Trustee shall be directed to make a distribution to the person or persons entitled thereto from the trust at such time and in such manner as required by the
provisions of this Section 5. 
 5.6 Distributions to Alternate Payees. All rights and benefits, including elections, provided
to a participant in the plan shall be subject to the rights afforded to any alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order. Furthermore, a distribution to an alternate payee shall be permitted if such distribution is authorized by a
qualified domestic relations order, even if the affected participant has not separated from service and has not reached the earliest retirement age under the plan. For purposes of this Section 5.6, alternate payee, qualified domestic relations
order and earliest retirement age shall have the meaning set forth under Section 414(p) of the Code. In accordance with procedures adopted by the Committee, the expenses and fees incurred by the plan on account of the processing of a qualified
domestic relations order may be charged against the account of the participant requesting the qualified domestic relations order. 

  
 48 

 5.7 Valuation. Notwithstanding any provision in this Section 5 to the contrary, the
value of a participant’s vested account for purposes of any distribution made pursuant to this Section 5 shall be determined as of the adjustment date such distribution is actually processed by the Trustee, increased for any additional
earnings credited to the participant’s account following the adjustment date such distribution is actually processed by the Trustee. 

5.8 Distributions from Salary Reduction Contribution (before-tax) Accounts, Employer Basic Matching Contribution Accounts and QNEC
Accounts. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained elsewhere in the plan, a participant’s salary reduction contribution (before-tax) account, Employer basic matching contribution account, if any, and QNEC account, if any, shall
not be distributable other than upon: 
 5.8.1 The participant’s severance from employment (as defined in
Section 1.401(k)-1(d)(2) of the Treasury Regulations), death, or disability; 
 5.8.2 Termination of the plan
without establishment or maintenance of another alternative defined contribution plan other than an employee stock ownership plan as defined in Section 4975(e)(7) or 409(a) of the Code, a simplified employee pension plan as defined in
Section 408(k) of the Code, a SIMPLE IRA plan as defined in Section 408(p) of the Code, a plan or contract that satisfies the requirements of Section 403(b) of the Code, or a plan that is described in Section 457(b) or
(f) of the Code; 
 5.8.3 The participant’s attainment of age
59 1⁄2, or 
 5.8.4 The
participant’s hardship (as defined in Section 4.1). 
 For purposes of clause 5.8.1 above, a participant’s change in status from an employee
to a leased employee is not treated as a severance from employment that would entitle the participant to receive a distribution pursuant to clause 5.8.1. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, a plan termination shall not be
treated as described in clause 5.8.2 above with respect to any participant unless the participant receives a lump sum distribution (as defined in Section 401(k)(10)(B)(ii) of the Code) by reason of the plan termination. 

  
 49 

 5.9 Required Minimum Distributions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in
the plan, all distributions under this Section 5 shall be determined and made in accordance with Section 401(a)(9) of the Code, including the minimum distribution incidental benefit requirement of Section 401(a)(9)(G) of the Code.

 5.9.1 General Rules. 

(a) Effective Date. The provisions of this Section 5.9 shall apply for purposes of determining required minimum
distributions for calendar years beginning with the 2003 calendar year. 
 (b) Precedence. The requirements of this
Section 5.9 shall take precedence over any inconsistent provisions of the plan. 
 (c) Requirements of Treasury
Regulations Incorporated. All distributions required under this Section 5.9 shall be determined and made in accordance with Section 401(a)(9) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder. 

(d) TEFRA Section 242(b)(2) Elections. Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Section 5.9, distributions
may be made under a designation made before January 1, 1984, in accordance with section 242(b)(2) of the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act (“TEFRA”) and the provisions of the plan that relate to section 242(b)(2) of TEFRA. 

5.9.2 Time and Manner of Distribution. 

(a) Required Beginning Date. The participant’s entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, to
the participant no later than the participant’s required beginning date. 
 (b) Death of Participant Before
Distributions Begin. If the participant dies before distributions begin, the participant’s entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, no later than as follows: 

 

	 	(i)	If the participant’s surviving spouse is the participant’s sole designated beneficiary, then distributions to the surviving spouse will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the
calendar year in which the participant died, or by December 31 of the calendar year in which the participant would have attained age 70 1⁄2, if later.

  

	 	(ii)	If the participant’s surviving spouse is not the participant’s sole designated beneficiary, then distributions to the designated beneficiary will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately
following the calendar year in which the participant died. 

  
 50 

	 	(iii)	If there is no designated beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of the participant’s death, the participant’s entire interest will be distributed by December 31 of the
calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death. 

  

	 	(iv)	If the participant’s surviving spouse is the participant’s sole designated beneficiary and the surviving spouse dies after the participant but before distributions to the surviving spouse begin, this
Section 5.9.2(b), other than Section 5.9.2(b)(i), will apply as if the surviving spouse were the Participant. 

 For
purposes of this Section 5.9.2(b) and Section 5.9.4, unless Section 5.9.2(b)(iv) applies, distributions are considered to begin on the participant’s required beginning date. If Section 5.9.2(b)(iv) applies, distributions are
considered to begin on the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under Section 5.9.2(b)(i). If distributions under an annuity purchased from an insurance company irrevocably commence to the participant before the
participant’s required beginning date (or to the participant’s surviving spouse before the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under Section 5.9.2(b)(i)), the date distributions are considered to begin is
the date distributions actually commence. 
 (c) Forms of Distribution. Unless the participant’s interest is
distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company or in a single sum on or before the required beginning date, as of the first distribution calendar year distributions will be made in accordance with Sections 5.9.3 and 5.9.4.
If the participant’s interest is distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company, distributions thereunder will be made in accordance with the requirements of Section 401(a)(9) of the Code and the Treasury
Regulations thereunder. 
 5.9.3 Required Minimum Distributions During Participant’s Lifetime. 

(a) Amount of Required Minimum Distribution for Each Distribution Calendar Year. During the participant’s lifetime,
the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year is the lesser of: 
  

	 	(i)	the quotient obtained by dividing the participant’s account balance by the distribution period in the Uniform Lifetime Table set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(a)(9)-9, using the participant’s
age as of the participant’s birthday in the distribution calendar year; or 

  
 51 

	 	(ii)	if the participant’s sole designated beneficiary for the distribution calendar year is the participant’s spouse, the quotient obtained by dividing the participant’s account balance by the number in the
Joint and Last Survivor Table set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(a)(9)-9, using the participant’s and spouse’s attained ages as of the participant’s and spouse’s birthdays in the distribution calendar year.

 (b) Lifetime Required Minimum Distributions Continue Through Year of Participant’s Death.
Required minimum distributions will be determined under this Section 5.9.3 beginning with the first distribution calendar year and up to and including the distribution calendar year that includes the participant’s date of death. 

5.9.4 Required Minimum Distributions After Participant’s Death. 

(a) Death on or After Date Distributions Begin. 

 

	 	(i)	Participant survived by designated beneficiary. If the participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is a designated beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each
distribution calendar year after the year of the participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the participant’s account balance by the longer of the remaining life expectancy of the participant or the remaining life expectancy
of the participant’s designated beneficiary, determined as follows: 

 (1) The participant’s
remaining life expectancy is calculated using the age of the participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year. 

(2) If the participant’s surviving spouse is the participant’s sole designated beneficiary, the remaining life
expectancy of the surviving spouse is calculated for each distribution calendar year after the year of the participant’s death using the surviving spouse’s age as of the spouse’s birthday in that year. For distribution calendar years
after the year of the surviving spouse’s death, the remaining life expectancy of the surviving spouse is calculated using the age of the surviving spouse as of the spouse’s birthday in the calendar year of the spouse’s death, reduced
by one for each subsequent calendar year. 
 (3) If the participant’s surviving spouse is not the participant’s
sole designated beneficiary, the designated beneficiary’s remaining life expectancy is calculated using the age of the beneficiary in the year following the year of the participant’s death, reduced by one for each subsequent year. 

  
 52 

	 	(ii)	No designated beneficiary. If the participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is no designated beneficiary as of September 30 of the year after the year of the participant’s
death, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the participant’s account balance by the participant’s remaining
life expectancy calculated using the age of the participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year. 

(b) Death Before Date Distributions Begin. 
  

	 	(i)	Participant survived by designated beneficiary. If the participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is a designated beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution
calendar year after the year of the participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the participant’s account balance by the remaining life expectancy of the participant’s designated beneficiary, determined as provided in
Section 5.9.4(a). 

  

	 	(ii)	No designated beneficiary. If the participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is no designated beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of the participant’s
death, distribution of the participant’s entire interest will be completed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the participant’s death. 

 

	 	(iii)	Death of surviving spouse before distributions to surviving spouse are required to begin. If the participant dies before the date distributions begin, the participant’s surviving spouse is the
participant’s sole designated beneficiary, and the surviving spouse dies before distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under Section 5.9.2(b)(i), this Section 5.9.4(b) will apply as if the surviving spouse were
the participant. 

 5.9.5 Definitions. 

(a) Designated Beneficiary. The individual who is designated as the beneficiary under Section 5.3.2 of the plan and
is the designated beneficiary under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code and Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(a)(9)-4. 

  
 53 

 (b) Distribution Calendar Year. A calendar year for which a minimum
distribution is required. For distributions beginning before the participant’s death, the first distribution calendar year is the calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year which contains the participant’s required beginning
date. For distributions beginning after the participant’s death, the first distribution calendar year is the calendar year in which distributions are required to begin under Section 5.9.2(b). The required minimum distribution for the
participant’s first distribution calendar year will be made on or before the participant’s required beginning date. The required minimum distribution for other distribution calendar years, including the required minimum distribution for
the distribution calendar year in which the participant’s required beginning date occurs, will be made on or before December 31 of that distribution calendar year. 

(c) Life Expectancy. Life expectancy as computed by use of the Single Life Table in Treasury Regulation
Section 1.401(a)(9)-9. 
 (d) Participant’s Account Balance. The account balance as of the last adjustment
date in the calendar year immediately preceding the distribution calendar year (“valuation calendar year”) increased by the amount of any contributions made and allocated or forfeitures allocated to the account balance as of dates in the
valuation calendar year after the adjustment date and decreased by distributions made in the valuation calendar year after the adjustment date. The account balance for the valuation calendar year includes any amounts rolled over or transferred to
the plan either in the valuation calendar year or in the distribution calendar year if distributed or transferred in the valuation calendar year. 

(e) Required Beginning Date. April 1 of the calendar year following the later of (A) the calendar year in
which the participant attains age 70 1⁄2 or (B) the calendar year in which the participant retires. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the required beginning
date of a participant who is a 5 percent owner (as defined in Section 416 of the Code) shall be April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the participant attains age
70 1⁄2. 
 5.9.6 2009
Required Minimum Distributions. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, a participant or beneficiary who would have been required to receive a required minimum distribution with respect to 2009 but for the enactment of
Section 401(a)(9)(H) of the Code (a “2009 RMD”) and who would have satisfied that requirement by receiving a distribution that is (a) equal to the 2009 RMD, or (b) one or more payments in a series of substantially equal
distributions (that include the 2009 RMD) made at least annually and expected to last for the life (or life expectancy) of the participant and the participant’s designated beneficiary, or for a period of at least ten years (an “Extended
2009 RMD”), shall receive such distribution for 2009, unless the participant or beneficiary chooses not to receive such distribution. Each participant and beneficiary described in the preceding sentence shall be given the opportunity to elect
to stop receiving any distribution described in the preceding sentence. For purposes of this Section 5.9.6 of the Plan, neither a 2009 RMD nor an Extended 2009 RMD shall be treated as an eligible rollover distribution under Section 15.1.1
of the Plan. 

  
 54 

 Section 6. Adjustment of Accounts. 

The Committee shall establish and maintain a salary reduction contribution (before-tax) account, an Employer basic matching contribution
account and an Employer supplemental matching contribution account with respect to each participant. The Committee shall also establish and maintain a voluntary contribution (after-tax) account, an Employer profit sharing contribution account, an
ESOP account, a PAYSOP account, a prior plan account, a QNEC account, a loan account, and a rollover account with respect to each participant if any one or more of such accounts are required by the plan. The Committee shall also keep an allocation
suspense account if such account is required pursuant to Section 19.2. 
 6.1 Adjustment of Accounts. The account of each
participant shall be valued daily as of each adjustment date in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6.1 and procedures adopted by the Trustee. The value of each participant’s account (other than that portion of his account
attributable to his loan account, if any) shall be converted to units. Thereafter, when the participant’s account is credited with an allocation of any salary reduction contributions, matching contributions, supplemental employer contributions,
qualified nonelective contributions, direct transfers from another qualified plan or rollover contributions, the value of such allocation shall be used to purchase units and added to such participant’s account. When any distributions,
participant loans, withdrawals, transfers between investment funds, and/or administrative fees are charged against the participant’s account in accordance with the terms of the plan, the number of units equal in value to the amount paid from
the participant’s account shall be deducted from the outstanding units. 

  
 55 

 6.2 Loan Account. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 6, the portion of
the account of a participant attributable to a loan made pursuant to Section 4.4 shall be maintained in a special loan account on behalf of the participant. The loan account shall be a part of the account of the participant, and there shall be
credited to the loan account any payments of principal or interest made with respect to such note. As of the close of business on each adjustment date, any cash balances in the loan account shall be debited to the loan account and shall be allocated
among the investment funds in accordance with the most recent effective future contribution investment direction of the participant. If for any reason a participant does not have a future contribution investment direction in effect, such proceeds
shall be invested by the Trustee in the investment fund designated by the Compensation Committee (as defined in Section 7.1.1). 

6.3 General. The Committee shall have and may exercise all powers necessary or advisable in order to implement the provisions of
this Section 6 and to ensure that the accounts maintained under the plan are fairly and accurately adjusted as of each adjustment date. 

Section 7. Participant Direction of Investments. 

7.1 Participant Directed Investments. Notwithstanding any other provision of the plan but subject to the provisions of Section 6,
each participant may direct the Trustee as to the investment or reinvestment of his account, subject to the following provisions: 

7.1.1 Investment funds; fund accounts. The Compensation Committee of the Board (the “Compensation
Committee”) shall determine from time to time the investment options (“investment funds”) available to participants. Each participant shall be entitled to direct the Trustee as to the investment of contributions made on his behalf and
the amount credited to his account among the investment funds. The Committee shall keep accounts subsidiary to each participant’s separate accounts described in Section 1.1 (other than the loan account) with respect to the amount to his
credit in each investment fund, the “fund accounts.” 
 7.1.2 Investment of contributions. In
accordance with procedures adopted by the Committee, a participant may direct investment of any contribution allocable to his account among the investment funds in whole multiples of 1 percent. Such designation shall remain in effect unless and
until the participant provides for a different designation. 

  
 56 

 
If for any reason a participant fails to direct the investment of the entire contribution allocable to his account, the contribution for which no direction is made shall be invested by the
Trustee as directed by the Committee. 
 7.1.3 Investment of account. Subject to the provisions of
Section 22.6, in accordance with procedures adopted by the Committee, a participant shall be entitled to reallocate the amount credited to his account or each of his fund accounts among the investment funds in whole multiples of 1 percent. 

7.1.4 Notice requirements. In accordance with procedures adopted by the Committee and the Trustee, the
participants shall notify the Trustee of all directions made in accordance with this Section 7.1. 
 7.1.5
Rights in directed investment funds. Notwithstanding the fact that all or a portion of a participant’s account may be invested in an investment fund and may be expressed in units in a particular investment fund, such references shall
mean the aggregate of the dollar amount which is credited to the participant’s account at any point in time. Nothing contained in this Section 7 shall be deemed to give any participant any interest in any specific property in any
investment fund or any interest in the plan, other than the right to receive payments or distributions in accordance with the plan or to exercise any other right specifically granted to the participant under the plan. 

7.1.6 Proxy voting. 

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the plan, a participant whose account is invested in an investment fund which
invests solely in shares of Company stock (his “Company stock fund account”) or who has an ESOP account or a PAYSOP account shall be entitled to direct the Trustee as to the manner in which shares of Company stock allocated as of a record
date to his Company stock fund account, his ESOP account and his PAYSOP account shall be voted, or shall be tendered in the event of a tender offer for such shares. The Trustee shall vote or tender such shares of Company stock as directed by the
participant. If the participant instructions are not timely received with respect to such shares, the Trustee shall vote or tender such shares as directed by the Committee. The Committee shall provide for the solicitation and tabulation of voting or
tender instructions from participants in a confidential manner. Prior to the voting or tendering of such shares, the Committee shall distribute to each participant who has a Company stock fund account, an ESOP account or a PAYSOP account the same
information as is furnished to the shareholders of the Company in a proxy statement. 
 (b) Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary in the plan, except as set forth in Section 7.1.6(a) above, the Trustee shall vote the shares of any investment fund in which the accounts of participants are invested (other than an investment fund which invests solely in shares of
Company stock). 

  
 57 

 7.2 General. To the extent approved by the Trustee, the Committee may establish any rules
or resolutions necessary to implement the provisions of this Section 7. The Trustee shall have and may exercise all powers necessary or advisable in order to implement the provisions of this Section 7. If the Trustee cannot transfer funds
among the investment funds on an adjustment date as provided in this Section 7, the Trustee shall effect such transfer as soon as possible thereafter. 

Section 8. Administration by Committee. 

8.1 Membership of Committee. The Committee shall consist of not less than 3 individuals appointed by the Board to serve at the pleasure
of the Board. Any member of the Committee may resign, and his successor, if any, shall be appointed by the Board. The Committee shall be responsible for the general administration and interpretation of the plan and for carrying out its provisions
except to the extent all or any of such obligations specifically are imposed on the Trustee or the Board or delegated to one or more other persons, including the plan administrator. The Chairman of the Committee shall be the plan administrator and
agent for service of legal process on the plan. 
 8.2 Committee Officers; Subcommittee. The members of the Committee shall elect a
chairman and may elect an acting chairman. They also shall elect a secretary and may elect an acting secretary, either of whom may but need not be a member of the Committee. The Committee may appoint from its membership such subcommittees with such
powers as the Committee determines and may authorize one or more of its members or any agent to execute or deliver any instrument or make any payment on behalf of the Committee. 

8.3 Committee Meetings. The Committee shall hold such meetings upon such notice and at such places and intervals as it from time to
time determines. Notice of meetings shall not be required if waived in writing by all members of the Committee at the time in office or if all such members are present at the meeting. 

  
 58 

 8.4 Transaction of Business. A majority of the members of the Committee at the time in
office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. All resolutions or other actions taken by the Committee at any meeting shall be by vote of a majority of those present and entitled to vote at any such meeting. Resolutions may be
adopted or other action taken without a meeting upon written consent thereto signed by all members of the Committee. 
 8.5 Committee
Records. The Committee shall maintain full and complete records of its deliberations and decisions. The minutes of its proceedings shall be conclusive proof of the facts of the operation of the plan. The records of the Committee shall contain
all relevant data pertaining to individual participants and their rights under the plan and in the trust fund. 
 8.6 Establishment of
Rules. Subject to the limitations of the plan and ERISA, the Committee from time to time may establish rules or bylaws for administration of the plan and transaction of its business. The Committee may authorize the use of various communication
channels, including without limitation, an interactive voice system and an interactive Internet site, which will allow participants to review general information about their accounts and to initiate certain transactions and elections under the plan.
The Committee from time to time shall adopt policies and rules governing the manner in which any such communication channel will be utilized by participants so that the plan may be conveniently administered. 

8.7 Conflicts of Interest. No individual member of the Committee shall have any right to vote or decide on any matter relating solely
to himself or his rights or benefits under the plan (except that such member may sign unanimous written consent to resolutions adopted or other action taken without a meeting), except for elections as to payment of benefits. 

  
 59 

 8.8 Correction of Errors. The Committee may correct errors and, so far as practicable, may
adjust any benefit or credit or payment accordingly. The Committee in its discretion may waive any notice requirement in the plan; provided, that a waiver of a requirement to notify the Trustee shall be made only with the consent of the Trustee. A
waiver of notice in one case shall not be a waiver of notice in any other case. Any power or authority the Committee has discretion to exercise under the plan shall be exercised in a nondiscriminatory manner. 

8.9 Authority to Interpret Plan. Subject to objective plan terms and the claims procedure set forth in Section 14, the Committee
and plan administrator shall have the duty and discretionary authority to interpret and construe the provisions of the plan, make factual determinations, and decide any dispute which may arise regarding the rights of participants hereunder,
including the discretionary authority to construe uncertain provisions of the plan and to make determinations as to eligibility for participation and benefits under the plan. Determinations by the Committee and plan administrator shall apply
uniformly to all persons similarly situated and shall be binding and conclusive upon all interested persons. Such determinations shall only be set aside if the Committee and the plan administrator are found to have acted arbitrarily and capriciously
in interpreting and construing the provisions of the plan. 
 8.10 Third Party Advisor. The Committee may engage an attorney,
accountant or any other technical adviser on matters regarding the operation of the plan and to perform such other duties as may be required in connection therewith. The Committee may employ such clerical and related personnel as it deems requisite
or desirable in carrying out the 

  
 60 

 
provisions of the plan. The Committee may delegate any one or more of its duties and responsibilities under the plan to any person or persons, including but not limited to, the employees of the
Company and the plan administrator. 
 8.11 Compensation of Members. No member of the Committee, who receives compensation from the
Company for services as a full-time employee, shall receive any fee or compensation for his services as such. 
 8.12 Committee Expenses.
The Committee shall be entitled to reimbursement out of the trust fund for its reasonable expenses properly and actually incurred in the performance of its duties in the administration of the plan; provided, that the Company, in the discretion
of the Board, may pay such expenses. 
 8.13 Indemnification of Committee. To the maximum extent permitted by ERISA, no member of the
Committee personally shall be liable by reason of any contract or other instrument executed by him or on his behalf as a member of the Committee or for any mistake of judgment made in good faith. The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless,
directly from its own assets (including the proceeds of any insurance policy the premiums for which are paid from the Company’s own assets), each member of the Committee and each other officer, employee, or director of the Company to whom any
duty or power relating to the administration or interpretation of the plan is delegated or allocated against any unreimbursed or uninsured cost or expense (including any sum paid in settlement of a claim with the prior written approval of the Board)
arising out of any act or omission to act in connection with the plan, unless arising out of such person’s own fraud, bad faith, willful misconduct or gross negligence. 

  
 61 

 8.14 Financial Condition. From time to time, but no less frequently than annually, the
Compensation Committee (as defined in Section 7.1.1) shall review the financial condition of the plan and determine the financial and liquidity needs of the plan as required by ERISA. The Compensation Committee shall be responsible for adopting
an investment policy statement for the plan and shall provide a copy of such statement to the Company and the Trustee. The provisions of Sections 8.2, 8.3, 8.4, 8.5, 8.10, 8.11, 8.12 and 8.13 shall apply equally to the Compensation Committee. 

Section 9. Management of Funds and Amendment of Plan. 

9.1 Fiduciary Duties. All assets of the plan shall be held in the trust for the exclusive benefit of participants and their
beneficiaries. Such assets shall be administered as a trust fund to provide for the payment of benefits as provided in the plan to participants or their successors in interest out of the income and principal of the trust. All fiduciaries with
respect to the plan (as defined in ERISA) shall discharge their duties as such solely in the interest of the participants and their successors in interest and (i) for the exclusive purposes of providing benefits to participants and their
successors in interest and defraying reasonable expenses of administering the plan as provided in Section 8.12 of the plan, (ii) with the care, skill, prudence and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent person
acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of like character and with like aims, and (iii) in accordance with the plan and trust agreement, except to the extent such documents may be
inconsistent with the then applicable federal laws relating to fiduciary responsibility. The trust fund shall be used for the exclusive benefit of participants and their beneficiaries and to pay administrative expenses of the plan and trust. No
portion of the trust fund shall ever revert to or inure to the benefit of the Participating Employer or any affiliated employers (except as otherwise provided in Sections 19 and 9.1). Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this
Section 9.1, the following provisions shall apply: 

  
 62 

 9.1.1 Initial qualification. If the plan receives an adverse
determination with respect to the initial qualification of the plan under Section 401(a) of the Code, on written request of the Company, the Trustee shall return to the Company the amount of such contribution (increased by earnings attributable
thereto and reduced by losses attributable thereto) within one calendar year after the date that qualification of the plan is denied; provided, that the application for the determination is made by the time prescribed by law for filing the
Company’s federal income tax return for the taxable year in which the plan is adopted or such later date as the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe; 

9.1.2 Disallowed contribution. On written request of the Company, the Trustee shall return a disallowed
contribution to the extent the deduction is disallowed under Section 404 of the Code (reduced by losses attributable thereto, but not increased by earnings attributable thereto) to the Company within one year after the date the deduction is
disallowed; and 
 9.1.3 Mistake of fact. If a contribution or any portion thereof is made by the Participating
Employer by mistake of fact, on written request of the Company, the Trustee shall return the contribution or such portion (reduced by losses attributable thereto, but not increased by earnings attributable thereto) to such Participating Employer
within one year after the date of payment to the Trustee. 
 9.2 Trust Agreement. The Company, on behalf of each Participating
Employer, and the Trustee shall enter into an appropriate trust agreement for the administration of the trust. The trust agreement shall contain such powers and reservations as to investment, reinvestment, control and disbursement of the funds of
the trust, and such other provisions not inconsistent with the provisions of the plan and its nature and purposes, as shall be agreed on and set forth therein. Such agreement shall provide that the Board may remove the Trustee at any time upon
reasonable notice, the Trustee may resign at any time upon reasonable notice, and on such removal or resignation the Board shall designate a successor trustee. 

9.3 Authority to Amend. The Board, acting on behalf of the Participating Employers, shall have the right at any time and from time to
time to amend or terminate the plan and the trust agreement; provided, that (i) except as provided in Section 9.1, no such amendment shall have the effect of diverting the trust fund to purposes other than the exclusive benefit of
participants, and (ii) no such amendment that alters the duties, responsibilities or liabilities of the 

  
 63 

 
Trustee shall be made unless the Trustee consents thereto in writing. No amendment to the plan shall decrease a participant’s accrued benefit as of the date of such amendment within the
meaning of Section 411(d)(6) of the Code, except to the extent permitted by Section 411(d)(6) of the Code or the Treasury Regulations thereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, and until otherwise decided by the Board, the officer of the
Company specifically designated in resolutions adopted by the Board shall have the authority to amend the plan to (i) comply with changes in laws or government rules or regulations applicable to the plan; (ii) maintain the tax-qualified
status of the plan; (iii) provide for the merger or consolidation of another plan into this plan, or the transfer of the assets or liabilities of another plan to this plan, and, in connection therewith to comply with the provisions of the
Treasury Regulations under Section 411(d)(6) of the Code; and (iv) revise the Exhibits attached hereto. See Section 12 for provisions regarding termination of the plan. 

9.4 Requirements of Writing. All requests, directions, requisitions and instructions of the Committee and the Compensation Committee to
the Trustee shall be in writing, signed by such person or persons as designated by the Committee or the Compensation Committee, as the case may be. 

Section 10. Allocation of Responsibilities Among Named Fiduciaries. 

10.1 Duties of Named Fiduciaries. The named fiduciaries with respect to the plan and the fiduciary duties and other responsibilities
allocated to each, which shall be carried out in accordance with the other applicable terms and provisions of the plan, shall be as follows: 

10.1.1 Board. 

(a) To appoint and remove members of the Committee; and 

(b) To appoint and remove trustees under the plan. 

  
 64 

 10.1.2 Committee. 

(a) To interpret the provisions of the plan and determine the rights of participants under the plan, except to the extent
otherwise provided in Section 14 relating to the claims procedure; 
 (b) To administer the plan in accordance with its
terms, except to the extent powers to administer the plan specifically are delegated to another named fiduciary or other person or persons as provided in the plan; 

(c) To account for the interests of participants in the plan; and 

(d) To direct the Trustee in the distribution of trust assets. 

10.1.3 Plan administrator. 

(a) To file such reports as may be required with the United States Department of Labor, the Internal Revenue Service and any
other government agency to which reports may be required to be submitted from time to time; 
 (b) To comply with
requirements of the law for disclosure of plan provisions and other information relating to the plan to participants and other interested parties; and 

(c) To administer the claims procedure to the extent provided in Section 14. 

10.1.4 Trustee. 

(a) To invest and reinvest trust assets subject to the provisions of Section 7; 

(b) To make distributions to participants as directed by the Committee; 

(c) To render annual accountings to the Company as provided in the trust agreement; and 

(d) Otherwise to hold, administer and control the assets of the trust as provided in the plan and trust agreement. 

10.1.5 Compensation Committee. 

(a) To determine from time to time the investment funds to be made available to participants; and 

(b) To adopt an investment policy statement for the plan pursuant to Section 8.14. 

  
 65 

 10.2 Co-fiduciary Liability. Except as otherwise provided in ERISA, a named fiduciary
shall not be responsible or liable for any act or omission of another named fiduciary with respect to fiduciary responsibilities allocated to such other named fiduciaries. A named fiduciary of the plan shall be responsible and liable only for its
own acts or omissions with respect to fiduciary duties specifically allocated to it and designated as its responsibility. 

Section 11. Benefits Not Assignable; Facility of Payments. 

11.1 Benefits Not Assignable. Except as otherwise provided in Section 5.6 and this Section 11.1, no portion of the accrued
benefit of any participant shall be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or charge. Any attempt so to anticipate, alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge, encumber or charge the same
shall be void. No portion of such accrued benefit shall be payable in any manner to any assignee, receiver or trustee, liable for the participant’s debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements or torts, or be subject to any legal process to levy
upon or attach. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an offset to a participant’s accrued benefit against an amount that the participant is ordered or required to pay the plan with respect to a judgment, order, or decree issued, or a settlement
entered into, on or after August 5, 1997, shall be permitted in accordance with Sections 401(a)(13)(C) and (D) of the Code. 

11.2 Payments to Minors and Others. In the event a distribution is to be made to a minor, the plan administrator may, in its
discretion, direct that such distribution be made (a) directly to such person, or (b) to the parent or other legal guardian, or to a custodian under the Uniform Gifts to Minors Act. In the event a distribution is to be made to an adult
unable to attend to his affairs for any reason, the plan administrator may, in its discretion, direct that such distribution be made (a) directly to such person, or (b) to the guardian, legal representative or conservator of such person.
Any payment pursuant to this Section 11.2 shall be in full satisfaction of all claims by or through the participant to the extent of the amount thereof. 

  
 66 

 Section 12. Termination of Plan and Trust; Merger or Consolidation of
Plan. 
 12.1 Complete Termination of the Plan. The Company expects to continue the plan indefinitely, but continuance is not
assumed as a contractual obligation and each Participating Employer reserves the right at any time by action of its board of directors to terminate the plan as applicable to itself. In the event of full or partial termination of the plan or complete
discontinuance of contributions to the plan, all accounts comprising the accounts of affected participants shall be deemed to be fully vested, and the Company shall value the trust fund as of the date of termination. That portion of the trust fund
applicable to any Participating Employer for which the Plan has not been terminated shall be unaffected. The accounts of the participants, former participants and beneficiaries affected by the termination, as determined by the Company, shall be
distributed in a lump sum to such participants, former participants or beneficiaries. 
 12.2 Partial Termination. In the event of a
partial termination of the plan, the provisions of Section 12.1 regarding a complete termination shall apply in determining interests and rights of the participants and their beneficiaries with respect to whom the partial termination occurs and
to the portion of the trust fund allocable to such participants and beneficiaries. 
 12.3 Merger or Consolidation. In the event of
any merger or consolidation of the plan with any other plan, or a transfer of assets or liabilities of the plan to any other plan (which merged, consolidated or transferee plan is referred to in this Section 12.3 as the “successor
plan”), the amount each participant would receive if the successor plan (and this plan, 

  
 67 

 
if he has any interest remaining therein) were terminated immediately after the merger, consolidation or transfer shall equal or be greater than the amount he would have received if this plan
(and the successor plan, if he had any interest therein immediately prior to the merger, consolidation or transfer) were terminated immediately preceding the merger, consolidation or transfer. From time to time, the Company or one of its affiliated
employers will acquire the assets and employees of other companies by corporate merger or otherwise. In connection therewith, the Company or one of its affiliated employers will become the sponsor of the tax-qualified defined contribution plan or
plans maintained by the acquired company (the “acquired plans”). From time to time, pursuant to a Retirement Plan Merger Agreement, one or more acquired plans will be merged into this plan. Any Retirement Plan Merger Agreements providing
for such plan mergers will be attached hereto as Exhibit D. 
 12.4 Protection of Benefits. No termination, partial termination,
merger or consolidation or transfer of assets of the plan shall reduce a participant’s accrued benefit within the meaning of Section 411(d)(6) of the Code, except to the extent permitted by Section 411(d)(6) of the Code or the
Treasury Regulations thereunder. 
 Section 13. Communication to Employees. 

The Company shall communicate the principal terms of the plan to the participants and beneficiaries in accordance with the requirements of
ERISA. The Company shall make available for inspection by participants and their beneficiaries, during reasonable hours at the principal office of the Company and at such other places as may be required by ERISA, a copy of the plan, trust agreement
and such other documents as may be required by ERISA. 

  
 68 

 Section 14. Claims Procedure. 

14.1 Filing of a Claim for Benefits. If a participant or beneficiary (the “claimant”) believes he is entitled to benefits
under the plan that are not being paid to him or accrued for his benefit, he may file a written claim therefor with the plan administrator. If the plan administrator is the claimant, all actions required to be taken by the plan administrator
pursuant to this Section 14 shall be taken instead by another member of the Committee designated by the Committee. 
 14.2
Notification to Claimant of Decision. Within 90 days after receipt of a claim by the plan administrator, or within 180 days if special circumstances require an extension of time, the plan administrator shall notify the claimant of its
decision with regard to the claim. If special circumstances require an extension of time, a written notice of the extension shall be furnished to the claimant prior to commencement of the extension setting forth the special circumstances and the
date by which the decision will be furnished. If such claim is wholly or partially denied, notice thereof shall be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant and shall set forth: (i) the specific reason or reasons for the
denial; (ii) specific reference to pertinent plan provisions on which the denial is based; (iii) a description of any additional material or information necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such
material or information is necessary; and (iv) an explanation of the procedure for review of the denial, including the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA following an adverse benefit determination
on review. 
 14.3 Procedure for Review. Within 60 days following receipt by the claimant of notice denying his claim in whole or in
part, or, if such notice is not given, within 60 days following the latest date on which such notice timely could have been given, the claimant may 

  
 69 

 
appeal denial of the claim by filing a written application for review with the Committee. Following such request for review, the Committee shall fully and fairly review the decision denying the
claim. Prior to the decision of the Committee, the claimant shall be given an opportunity to review pertinent documents and receive copies of them, free of charge, and submit issues and comments in writing. 

14.4 Decision on Review. The decision on review of a claim denied in whole or in part by the plan administrator shall be made in
the following manner: 
 14.4.1 Notification to claimant of decision. Within 60 days following receipt by the
Committee of the request for review, or within 120 days if special circumstances require an extension of time, the Committee shall notify the claimant in writing of its decision with regard to the claim. If special circumstances require an extension
of time, written notice of the extension shall be furnished to the claimant prior to the commencement of the extension. 

14.4.2 Format and content of decision. The decision on review of a claim that is denied in whole or in part shall
set forth (i) specific reasons for the decision written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant, (ii) a reference to specific plan provisions on which the decision is based, (iii) a statement that the claimant is
entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the claimant’s claim for benefits, and (iv) a statement of the claimant’s right to
bring an action under ERISA Section 502(a) 
 14.4.3 Effect of decision. The decision of the Committee
shall be final and conclusive. 
 14.5 Action by Authorized Representative of Claimant. All actions set forth in this
Section 14 to be taken by the claimant may be taken by a representative of the claimant duly authorized by him to act on his behalf on such matters. The plan administrator and the Committee may require such evidence as either reasonably deems
necessary or advisable of the authority of any such representative to act. 

  
 70 

 14.6 Delay of Payment. The Committee, in its discretion, may delay payment of an
approved claim for a distribution: 
 14.6.1 To permit a valuation of the account; 

14.6.2 To permit any necessary or appropriate liquidation of assets; 

14.6.3 If a dispute arises as to the proper distributee; 

14.6.4 If the Committee has notice of a domestic relations proceeding that might involve the account; 

14.6.5 To receive any necessary information; 

14.6.6 For any reason described elsewhere in the plan; or 

14.6.7 For any reason provided by ERISA or the Code. 

14.7 Overpayments. If it is determined that any benefit paid to or with respect to a participant under the plan should not have
been paid, or should have been paid in a lesser amount, written notice thereof will be given to the payee of such amount. The payee will repay the amount of the overpayment in a single lump sum payment. If the payee does not repay such overpayment
reasonably promptly, the overpayment will be repaid through one or more deductions from future benefit payments from the plan, or suspension of future benefit payments from the plan, until the amount of the overpayment is repaid. 

Section 15. Portability of Participant Accounts. 

Notwithstanding any provision of the plan to the contrary that would otherwise limit a distributee’s election under this Section 15,
a distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Committee, to have any portion of an eligible rollover distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee in a direct rollover. 

15.1 Definitions. The following definitions shall apply for purposes of this Section 15: 

15.1.1 Eligible rollover distribution. An eligible rollover distribution is any distribution of all or any
portion of the balance to the credit of the distributee, except that an eligible rollover distribution does not include: any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for
the 

  
 71 

 
life (or life expectancy) of the distributee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the distributee and the distributee’s designated beneficiary, or for a specified period of 10
years or more; any distribution to the extent such distribution is required under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code; any hardship distribution; and the portion of any distribution that is not includible in gross income (determined without regard to
the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with respect to employer securities). 
 Furthermore, a portion of a distribution shall not
fail to be an eligible rollover distribution merely because the portion consists of after-tax employee contributions which are not includible in gross income. However, such portion may be transferred only to an individual retirement account or
annuity described in Section 408(a) or (b) of the Code, or to a qualified defined contribution plan described in Section 401(a) or 403(a) of the Code, or, effective for distributions on or after January 1, 2007, to a qualified
plan described in Section 401(a) of the Code or an annuity contract described in Section 403(b) of the Code that agrees to separately account for amounts so transferred, including separately accounting for the portion of such distribution
which is includible in gross income and the portion of such distribution which is not so includible. Effective for distributions after December 31, 2006, an eligible rollover distribution also includes a direct trustee-to-trustee transfer of
any portion of a distribution from the account of a deceased participant to an individual retirement account or annuity described in Section 408(a) or (b) of the Code established for the purpose of receiving the distribution on behalf of
an individual who is the participant’s beneficiary and who is not the participant’s surviving spouse. 
 15.1.2
Eligible retirement plan. An eligible retirement plan is an individual retirement account described in Section 408(a) of the Code, an individual retirement annuity described in Section 408(b) of the Code, an annuity plan
described in Section 403(a) of the Code, an annuity contract described in Section 403(b) of the Code, a qualified trust described in Section 401(a) of the Code, and an eligible plan under Section 457(b) of the Code which is
maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state and which agrees to separately account for amounts transferred into such plan from this plan. The definition of
eligible retirement plan shall also apply in the case of a distribution to a surviving spouse, or to a spouse or former spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code.
Effective for distributions on or after January 1, 2008, an eligible retirement plan shall also mean a Roth IRA described in Section 408A of the Code. 

15.1.3 Distributee. A distributee includes an employee or former employee. In addition, the employee’s or
former employee’s surviving spouse and the employee’s or former employee’s spouse or former spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code, are distributees
with regard to the interest of the employee or former employee. Effective January 1, 2007, a distributee also includes a beneficiary who is not the employee or former employee’s spouse or former spouse. 

  
 72 

 15.1.4 Direct rollover. A direct rollover is a payment by the plan
to the eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee. 
 15.2 Construction. Notwithstanding anything contained in this
Section 15 to the contrary, the provisions of this Section 15 shall at all times be construed and enforced according to the requirements of Section 401(a)(31) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder, as the same may be
amended from time to time. 
 Section 16. Rollovers. 

An eligible employee who receives a distribution of all or part of his interest from a retirement arrangement described in Section 16.6
(including another arrangement maintained by the Company) on the date of distribution may, in accordance with procedures adopted by the Committee, transfer all or a part of such distribution to the Trustee under this plan. The amount so transferred
may only include cash, shares of Company stock or other property approved by the Committee. In applying the provisions of this Section 16, the following provisions shall apply: 

16.1 Timing. The transfer to the Trustee must occur on or before 60 days following receipt by the eligible employee of such
distribution. If such distribution previously was deposited in an individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity as defined in Section 408 of the Code, the transfer must occur on or before 60 days following receipt by the
eligible employee of all or any portion of the balance to his credit under such individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity. 

16.2 Eligibility. The distribution made to the eligible employee must be an eligible rollover distribution as defined in
Section 15.1.1. 
 16.3 Maximum Amount. The amount transferred to the Trustee shall be limited to the maximum rollover amount as
provided in Section 402(c)(2) of the Code. 

  
 73 

 16.4 Accounting. The amount transferred to the Trustee shall be credited to the eligible
employee’s rollover account. The assets in the rollover account shall be administered by the Trustee in the same manner as other trust assets. 

16.5 Transfers Prior to Becoming a Participant. If an eligible employee who makes such a transfer has not completed the participation
requirements of Section 1.32, his rollover account shall represent his sole interest in the plan until he becomes a participant. 

16.6 Qualifying Arrangement. 

16.6.1 The plan will accept a direct rollover of an eligible rollover distribution from: 

(a) a qualified plan described in Section 401(a) or 403(a) of the Code; 

(b) an annuity contract described in Section 403(b) of the Code; and 

(c) an eligible plan under Section 457(b) of the Code which is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a State, or
any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state. 
 16.6.2 The plan will accept an
eligible employee’s contribution of an eligible rollover distribution from: 
 (a) a qualified plan described in
Section 401(a) or 403(a) of the Code; 
 (b) an annuity contract described in Section 403(b) of the Code; and 

(c) an eligible plan under Section 457(b) of the Code which is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or
any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state. 
 16.6.3 The plan will accept an
eligible employee’s contribution of the portion of a distribution from an individual retirement account or annuity described in Section 408(a) or 408(b) of the Code that is eligible to be rolled over and would otherwise be includible in
gross income. 
 16.6.4 In no event shall the plan accept as a rollover contribution any after-tax contributions. 

  
 74 

 Section 17. Special Provisions Relating to Transfers from Qualified Plans.

 With the approval of the Committee and in accordance with procedures adopted by the Committee, the Trustee shall receive and hold as a
part of the trust fund assets transferred (the “transferred assets”) directly from the trustee or custodian of any other retirement plan (the “transferor plan”) that is qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code. Such
transferred assets may only include cash or shares of Company stock. In applying the provisions of this Section 17, the following provisions shall apply: 

17.1 Accounting. The transferred assets of each participant shall be credited to the subaccounts of the participant as described in
Section 1.1 as determined by the Committee, taking into account the applicable vesting schedule, the source of the transferred assets, amounts subject to special tax treatment and withdrawal rules. Additional subaccounts shall be established,
if required, to accommodate these objectives. 
 17.2 Liability of Trustee. The Trustee under the plan shall not be liable or
responsible for any acts or omissions in the administration of any transferor plan or the trust thereunder of any other person or entity who was trustee, custodian or other fiduciary under such transferor plan. The Trustee under the plan shall be
held harmless from such liability or responsibility. 
 17.3 Protected Benefits Under Section 411(d)(6) of the Code. The
protected benefits of the transferor plan, as defined in Section 411(d)(6) of the Code, shall be preserved with respect to the transferred assets. 

17.4 Authority of Committee. To the extent not inconsistent with the provisions of this Section 17, the Committee may make rules
or bylaws supplementing and implementing the provisions of this Section 17. 

  
 75 

 17.5 Impermissible Transfers. Notwithstanding any provisions of this Section 17 to
the contrary, the Committee shall not permit nor the Trustee accept any direct or indirect transfers (as that term is defined and interpreted under Section 401(a)(11) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder) from a defined benefit
plan, money purchase plan (including a target benefit plan), stock bonus or profit-sharing plan which would otherwise have provided for a life annuity form of payment to the employee. 

Section 18. Special Top-Heavy Provisions. 

The following special provisions shall apply and supersede any conflicting provision in the plan with respect to any plan year in which the
plan is determined to be top-heavy (as described in Section 18.1.7). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the top-heavy requirements of Section 416 of the Code and this Section 18 shall not apply in any plan year in which the plan consists
solely of a cash or deferred arrangement which meets the requirements of Section 401(k)(12) of the Code and matching contributions with respect to which the requirements of Section 401(m)(11) of the Code are met. Effective January 1,
2008, notwithstanding the foregoing, the top-heavy requirements of Section 416 of the Code and this Section 18 shall not apply in any plan year in which the plan consists solely of a cash or deferred arrangement which meets the
requirements of Section 401(k)(13) of the Code and matching contributions with respect to which the requirements of Section 401(m)(12) of the Code are met. 

18.1 Definitions. The following definitions shall apply for purposes of this Section 18: 

18.1.1 “Company” means the Participating Employer and its affiliated employers. 

18.1.2 “Company contributions” for purposes of Section 18.2.1 will include matching contributions
to the extent permitted under Section 416 of the Code and the regulations issued thereunder. The preceding sentence shall apply with respect to matching contributions under the plan or, if the plan provides that the minimum

  
 76 

 
contribution requirement shall be met in another plan, such other plan. Matching contributions that are used to satisfy the minimum contribution requirements shall be treated as matching
contributions for purposes of the actual contribution percentage test and other requirements of Section 401(m) of the Code. 

18.1.3 “Determination date” means, for any plan year after the first plan year, the last day of the
preceding plan year. 
 18.1.4 “Key employee” means any employee or former employee (including any
deceased employee) who at any time during the plan year that includes the determination date was an officer of the Company having annual compensation greater than $130,000 (as adjusted under Section 416(i)(1) of the Code for plan years
beginning after December 31, 2002), a 5-percent owner of the Company, or a 1-percent owner of the Company having annual compensation of more than $150,000. For this purpose, annual compensation means compensation within the meaning of
Section 415(c)(3) of the Code. The determination of who is a key employee will be made in accordance with Section 416(i)(l) of the Code and the applicable regulations and other guidance of general applicability issued thereunder. A non-key
employee means any employee who is not a key employee. 
 18.1.5 “Permissive aggregation group” means
the required aggregation group and any other plan or plans of the Company which, when considered as a group with the required aggregation group, would continue to satisfy the requirements of Sections 401(a)(4) and 410 of the Code. 

18.1.6 “Required aggregation group” means (i) each qualified plan of the Company in which at least
one key employee participates or participated at any time during the plan year containing the determination date or any of the four preceding plan years (regardless of whether the plan has terminated), and (ii) any other qualified plan of the
Company which enables a plan described in (i) to meet the requirements of Section 401(a)(4) or 410 of the Code. 

18.1.7 “Top-heavy plan” means, for any plan year beginning after December 31, 1983, the plan if
any of the following conditions exists: 
 (a) The top-heavy ratio for the plan exceeds 60 percent and the plan is not part
of any required aggregation group or permissive aggregation group. 
 (b) This plan is a part of a required aggregation group
but not part of a permissive aggregation group and the top-heavy ratio for such group exceeds 60 percent. 
 (c) This plan is
a part of a required aggregation group and part of a permissive aggregation group and the top-heavy ratio for the permissive aggregation group exceeds 60 percent. 

  
 77 

 18.1.8 “Top-heavy ratio” means the following: 

(a) If the Company maintains one or more defined contribution plans (including any simplified employee pension plan) and has
not maintained any defined benefit plan which during the 5 year period ending on the determination date(s) has or has had accrued benefits, the top-heavy ratio for this plan alone or for the required or permissive aggregation group, as appropriate,
shall be a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the accrued benefits of all key employees as of the determination date(s) including any part of any accrued benefit distributed in the 1-year period ending on the determination date(s)
(5-year period ending on the determination date in the case of a distribution made for a reason other than severance from employment, death or disability), and the denominator of which is the sum of all accrued benefits including any part of any
accrued benefit distributed in the 1-year period ending on the determination date(s) (5-year period ending on the determination date in the case of a distribution made for a reason other than severance from employment, death or disability), both
computed in accordance with Section 416 of the Code. Both the numerator and denominator of the top-heavy ratio are increased to reflect any contribution not actually made as of the determination date, but which is required to be taken into
account on that date under Section 416 of the Code. 
 (b) If the Company maintains one or more defined contribution
plans (including any simplified employee pension plan) and the Company maintains or has maintained one or more defined benefit plans which during the 5-year period ending on the determination date(s) has or has had any accrued benefits, the
top-heavy ratio for any required or permissive aggregation group as appropriate is a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of accrued benefits under the aggregated defined contribution plan or plans for all key employees, determined in
accordance with paragraph (i) above, and the present value of accrued benefits under the aggregated defined benefit plan or plans for all key employees as of the determination date(s), and the denominator of which is the sum of the accrued
benefits under the aggregated defined contribution plan or plans for all participants, determined in accordance with paragraph (i) above, and the present value of accrued benefits under the defined benefit plan or plans for all participants as
of the determination date(s), all determined in accordance with Section 416 of the Code. The accrued benefits under a defined benefit plan in both the numerator and denominator of the top-heavy ratio are increased for any distribution of an
accrued benefit made in the 1-year period ending on the determination date (5-year period ending on the determination date in the case of a distribution made for a reason other than severance from employment, death or disability). 

(c) For purposes of paragraphs (a) and (b) above, the value of account balances and the present value of accrued
benefits will be determined as of the most recent valuation date that falls within or ends with the 12-month period ending on the determination date, except as provided in Section 416 of the Code for the first and second plan years of a defined
benefit plan. The account balances and accrued benefits of a participant who (a) is not a key employee but who was a key employee in a prior year, or (b) is not credited with at least one hour of

  
 78 

 
service with any employer maintaining the plan at any time during the 1-year period ending on the determination date will be disregarded. Calculation of the top-heavy ratio, and the extent to
which distributions, rollovers, and transfers are taken into account shall be made in accordance with Section 416 of the Code. Deductible employee contributions will not be taken into account for purposes of computing the top-heavy ratio. When
aggregating plans, the value of account balances and accrued benefits will be calculated with reference to the determination dates that fall within the same calendar year. The accrued benefit of a participant other than a key employee shall be
determined under (a) the method, if any, that uniformly applies for accrual purposes under all defined benefit plans maintained by the Company, or (b) if there is no such method, as if such benefit accrued not more rapidly than the slowest
accrual rate permitted under the fractional rule of Section 411(b)(1)(C) of the Code. 
 18.1.9
“Valuation date” means the year-end adjustment date as defined in Section 1.4. 
 18.2 Top-Heavy Requirements.
Notwithstanding the provisions of any Section of the plan (other than this Section 18), the plan must satisfy the following requirements for any plan year in which the plan is a top-heavy plan: 

18.2.1 Minimum allocation requirements: Except as otherwise provided in (a) and (b) below, the Company
contributions allocated to his account on behalf of any participant who is not a key employee shall not be less than the lesser of 3 percent of such participant’s statutory compensation or, if the Company has no defined benefit plan which
designates this plan to satisfy Section 416 of the Code, the largest percentage of Company contributions allocated on behalf of any key employee for that year. The minimum allocation shall be determined without regard to any Social Security
contribution. This minimum allocation shall be made even though, under other plan provisions, the participant otherwise is not entitled to receive an allocation, or would have received a lesser allocation for the year, because of (i) the
participant’s failure to complete 1,000 hours of service (or any equivalent provided in the plan), (ii) the participant’s failure to make mandatory employee contributions to the plan, or (iii) statutory compensation less than a
stated amount. The provisions of this Section 18.2.1 shall not apply: (a) to any participant who was not employed by the Company on the last day of the plan year, or (b) to any participant to the extent the participant is covered
under any other plan or plans of the Company that provide that the minimum allocation or benefit requirement applicable to top-heavy plans shall be met in the other plan or plans. The minimum allocation required (to the extent required to be
nonforfeitable under Section 416(b) of the Code) shall not be forfeited under Section 411(a)(3)(B) or 411(a)(3)(D) of the Code. If any additional Company contribution is required to be made on behalf of a participant to satisfy the
provisions of this Section 18.2.1, such Company contribution shall be allocated to the Employer supplemental matching contribution account of the participant Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company maintains any other defined
contribution plan, the Company shall provide a minimum allocation under 

  
 79 

 
one such plan equal to 3 percent of statutory compensation for each non-key employee who is entitled to a minimum allocation under each of the plans. The Company may provide that the minimum
benefit requirement shall be met in another plan (including another plan that consists solely of a cash or deferred arrangement which meets the requirements of Section 401(k)(12) of the Code and matching contributions with respect to which the
requirements of Section 401(m)(11) of the Code are met). 
 18.2.2 Minimum vesting requirements: The
plan’s vesting provisions in Section 3.1 satisfy the minimum vesting requirements for any plan year in which the plan is top-heavy. 

Section 19. Limitations on Allocations. 

Notwithstanding anything in this Section 19 to the contrary, the limitations, adjustments and other requirements prescribed in this
Section 19 shall comply with Section 415 of the Code. 
 19.1 Limitations. Subject to the provisions of Section 19.4,
in no event shall the sum of the annual additions to the account of a participant for any limitation year beginning on or after January 1, 2002, under this plan and any other defined contribution plan (as defined in Section 19.4) of the
Company, exceed in the aggregate the lesser of: (a) $40,000, referred to herein as the “dollar limitation,” or (b) 100 percent of such participant’s statutory compensation received during the limitation year, referred to
herein as the “statutory compensation limitation.” The statutory compensation limitation shall not apply to any contribution for medical benefits after separation from service (within the meaning of Section 401(h) or
Section 419A(f)(2) of the Code) which is otherwise treated as an annual addition. The amount of the dollar limitation shall be adjusted in accordance with the Code to reflect increases in the cost of living. If the limitations provided in this
Section 19.1 would be exceeded for any limitation year with respect to any participant, any required reduction in the annual additions to his account shall be made as provided in Section 19.2. 

  
 80 

 19.2 Adjustments. Any method used to correct excess annual additions shall comply with the
final Treasury Regulations under Section 415 of the Code and to the extent required thereunder, the Employee Plans Compliance Resolution System (“EPCRS”). 

19.3 Limitation for Multiple Defined Contribution Plan Participation. If a participant is covered by any other qualified defined
contribution plan (whether or not terminated) maintained by the Company concurrently with the plan, and if the annual addition for the limitation year would otherwise exceed the amount that may be applied for the participant’s benefit under the
limitation contained in Section 19.1, such excess will be reduced first by applying the procedures set forth in Section 19.2 and, if the limitation contained in Section 19.1 is still not satisfied, such excess shall be reduced in
accordance with procedures applicable under such other plan. 
 19.4 Definitions. For the purpose of applying the
rules of this Section 19, the following definitions shall apply: 
 19.4.1 The “Limitation year”
shall be the plan year. 
 19.4.2 The “Annual addition” shall be amounts described in Treasury
Regulation section 1.415(c)-1(b); 
 19.4.3 “Defined contribution plan” means a plan within the meaning of
Treasury Regulation section 1.415(c)-1(a)(2). 
 19.4.4 Any “affiliated employer” shall be considered
to be the Company; provided that for the purposes of this Section 19, determination of the members of a controlled group of employers and employers under common control pursuant to Sections 414(b) and (c) of the Code shall be made by
substituting the phrase “more than 50 percent” for the phrase “at least 80 percent” where it appears in such Sections of the Code. 

Section 20. Parties to the Plan; Transfers of Employees. 

The employers listed on Exhibit B are employer-parties to the plan. By separate agreement with the Company, one or more additional employers
may become parties to the plan. 

  
 81 

 The following provisions shall apply to all parties to the plan except as otherwise expressly provided herein or
in such separate agreement: 
 20.1 Application of Plan and Trust Agreement. The plan shall apply as a single plan with respect to
each Participating Employer as if it were only one employer-party. 
 20.2 Service with a Participating Employer. Service for
purposes of the plan shall be interchangeable among each Participating Employer and shall not be deemed interrupted or terminated by the transfer at any time of an employee from the service of one Participating Employer to service of another
Participating Employer. In addition, service as an ineligible employee shall be taken into account in determining an employee’s eligibility to become a participant and his vested account under the plan. 

20.3 Contributions by each Participating Employer. Notwithstanding any provision of the plan to the contrary, the following special
provisions shall apply: 
 20.3.1 Salary reduction contributions to the plan with respect to each Participating
Employer shall be determined and paid separately by each Participating Employer in accordance with the provisions of the plan applicable to such Participating Employer. If a participant is in the service of more than one Participating Employer
during a plan year, each such Participating Employer shall be responsible for any salary reduction contribution to be made to the plan pursuant to the participant’s deferral election with respect to the compensation paid by such Participating
Employer to such participant. If a participant who is eligible to make salary reduction contributions to the plan pursuant to Section 2.1 is transferred to ineligible employee status, he shall not be entitled to make any additional salary
reduction contributions to the plan on or after the first payroll date which commences on or after the date he is transferred to ineligible employee status. If an individual who is not eligible to make salary reduction contributions to the plan
pursuant to Section 2.1 is transferred to eligible employee status, he shall be entitled to make salary reduction contributions to the plan pursuant to Section 2.1 on and after the date he is transferred to eligible employee status. 

20.3.2 Matching contributions to the plan with respect to each Participating Employer shall be determined and paid
separately by each Participating Employer in accordance with the provisions of the plan applicable to such Participating Employer. If a participant is in the service of more than one Participating Employer during a plan year, each such Participating
Employer shall be responsible for any matching contributions to be made on behalf of such participant with respect to the salary reduction contributions made by such Participating Employer on behalf of such participant and the compensation

  
 82 

 
paid by such Participating Employer to such participant. If a participant who is eligible to receive an allocation of matching contributions pursuant to Section 2.2 is transferred to
ineligible employee status, he shall not be entitled to receive an allocation of matching contributions pursuant to Section 2.2 on or after the date he is transferred to ineligible employee status. If an individual who is not eligible to
receive an allocation of matching contributions pursuant to Section 2.2 is transferred to eligible employee status, he shall be entitled to receive an allocation of matching contributions pursuant to Section 2.2 on and after the date he is
transferred to eligible employee status. 
 20.4 Authority of Board. Except as otherwise provided in Section 9.3, the Board
shall have the power to amend or terminate the plan and trust agreement as applied to each Participating Employer and the proper officers of each Participating Employer shall be authorized to execute all documents and take all other actions as shall
be deemed necessary or advisable to effectuate and carry out any such amendment as applied to such party. 
 Section 21.
Compliance with the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994. 
 Notwithstanding any provision of the plan to
the contrary, the following special provisions shall apply with respect to a participant’s reemployment rights under the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994 (“USERRA”): 

21.1 Treatment of USERRA Contributions. Any contributions (the “USERRA contributions”) made to the plan by the Participating
Employer or a participant by reason of such participant’s reemployment rights under USERRA, shall not be subject to the maximum dollar limit in Section 2.1.1 or the annual addition limitations in Section 19, and shall not be taken
into account in applying such limitations to other contributions under the plan or any other plan, with respect to the plan year in which such USERRA contributions are made. USERRA contributions shall, however, be subject to such limitations with
respect to the plan year to which the USERRA contributions relate. The plan shall not be treated as failing to meet the requirements of Sections 401(a)(4), 401(k)(3), 401(k)(11), 401(k)(12), 401(m), 410(b) or 416 of the Code by reason of the USERRA
contributions. 

  
 83 

 21.2 Rights with Respect to Salary Reduction Contributions. 

21.2.1 A participant who is entitled to reemployment rights under USERRA may elect to make additional salary reduction
contributions (the “make-up contributions”) to the plan during the period which begins on the date such participant reenters service with the Participating Employer and has the same length as the lesser of (i) the product of 3 and the
period of the participant’s qualified military service which resulted in such rights, and (ii) 5 years. The maximum amount of the make-up contributions a participant may make to the plan pursuant to this Section 21.2 shall be the
maximum amount that the participant could have made to the plan during the period of the participant’s qualified military service if the participant had continued in service during such period and continued to receive his compensation from the
Participating Employer. Proper adjustment shall be made to the amount determined under the preceding sentence for any salary reduction contributions actually made by the participant during his period of qualified military service. 

21.2.2 With respect to each participant who actually makes make-up contributions to the plan, the Participating Employer
shall contribute to the trust under the plan the matching contributions with respect to such make-up contributions that would have been required by Section 2.2 had such make-up contributions been made during the period of the participant’s
qualified military service. 
 21.2.3 Earnings shall not be credited to any contributions made pursuant to this
Section 21 until such contributions are actually received by the plan. 
 21.3 Special Service Crediting Rules. A participant
entitled to reemployment rights under USERRA shall not be treated as having incurred a break in service by reason of such participant’s period of qualified military service. Each period of qualified military service shall be treated as service
for purposes of determining such participant’s vested account. 
 21.4 Loans. If a participant who is entitled to reemployment
rights under USERRA has a plan loan outstanding, loan repayments may be suspended during his period of qualified military service. 

  
 84 

 21.5 Provisions With Respect to Military Service. 

21.5.1 Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, contributions, benefits, and service credit with
respect to qualified military service shall be provided in accordance with Section 414(u) of the Code. 
 21.5.2
Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, if a participant dies while performing qualified military service (as defined in Section 414(u) of the Code), effective January 1, 2007, for purposes of determining whether a
surviving spouse, alternate payee, beneficiary or other survivor of the deceased participant may be entitled to any benefits that may be payable under the Plan on account of the participant’s death, the participant shall be deemed to have
returned to employment as of the day preceding his date of death. The provisions of this Section 21.5.2 are intended to comply with the requirements of Section 401(a)(37) of the Code, and shall be interpreted and applied by the Plan
Administrator so as to comply with such requirements. 
 21.5.3 Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the
contrary, effective January 1, 2009, no differential wage payments (as defined in Section 3401(h)(2) of the Code) shall be considered as compensation of a participant for any purpose of the Plan that would result in additional
contributions being made on behalf of a participant under the Plan. 
 21.6 Definitions. The following definitions shall apply for
purposes of this Section 21: 
 21.6.1 “Qualified military service” means any service in the
uniformed services (as defined in USERRA) by any participant if such participant is entitled to reemployment rights under USERRA with respect to such service. 

21.6.2 “Compensation” means the compensation the participant would have received during his period of
qualified military service if the participant were not in qualified military service, determined based on the rate of pay the participant would have received from the Participating Employer but for his absence during his period of qualified military
service. If the compensation the participant would have received during such period is not reasonably certain, compensation shall mean the participant’s average compensation from the Participating Employer during the 12-month period immediately
preceding his qualified military service (or, if shorter, the period of service immediately preceding his qualified military service). 

21.7 Construction. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section 21 to the contrary, the provisions of this Section 21
shall at all times be construed and enforced according to the requirements of USERRA and Section 414(u) of the Code. 

  
 85 

 Section 22. Special Provisions Applicable to ESOP. 

Notwithstanding any provision of the plan to the contrary, the following special provisions shall apply to the ESOP: 

22.1 Investment. The ESOP is an unleveraged employee stock ownership plan under Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code and
Section 407(a)(6) of ERISA that invests primarily in Company stock. 
 22.2 Distributions. Distributions from the ESOP shall be
made in cash. Notwithstanding the foregoing and consistent with Section 5.1.2(b) of the plan, a participant or beneficiary may direct the Committee to distribute his ESOP accounts, his PAYSOP account and his Company stock fund accounts in
shares of Company stock. 
 22.3 Restrictions on Company stock. No Company stock shall be subject to a put, call or other option or
any buy-sell or similar arrangement while such stock is held by and distributed from the ESOP. 
 22.4 Proxy Voting. The ESOP
accounts, PAYSOP accounts and Company stock fund accounts shall be subject to the pass-through voting requirements set forth in Section 7.1.6. 

22.5 Valuations. All purchases of Company stock by the ESOP shall be made at a price not in excess of fair market value. All sales of
Company stock by the ESOP shall be made at a price not less than fair market value. For all purposes of the ESOP, the fair market value of Company stock shall be the price of the Company stock prevailing on a national securities exchange which is
registered under Section 6 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Fair market value shall be determined as of the applicable date of the transaction. 

  
 86 

 22.6 Diversification. Each participant may elect, in accordance with procedures adopted by
the Committee, to have the Company stock allocated to his ESOP account, his PAYSOP account and his Company stock fund accounts liquidated and invested in one or more of the investment funds made available to participants pursuant to the provisions
of Section 7.1.1. Notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary but subject to the unlimited investment discretion provisions of Section 7, which meets the requirements of Section 401(a)(35) of the Code, qualified participants
(as defined below) may elect to diversify portions of their ESOP accounts pursuant to the following provisions: 
 22.6.1
Qualified Participants. Each participant who has attained age fifty-five (55) years and has at least ten (10) years of participation in the Plan (a “qualified participant”) may elect during each of the qualified
participant’s qualified election periods to diversify up to twenty-five percent (fifty percent in the case of the qualified participant’s last qualified election period) of the number of shares of Company stock in the qualified
participant’s ESOP account eligible for diversification (as described in Section 22.6.2 below), by receiving a distribution of the applicable amount. 

22.6.2 Accounts Subject to Diversification. The portion of a qualified participant’s ESOP account balance
subject to diversification shall equal at least twenty-five percent (fifty percent in the case of the qualified participant’s last year of the qualified election period) of the total number of shares of Company Stock allocated to the
participant’s ESOP account (including shares that the qualified participant previously elected to diversify pursuant to this Section 22.6.2), less the number of such shares previously diversified pursuant to the qualified
participant’s election under this Section 22.6.2. 
 22.6.3 Qualified Election Period. For purposes of
this Section 22.6, a “qualified election period” means: (i) the ninety-day period immediately following the last day of the first plan year in which the participant becomes a qualified participant, and (ii) the ninety- (90-)
day period immediately following the last day of each of the five (5) plan years immediately following the first plan year in which the participant becomes a qualified participant. Any election made in accordance with the provisions of
paragraph (a) next above with respect to any qualified election period shall be given effect within ninety days after the end of that qualified election period or, if later, as soon as administratively practicable after the valuation is concluded
for the regular accounting date immediately prior to the beginning of that qualified election period. 
 22.6.4
Minimum ESOP account Balance. The provisions of this Section 22.6.1 shall not apply to any participant if the value of the participant’s ESOP account (determined as of the regular accounting date immediately preceding the first
day on which the participant would otherwise be entitled to make an election under this Section 22.6.1, 22.6.2 and 22.6.3) is Five Hundred Dollars or less. 

  
 87 

 22.7 Dividends. Cash dividends paid to the plan on shares of Company stock allocated to
the participant’s ESOP account, PAYSOP account and Company stock fund accounts shall be either distributed in cash to the participant not later than 90 days after the close of the plan year in which paid or invested in shares of Company stock,
as elected by the participant in accordance with rules and procedures adopted from time to time by the Committee. 
 22.8 Interpretation;
Rules. This Section 22 shall at all times be construed and enforced in accordance with Sections 404(k) and 4975(e)(7) of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder. The Committee may establish rules and procedures necessary to
implement the provisions of this Section 22. 
 22.9 Compliance with Securities Laws. Notwithstanding any other provision of the
plan, the Committee shall have the authority to establish such rules or bylaws as it deems necessary to ensure that the plan complies with Rule 16b-3 of the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (or any
successor rule). 
 Section 23. Special Provisions Regarding Roth Contributions. 

The provisions set forth in this Section 23 relate to Roth contributions which may be made under the plan by participants on and after
January 1, 2012. 
 23.1 Roth Contribution Elections. The provisions of this Section 23 are effective for salary reduction
elections on or after January 1, 2012. Any participant who files a salary reduction election regarding his compensation under Section 2.1 may designate that all or a portion of his salary reduction contributions (including any catch-up
contributions pursuant to Section 414(v) of the Code for which the participant is eligible) are to be treated as Roth contributions under this plan. 

  
 88 

 Any such designation by a participant is irrevocable once the salary reduction provided for
therein has been effected. Any such designation may be prospectively amended or revoked if the participant files a new salary reduction election in accordance with Section 2.1.3. 

In the event that the plan ever provides for automatic enrollment through default salary reduction elections, such default salary reduction
elections shall not be deemed to have elected that any portion of the participant’s salary reduction contributions shall be treated as Roth contributions. 

23.2 Treatment of Roth Contributions as Taxable Income. In the event that a participant makes a Roth contribution election under
Section 23.1, the Participating Employer shall include the amount of such Roth contributions in the participant’s gross income at the time the participant would have received the Roth contribution amounts in cash if the participant had not
elected to have such amounts contributed to the plan as Roth contributions. 
 23.3 Delivery of Roth Contributions. Roth
contributions to the Plan shall be paid by the Participating Employer to the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.1.2 applicable to salary reduction contributions. 

23.4 Roth Accounts. Any participant’s Roth contributions shall be credited to his Roth account that is maintained in accordance
with plan provisions. Crediting to the participant’s Roth account shall be made in accordance with the provisions of Sections 1 and 2 that are applicable to salary reduction contributions. 

In accordance with the provisions of Section 6, investment gains, losses and other credits or debits shall be separately allocated to a
participant’s Roth account on a reasonable and consistent basis and any withdrawals of Roth contributions shall be debited to a participant’s Roth account. The plan shall maintain a record of the participant’s aggregate Roth
contributions (unadjusted for investment gains or losses) that have not been distributed. 

  
 89 

 No contributions, other than Roth contributions or forfeitures, shall be allocated to a Roth
account. Accordingly, matching contributions that are attributable to Roth contributions shall be allocated to the participant’s basic matching contribution account and supplemental matching contribution account pursuant to Section 2.2.1
and shall be subject to all plan provisions relating to such accounts. 
 23.5 Matching Contributions. Roth contributions under the
plan shall be treated as salary reduction contributions of a participant for purposes of determining the participant’s entitlement to matching contributions under Section 2.2.1, and other applicable provisions of the plan. Consequently,
matching contributions shall be determined without regard to the participant’s designation that of all or part of his salary reduction contributions be treated as Roth contributions. 

23.6 Contribution Limits and Nondiscrimination Testing. Each participant’s Roth contributions shall be considered salary reduction
contributions for purposes of the limitations related thereto under the plan in order to comply with Sections 401(a)(30), 401(k)(3), 402(g) and 414(v) of the Code. 

If a participant has excess salary reduction contributions (including Roth contributions) made on his behalf for a calendar year that must be
distributed under Section 2.1.1 pursuant to Section 402(g) of the Code, the participant may designate the extent to which his distribution of excess elective contributions shall be comprised of Roth contributions and/or salary reduction
contributions. If the participant does not make a designation, the participant’s Roth contributions shall be distributed before any salary reduction contributions are distributed. 

  
 90 

 If a participant has salary reduction contributions (including Roth contributions) made on his
behalf for a plan year and elects to receive a distribution of “excess elective deferrals” pursuant to Section 2.1.1, the participant may designate the extent to which his repaid excess elective deferrals shall be comprised of salary
reduction contributions and/or Roth contributions. If the participant does not make a designation, the participant’s Roth contributions shall be repaid before any salary reduction contributions are repaid. 

23.7 Code Section 415 Limits. Roth contributions are treated as contributions for purposes of determining a participant’s
annual additions under Section 19 and shall be subject to the limitations on annual additions under Section 19. 
 23.8
Vesting. Each participant shall be 100 percent vested in the balance of his Roth account. 
 23.9 Distributions. 

(a) Hardship Withdrawals. A participant’s Roth account shall be eligible for a distribution on account of hardship
pursuant to Section 4.1. If a participant elects to make a hardship withdrawal from his Roth account, all of the requirements of Section 4.1 must be satisfied; and in accordance with Section 4.1.4(b) of the plan, the participant shall
be prohibited from making salary reduction contributions and Roth contributions to the plan for six months. 
 A participant who has a Roth
account and an salary reduction account may elect not to make a hardship withdrawal from his Roth account even if he is making a withdrawal from his salary reduction account; and any such participant also may elect to make a hardship withdrawal from
his Roth account without being required to make a hardship withdrawal from his salary reduction account. If a participant does not make an election, the participant’s hardship withdrawal will be made first from his salary reduction account
first and then, if necessary, his Roth account. 
 (b) Other Withdrawals. A participant’s Roth account shall be
eligible for a withdrawal in accordance with the requirements of Section 4.2 (i.e., after attaining age 59 1⁄2) pursuant to procedures adopted by the
Committee. 
 (c) Loans. Any participant’s Roth account shall be taken into account for purposes of determining
the participant’s eligibility for a loan pursuant to Section 4.4, in accordance with procedures adopted by the Committee. 

  
 91 

 (d) Distributions Upon Termination From Employment. A participant’s
Roth account shall be distributable to the participant in accordance with the provisions of Section 5, including the provisions of Section 5.8 regarding the limitations on distributions and Section 5.9 regarding compliance with
Section 401(a)(9) of the Code. 
 23.10 Direct Rollover of Roth Contributions. Notwithstanding the provisions of
Section 15, a direct rollover from a Roth account under the plan may only be made to either (i) an account under an applicable retirement plan described in Section 402A(e)(1)(A) of the Code that is a designated Roth account described
in Section 402A(b)(2)(A) of the Code, but only if that other plan agrees to account separately for the amount not includible in the participant’s income, or (ii) a Roth IRA described in Section 408A of the Code. Such a direct
rollover may be made only to the extent the rollover is otherwise permitted under Section 402(c) of the Code. For purposes of Section 15.1.1 of the plan defining an “eligible rollover distribution”, a participant’s Roth
account will be treated as a separate portion of the plan, and only one transfer will be permitted with respect to the Roth account. 

(a) For distributions on or after January 1, 2012, if the distribution is a direct rollover to a designated Roth account
(as described in Section 402A(b)(2)(A) of the Code) under an applicable retirement plan (as described in Section 402A(e)(1) of the Code), the Committee will cause to be provided to the administrator of the recipient plan a statement
indicating either (A) the first year of the participant’s five-taxable-year period of participation and the amount of the direct rollover that is attributable to Roth contributions (unadjusted for investment gains and losses thereon), or
(B) that the distribution is a qualified distribution. Such a statement will be provided within 30 days following the direct rollover. 

(b) For distributions on or after January 1, 2012, if the distribution is not a direct rollover to a designated Roth
account (as described in Section 402A(b)(2)(A) of the Code) under another plan, the Committee will cause to be provided to the participant, upon request, a statement indicating either (A) the amount of the direct rollover that is
attributable to Roth contributions (unadjusted for investment gains and losses thereon), or (B) that the distribution is a qualified distribution. Such a statement will be provided within 30 days following the participant’s request. 

  
 92 

 23.11 Other Plan Provisions. Unless otherwise provided in this Section 23, all Roth
contributions to the plan shall continue to be treated as elective deferrals to the plan and a participant’s Roth account shall be considered an account of the participant that is a separate portion of the participant’s vested account
under this plan, for all other purposes of this plan. 
 23.12 Roth Rollover Contributions. 

(a) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 16.6.4, a participant may elect to make a Roth rollover contribution to the
plan in accordance with the provisions of this Section 23 and Section 16 as well as procedures established by the Committee. A participant’s Roth rollover contribution shall be credited to a Roth rollover account established under the
plan that is part of the participant’s vested account under the plan. 
 (b) A Roth rollover contribution to the plan
may be made by either of the following methods: 
  

	 	(i)	A direct transfer of all or part of a designated Roth account that is maintained for the participant under another retirement plan that is a tax-qualified plan under Section 401(a) of the Code; or

  

	 	(ii)	If the participant has received a cash payment from a designated Roth account, within 60 days of receiving the distribution, the participant may pay to the plan an amount that does not exceed the taxable portion of that
distribution. 

  

	 	(iii)	The plan will not accept a contribution from a participant’s Roth IRA described in Section 408A of the Code. 

(c) A direct transfer from another employer’s plan that is qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code will not be
accepted by the plan unless the administrator of the transferring plan provides a written statement that either: 
  

	 	(i)	shows the first year of the five year period described in Section 402A(d)(2)(B) of the Code and the portion of the distribution that consists of the participant’s Roth contributions (i.e., the
participant’s “basis”); or 

  

	 	(ii)	states that the distribution to the participant is a “qualified distribution” within the meaning of Section 402A(d)(2) of the Code. 

  
 93 

 (d) A direct payment by a participant will not be accepted by the plan unless a
written statement issued by the plan administrator of the transferring plan is received that either: 
  

	 	(i)	shows the first year of the five-year period described in Section 402A(d)(2)(B) of the Code and the portion of the distribution that consists of the participant’s Roth contributions (i.e., the
participant’s “basis”); or 

  

	 	(ii)	states that the distribution to the participant is a “qualified distribution” within the meaning of Section 402A(d)(2) of the Code. 

(e) A Roth rollover contribution made pursuant to this Section 23.12 will not be deemed to be a contribution of such
participant for any purpose of the plan and will be fully vested in the participant at all times. 
 23.13 Withdrawal from Roth Rollover
Account. Any participant who has a Roth rollover account may make a withdrawal from such account at any time, subject to and in accordance with the rules of Section 4.2. Withdrawals from a Roth rollover account may likewise be made after
termination from employment in accordance with the rules of Section 5. 
 Section 24. Special Provisions Regarding
In-Plan Roth Conversions. 
 The provisions set forth in this Section 24 relate to in-plan Roth conversions which may be made
under the plan by participants on and after January 1, 2012. 
 24.1 In-Plan Roth Conversion Elections. The provisions of this
Section 24 are effective on and after January 1, 2012 for amounts credited to a participant’s account that is available for distribution to the participant under Section 4.2 or Section 4.3, other than Roth contributions or
Roth rollover contributions. Any participant may file an in-plan Roth conversion election designating that all or any portion of his account which is eligible for distribution under Section 4.2 or Section 4.3 and which is at least $1,000,
is to be transferred and credited to his Roth conversion account. 

  
 94 

 Any such election by the participant is irrevocable once the elected transfer and conversion has
been effected. 
 24.2 Treatment of In-Plan Roth Conversions as Taxable Income. In the event that a participant makes an in-plan Roth
conversion election under Section 24.1, the Participating Employer shall include the amount of the converted subaccounts transferred to the Roth conversion account that would have been includible in the gross income of the participant if it
were not part of a qualified rollover contribution permitted under Section 402A(c)(4) of the Code. 
 24.3 In-Plan Roth Conversion
Accounts. Any amounts credited to a participant’s Roth conversion account shall be credited with investment gains, losses and other credits or debits separately allocated to it pursuant to the provisions of Section 6 on a reasonable
and consistent basis. 
 24.4 Vesting. Each participant shall be 100 percent vested in the balance of his Roth conversion account.

 24.5 Distributions. 

(a) Other Withdrawals. A participant’s Roth conversion account shall be eligible for a withdrawal in accordance
with the requirements of Section 4.2 (i.e., after attaining age 59 1⁄2) and Section 4.3 pursuant to procedures adopted by the Committee. 

(b) Loans. Any participant’s Roth conversion account shall be taken into account for purposes of determining the
participant’s eligibility for a loan pursuant to Section 4.4, pursuant to procedures adopted by the Committee. 

(c) Distributions Upon Termination From Employment. A participant’s Roth conversion account shall be distributable
to the participant in accordance with the provisions of Section 5, including the provisions of Section 5.8 regarding the limitations on distributions and Section 5.9 regarding compliance with Section 401(a)(9) of the Code. 

  
 95 

 24.6 Direct Rollover of a Roth Conversion Account. Notwithstanding the provisions of
Section 15, a direct rollover from a Roth conversion account under the plan may only be made to either (i) an account under an applicable retirement plan described in Section 402A(e)(1)(A) of the Code that is a designated Roth
account described in Section 402A(b)(2)(A) of the Code, but only if that other plan agrees to account separately for the amount not includible in the participant’s income, or (ii) a Roth IRA described in Section 408A of
the Code. Such a direct rollover may be made only to the extent the rollover is otherwise permitted under Section 402(c) of the Code. For purposes of Section 15.1.1 of the plan defining an “eligible rollover distribution”, a
participant’s Roth conversion account will be treated as a separate portion of the plan, and only one transfer will be permitted with respect to the Roth conversion account. 

(a) For distributions on or after January 1, 2012, if the distribution is a direct rollover to a designated Roth account
(as described in Section 402A(b)(2)(A) of the Code) under an applicable retirement plan (as described in Section 402A(e)(1) of the Code), the Committee will cause to be provided to the administrator of the recipient plan a statement
indicating either (A) the first year of the participant’s five-taxable-year period of participation and the amount of the direct rollover that is attributable to amounts converted under Section 24.2 (unadjusted for investment gains
and losses thereon), or (B) that the distribution is a qualified distribution. Such a statement will be provided within 30 days following the direct rollover. 

(b) For distributions on or after January 1, 2012, if the distribution is not a direct rollover to a designated Roth
account (as described in Section 402A(b)(2)(A) of the Code) under another plan, the Committee will cause to be provided to the participant, upon request, a statement indicating either (A) the amount of the direct rollover that is
attributable to amounts converted under Section 24.2 (unadjusted for investment gains and losses thereon), or (B) that the distribution is a qualified distribution. Such a statement will be provided within 30 days following the
participant’s request. 
 Section 25. Miscellaneous Provisions. 

25.1 Notices. Each participant who is not in service and each beneficiary shall be responsible for furnishing the Committee with his
current address for mailing notices, reports, and benefit payments. Any notice required or permitted to be given to such participant or 

  
 96 

 
beneficiary shall be deemed given if directed to such address and mailed by first class mail. If any check mailed to such address is returned as undeliverable to the addressee, mailing of checks
shall be suspended until the participant or beneficiary furnishes the proper address. This provision shall not require the mailing of any notice or notification otherwise permitted to be given by posting or other publication. 

25.2 Lost Distributees. A benefit shall be deemed forfeited if the Committee is unable after a reasonable period of time to locate the
participant or beneficiary to whom payment is due; provided, that such benefit shall be reinstated if a claim is made by or on behalf of the participant or beneficiary for the forfeited benefit. 

25.3 Reliance on Data. The Company, Committee, Trustee, and plan administrator may rely on any data provided by a participant or
beneficiary, including representations as to age, health, and marital status. Any such data or representation shall be conclusively binding upon such participant or beneficiary, and on any party seeking to claim a benefit through a participant, and
such participant, beneficiary or party shall thereafter and forever be estopped from disputing the truth and correctness of such data or representation. The Company, Committee, Trustee and plan administrator shall have no obligation to inquire into
the accuracy of any representation made at any time by a participant or beneficiary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the plan administrator or Committee, as applicable, may direct that the amount of any benefit be adjusted to what would have been
payable on the basis of correct information. For all purposes of the plan, any designation or change of beneficiary, distribution election, or other document required under the plan shall become effective only upon receipt by the plan administrator
or Committee, as applicable, of such written designation, change or election or other form or document. 

  
 97 

 25.4 Bonding. Every fiduciary, except a bank or an insurance company, shall be bonded for
each plan year to the extent required by ERISA. The bond shall provide protection to the plan against any loss by reason of acts of fraud or dishonesty by the fiduciary alone or in connivance with others. The cost of the bond shall be an expense of
the trust and shall be paid by the Trustee subject to the provisions of the trust agreement and of Section 8.12 of the plan. 
 25.5
Receipt and Release for Payments. Each participant by participating in the plan conclusively shall be deemed to agree to look solely to the assets held under the trust for payment of any benefit to which such participant may be entitled by
reason of such participation. Any payment made from the plan to or with respect to any participant or beneficiary, or pursuant to a disclaimer by a beneficiary, shall be in full satisfaction of all claims hereunder against the plan, the Company and
all fiduciaries with respect to the plan to the extent of such payment. As a condition precedent to payment, the recipient of any payment from the plan may be required by the Committee to execute a receipt and release with respect thereto in such
form as is acceptable to the Committee. 
 25.6 No Guarantee. The Trustee, Compensation Committee, Committee, Company and plan
administrator in no way guarantee the trust fund from loss or depreciation, nor do they guarantee the payment of any money or other assets from the trust fund that may be or become due to any person. Nothing herein contained shall give any
participant or beneficiary an interest in any specific part of the trust fund or any other interest except the right to receive benefits from the trust fund in accordance with the provisions of the plan and trust. 

25.7 Headings. The headings and subheadings of the plan are inserted for convenience of reference and shall be ignored in any
construction of the provisions hereof. 

  
 98 

 25.8 Continuation of Employment. The establishment of the plan shall not confer any legal
or other right upon any employee or person for continuation of employment, nor shall it interfere with the right of the Participating Employer to discharge any employee or to deal with him without regard to the effect thereof under the plan. 

25.9 Construction. The provisions of the plan shall be construed and enforced according to the laws of the State of North Carolina,
except to the extent such laws are superseded by the provisions of ERISA. 

  
 99 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the BB&T Corporation 401(k) Savings Plan is, by authority of the Board of
Directors of the Company, executed in behalf of the Company, the 14th day of November, 2013. 
  

			
	BB&T CORPORATION
		
	By:	 	 

  

		 	Robert E. Greene
		 	Senior Executive Vice President

  
 100 

 EXHIBIT A 

TESTING COMPENSATION 
 1.
“Compensation” means for any participant the wages, salary and fees for professional services and other amounts received (without regard to whether or not an amount is paid in cash) for personal services actually rendered by the
participant in the course of his service with the Participating Employer to the extent that the amounts are includible in gross income (including but not limited to commissions, compensation for services on the basis of a percentage of profits,
bonuses, fringe benefits, reimbursements or other expense allowances under a nonaccountable plan as described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.62-2(c)), plus the participant’s elective deferrals (as defined in Section 402(g)(3) of the
Code) and any other amount which is contributed or deferred by the Participating Employer at the election of the participant and which is not includible in the gross income of the participant by reason of Sections 125, 132(f)(4) or 457 of the Code;
amounts described in Sections 104(a)(3), 105(a) and 105(h) of the Code, but only to the extent that such amounts are includible in the gross income of the participant; amounts paid or reimbursed by the Participating Employer for moving expenses
incurred by the participant, but only to the extent that at the time of the payment it is reasonable to believe that these amounts are not deductible by the participant under Section 217 of the Code; the value of a non-qualified stock option
granted to the participant by the Participating Employer, but only to the extent that the value of the option is includible in the gross income of the participant for the taxable year in which granted; and the amount includible in the gross income
of a participant upon making the election described in Section 83(b) of the Code; and excluding contributions made by the Participating Employer to any plan of deferred compensation which are not includible in the participant’s gross
income for the taxable year in which contributed; contributions made by the Participating Employer under a simplified employee pension plan; any distributions from a plan of deferred compensation; amounts realized from the exercise of a
non-qualified stock option or from the sale or other disposition of stock acquired under a qualified stock option; amounts realized when restricted stock (or property) held by the participant either becomes freely transferable or is no longer
subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture; and any other amount paid by the Participating Employer that receives special tax benefits or is excluded under the definition of compensation under Section 415 of the Code and Treasury Regulation
Section 1.415-2(d)(3). If elected by the Committee, compensation may be modified to exclude any amounts contributed by the Participating Employer pursuant to a salary reduction agreement which are not includible in the gross income of the
participant under Section 125, 132(f)(4), 402(e)(3), 402(h) or 403(b) of the Code. 
 2. “Compensation” means for any
participant the wages, salary and fees for professional services and other amounts received (without regard to whether or not an amount is paid in cash) for personal services actually rendered by the participant in the course of his service with the
Participating Employer to the extent that the amounts are includible in gross income (including but not limited to commissions, compensation for services on the basis of a percentage of profits, bonuses, fringe benefits, reimbursements or other
expense allowances under a nonaccountable plan as described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.62-2(c)), plus the participant’s elective deferrals (as defined in Section 402(g)(3) of the Code) and any other amount which is contributed
or deferred by the Participating Employer at the election of the participant and which is not includible in the gross income of the participant by reason of Sections 125, 132(f)(4) or 457 of the Code; and excluding contributions made by the

  
 A-1 

 Participating Employer to any plan of deferred compensation which are not includible in the participant’s
gross income for the taxable year in which contributed; contributions made by the Participating Employer under a simplified employee pension plan; any distributions from a plan of deferred compensation; amounts realized from the exercise of a
non-qualified stock option or from the sale or other disposition of stock acquired under a qualified stock option; amounts realized when restricted stock (or property) held by the participant either becomes freely transferable or is no longer
subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture; and any other amount paid by the Participating Employer that receives special tax benefits or is excluded under the definition of compensation under Section 415 of the Code and Treasury Regulation
Section 1.415-2(d)(3). If elected by the Committee, compensation may be modified to exclude any amounts contributed by the Participating Employer pursuant to a salary reduction agreement which are not includible in the gross income of the
participant under Section 125, 132(f)(4), 402(e)(3), 402(h) or 403(b) of the Code. 
 3. “Compensation” means for any
participant his wages from the Participating Employer as defined in Section 3401(a) of the Code and all other payments of compensation to the participant by the Participating Employer (in the course of the Participating Employer’s trade or
business) for which the Participating Employer is required to furnish the participant a written statement under Sections 6041(d) and 6051(a)(3) of the Code, but determined without regard to any rules that limit the remuneration included in wages
based on the nature or location of the employment or the services performed (such as the exception for agricultural labor in Section 3401(a)(2) of the Code), plus the participant’s elective deferrals (as defined in Section 402(g)(3)
of the Code) and any other amount which is contributed or deferred by the Participating Employer at the election of the participant and which is not includible in the gross income of the participant by reason of Sections 125, 132(f)(4) or 457 of the
Code. If elected by the Committee, compensation may be modified to (i) exclude any amounts contributed by the Participating Employer pursuant to a salary reduction agreement which are not includible in the gross income of the participant under
Section 125, 132(f)(4), 402(e)(3), 402(h) or 403(b) of the Code; and/or (ii) exclude amounts paid or reimbursed by the Participating Employer for moving expenses incurred by the participant, but only to the extent that at the tune of
payment it is reasonable to believe that these amounts are deductible by the participant under Section 217 of the Code. 
 4.
“Compensation” means for any participant his wages from the Participating Employer as defined in Section 3401(a) of the Code, for federal income tax withholding purposes, but determined without regard to any rules that limit
the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the employment or the services performed (such as the exception for agricultural labor in Section 3401(a)(2) of the Code), plus the participant’s elective deferrals (as
defined in Section 402(g)(3) of the Code) and any other amount which is contributed or deferred by the Participating Employer at the election of the participant and which is not includible in the gross income of the participant by reason of
Sections 125, 132(f)(4) or 457 of the Code. If elected by the Committee, compensation may be modified to exclude any amounts contributed by the Participating Employer pursuant to a salary reduction agreement which are not includible in the gross
income of the participant under Section 125, 132(f)(4), 402(e)(3), 402(h) or 403(b) of the Code. 

  
 A-2 

 EXHIBIT B 

PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS 

AFCO Credit Corporation 
 AFCO
Acceptance Corporation 
 Branch Banking and Trust Company 

BB&T Collateral Service Corporation 

BB&T Equipment Finance Corporation 

BB&T Insurance Services, Inc. 

BB&T Insurance Services of California 

BB&T Investment Services, Inc. 

BB&T Securities, LLC 
 Creative
Payment Solutions, Inc. 
 Crump Life Insurance Services 

Farr Associates, Inc. 
 Grandbridge
Real Estate Capital 
 Grandbridge Real Estate Funding 

Lendmark Financial Services, Inc. 

Lendmark Financial Services of West Virginia 

Prime Rate Premium Finance Corporation 

Regional Acceptance Corporation 

SHDR Investment Advisors, Inc. 

Sterling Capital Management, LL 

  
 B-1 

 FIRST AMENDMENT 

TO THE 
 BB&T
CORPORATION 401(k) SAVINGS PLAN 
 (January 1, 2013 Restatement) 

WHEREAS, BB&T Corporation (the “Corporation”) sponsors the BB&T Corporation 401(k) Savings Plan for the benefit of
certain of its employees and their beneficiaries, restated effective as of January 1, 2013 to comply with certain statutory requirements (as restated, the “Plan”); and 

WHEREAS, the Corporation desires to amend the Plan to reflect the effective dates and statutory language of legally required changes in
accordance with Notice 2011-97, specifically to properly reflect the HEART Act (items 1 and 8), PPA (items 3 -7), and WRERA (item 2). 

NOW, THEREFORE, the Plan is hereby amended as follows: 

1. Effective January 1, 2009, Section 1.44, the last sentence of the second paragraph has been added, reading as follows: 

Any payments not described above are not considered statutory compensation if paid after severance from employment, even if they are paid
within 2 1⁄2 months following severance from employment, except for payments to an individual who does not currently perform services for a Participating
Employer or an affiliated employer by reason of qualified military service (within the meaning of Section 414(u)(l) of the Code) to the extent these payments do not exceed the amounts the individual would have received if the individual had
continued to perform services for a Participating Employer or an affiliated employer rather than entering qualified military service. 
 2.
Effective January 1, 2008, the fifth and sixth sentences of Section 2.1.1 have been added, reading as follows: 
 Effective for
plan years beginning on or after January 1, 2006 and prior to January 1, 2008, the income or loss allocable to the participant’s excess elective deferral for the plan year of such excess elective deferral and the period between the
end of the plan year and the date of distribution (the “gap period”) shall be determined by multiplying the amount of the income or loss allocable to the participant’s salary reduction contributions (and any matching contributions
treated as salary reduction contributions) for such plan year and gap period by a fraction the numerator of which is the excess contribution on behalf of the participant for such plan year, and the denominator of which is equal to the sum of:
(i) the balance in the participant’s account attributable to salary reduction contributions (and any matching contributions treated as salary reduction contributions) as of the beginning of such plan year; and (ii) the
participant’s salary reduction contributions (and any matching contributions treated as salary reduction contributions) for such plan year and gap period. For plan years beginning on or after January 1, 2008, the income or loss allocable
to excess elective deferral equals the allocable gain or loss through the end of the plan year, and no income or loss is allocable to the gap period. 

 3. Effective January 1, 2008, the last paragraph of Section 2.1.4(c) has been added,
reading as follows: 
 All salary reduction contributions so reduced, adjusted for income and losses allocable thereto, shall be designated
by the Company as excess contributions. To the extent a highly compensated participant has not been credited with the maximum allowable catch-up salary reduction contributions pursuant to Section 2.1.6 of the plan and Section 414(v) of the
Code, the excess contributions shall be classified as catch-up salary reduction contributions. Any remaining excess contributions shall be distributed to the participant no later than the distribution date. Effective for plan years beginning on or
after January 1, 2006 and prior to January 1, 2008, the income or loss allocable to the participant’s share of the excess contribution for the plan year of such excess contribution and the period between the end of the plan year and
the date of distribution (the “gap period”) shall be determined by multiplying the amount of the income or loss allocable to the participant’s salary reduction contributions (and any matching contributions treated as salary reduction
contributions) for such plan year and gap period by a fraction the numerator of which is the excess contribution on behalf of the participant for such plan year, and the denominator of which is equal to the sum of: (i) the balance in the
participant’s account attributable to salary reduction contributions (and any matching contributions treated as salary reduction contributions) as of the beginning of such plan year; and (ii) the participant’s salary reduction
contributions (and any matching contributions treated as salary reduction contributions) for such plan year and gap period. For plan years beginning on or after January 1, 2008, the income or loss allocable to excess contributions equals the
allocable gain or loss through the end of the plan year, and no income or loss is allocable to the gap period. The excess contribution that otherwise would be distributed to the participant shall be reduced in accordance with Treasury Regulations by
the amount of any excess elective deferrals previously distributed to the participant. The amount of any excess contribution shall be treated as an annual addition for purposes of Section 19 for the plan year in which such excess contribution
was made. Distributions of excess contributions to participants may be made notwithstanding any other provision of the plan or Code. In no event may the amount of the excess contributions distributed for a plan year with respect to any highly
compensated participant exceed the amount of salary reduction contributions made in behalf of the highly compensated participant for such plan year, as adjusted for income and losses allocable thereto. 

4. Effective January 1, 2008, the last paragraph of Section 2.2.3 has been added, reading as follows: 

All matching contributions so reduced, adjusted for income and losses allocable thereto, shall be designated by the Participating Employer as
excess aggregate contributions and distributed to the participant no later than the distribution date. Effective for plan years beginning on or after January 1, 2006 and prior to January 1, 2008, the income or loss allocable to the
participant’s share of the excess aggregate contributions for the plan year of such excess aggregate contributions and the period between the end of the plan year and the date of distribution (the “gap period”) shall be determined by
multiplying the amount of the income or loss allocable to the participant’s matching contributions (and any elective deferrals treated as matching contributions) for such plan year and gap period by a fraction the numerator of which is the
excess aggregate contributions on behalf of the participant for such plan year, and the denominator of which is equal to the sum of: (i) the balance in the participant’s account 

  
 -2- 

 
attributable to matching contributions (and any elective deferrals treated as matching contributions) as of the beginning of such plan year; and (ii) the participant’s matching
contributions (and any elective deferrals treated as matching contributions) for such plan year and gap period. For plan years beginning on or after January 1, 2008, the income or loss allocable to excess aggregate contributions equals the
allocable gain or loss through the end of the plan year, and no income or loss is allocable to the gap period. Distributions to participants of excess aggregate contributions may be made notwithstanding any other provision of the plan or Code. The
amount of any excess aggregate contribution shall be treated as an annual addition for purposes of Section 19 for the plan year in which such excess aggregate contribution was made. 

5. Effective January 1, 2008, the introductory clause of Section 5.4.3 is amended to read as follows: 

5.4.3 Waiver of election period. If a distribution is one to which Sections 401 (a)(11) and 417 of the Code do not apply, such
distribution may commence less than 30 days after the date the notice required under Section 1.411(a)-11(c) of the Treasury Regulations (including Section 1.411(a)-11(c) of the proposed Treasury Regulations) is given, provided that: 

6. Effective January 1, 2007, the second sentence of the second paragraph of Section 15.1.1 has been added, reading as follow: 

However, such portion may be transferred only to an individual retirement account or annuity described in Section 408(a) or (b) of
the Code, or to a qualified defined contribution plan described in Section 401(a) or 403(a) of the Code, or, effective for distributions on or after January 1, 2007, to a qualified plan described in Section 401(a) of the Code or an
annuity contract described in Section 403(b) of the Code that agrees to separately account for amounts so transferred, including separately accounting for the portion of such distribution which is includible in gross income and the portion of
such distribution which is not so includible. 
 7. Effective January 1, 2007, Section 22.6 is amended to read as follows: 

22.6 Diversification. Each participant may elect, in accordance with procedures adopted by the Committee, to have the Company stock
allocated to his ESOP account, his PAYSOP account and his Company stock fund accounts liquidated and invested in one or more of the investment funds made available to participants pursuant to the provisions of Section 7.1.1. The unlimited
investment discretion provisions of Section 7 meets the requirements of Section 401(a)(35) of the Code. 
 8. Effective
January 1, 2009, Section 21.5.3 has been added, reading as follows: 
 21.5.3 Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the
contrary, effective January 1, 2009, no differential wage payments (as defined in Section 3401(h)(2) of the Code) shall be considered as compensation of a participant for any purpose of the Plan that would result in additional
contributions being made on behalf of a participant under the Plan. 

  
 -3- 

 Executed on this 17th day of November, 2014.

  

			
	BB&T CORPORATION
		
	By:	 	 

  

	Title:	 	Chief Operating Officer

  
 -4- 

 SECOND AMENDMENT 

TO THE 
 BB&T
CORPORATION 401(k) SAVINGS PLAN 
 (January 1, 2013 Restatement) 

WHEREAS, BB&T Corporation (the “Corporation”) sponsors the BB&T Corporation 401(k) Savings Plan for the benefit of
certain of its employees and their beneficiaries, restated effective as of January 1, 2013 to comply with certain statutory requirements (as restated, the “Plan”); and 

WHEREAS, the Corporation desires to amend the Plan to reflect (i) the merger of the BB&T Corporation 401(k) Retirement Plan
for Certain Acquired Companies into the Plan and (ii) the change in the law regarding the treatment of same-sex spouses under tax-qualified retirement plans. 

NOW, THEREFORE, the Plan is hereby amended as follows: 

1. Effective December 31, 2014, the Introduction is amended to add a sentence at the end thereof, reading as follows: 

Effective as of the close of business on December 31, 2014, the assets and liabilities of the BB&T Corporation 401(k)
Retirement Plan for Certain Acquired Companies were merged into this Plan. 
 2. Effective June 26, 2013, Section 1.43 is amended
to (i) replace “September 16, 2013” with “June 26, 2013” in the last sentence of the current definition and (ii) insert a new paragraph reading as follows: 

Effective June 26, 2013, in accordance with Revenue Ruling 2013-17, for all Plan purposes, a “spouse” or
“surviving spouse” includes any spouse of a legal marriage, including a same-sex spouse, that is validly entered into in a state whose laws authorize the marriage of two individuals of the same sex, even if the individuals are domiciled in
a state that does not recognize the validity of same-sex marriages. However, individuals (whether part of an opposite-sex or same-sex couple) who have entered into a registered domestic partnership, civil union, or other similar formal relationship
recognized under state law that is not denominated as a marriage under the laws of that state are not treated as legally married. For this purpose, the term “state” means any domestic or foreign jurisdiction having the legal authority to
sanction marriages. For all Plan purposes, a Participant is “married” if the Participant has a spouse as that term is used in this Section.” 

3. Effective December 31, 2014, Section 12.3 is amended to add a sentence at the end to read as follows: 

Special provisions that apply to any such merged plan shall be included as part of Exhibit E. 

 4. Effective December 31, 2014, Section 17 is amended to replace the second sentence
with the following sentence: 
 Such transferred assets may only include cash or shares of Company stock, except that, in the case of the
merger described in Exhibit E, Section 1, the transferred assets may include an in-kind transfer of the investment funds in which the transferred assets were invested before their transfer to this Plan. 

5. Effective December 31, 2014, Section 17.5 is deleted. 

6. Effective as of the close of business on December 31, 2014, a new Section 1 is added under Exhibit E, reading as follows: 

Exhibit E 
 Merger of
Acquired Company Plans into this Plan 
 1. Merger of BB&T Corporation 401(k) Retirement Plan for Certain
Acquired Companies. Effective as of December 31, 2014, the assets and liabilities of the BB&T Corporation 401(k) Retirement Plan for Certain Acquired Companies (the “acquired company plan”) shall be merged into the plan. The
merger shall satisfy the requirements of Section 414(1) of the Code and Section 12.3 of the plan. The assets of the acquired company plan (the “transferred amounts”) shall be transferred to the Trustee and merged with the plan as
soon as administratively feasible on or after such date. 
 1.1 Allocation of Transferred Amounts: The transferred
amounts representing a participant’s before-tax contributions, voluntary after-tax contributions, Roth deferral contributions, matching contributions, rollover contributions and employer profit sharing contributions, and earnings thereon, shall
be allocated to the participant’s respective accounts in the plan or allocated to separate accounts, in the Committee’s sole discretion. Notwithstanding the prior sentence, transferred amounts subject to Section 401(a)(11) and
Section 417 of the Code (“Section 417 amounts”) shall be allocated to a separate account on behalf of each qualified participant. Initially, the transferred amounts will be invested in the same investment funds in which they were
invested in the acquired company plan, until the participant elects otherwise in accordance with procedures set forth by the Committee. 

1.2 Eligibility: Any participant with a positive account balance in the acquired company plan on December 31, 2014
shall become a participant in the plan as of the close of business on December 31, 2014. 
 1.3 Loans: Any loan
outstanding under the acquired company plan as of December 31, 2014 shall be transferred to the plan and treated as a loan under Section 4.4, subject to the existing repayment terms. Transferred amounts shall generally be eligible for
loans in accordance with Section 4.4., except that Section 417 amounts shall not be eligible for loans, but may be taken into account in determining the maximum amount of loan available to a participant in accordance with
Section 4.4.3. 

  
 -2- 

 1.4 Vesting: All transferred amounts shall be fully vested. 

1.5 Distributions Prior to Termination from Service: Generally, transferred amounts are subject to the pre-termination
distribution provisions in Section 4, but without regard to the limit on the number of permissible in-service distribution in Section 4.3. However, a qualified participant, as defined in Exhibit E, Section 1.9.4, below, may not
withdraw Section 417 amounts prior to termination from service. 
 Any withdrawal made pursuant to this Exhibit E,
Section 1.5, shall be withdrawn by the Trustee from the participant’s transferred amounts in accordance with procedures adopted by the Committee. 

1.6 Distributions On or After Termination from Service: Generally, transferred amounts are subject to the
post-termination from service distribution provisions in Section 5. However, transferred amounts that are Section 417 amounts are subject to the following special provisions, in addition to the provisions in Section 5 that are not
inconsistent with the following provisions: 
 1.6.1 As of the adjustment date coincident with or next following the date a
qualified participant terminates service, or as of such later adjustment date as the qualified participant elects pursuant to Exhibit E, Section 1.6.2.1, the Section 417 amounts of a qualified participant who is married on his annuity
starting date, as defined in Exhibit E, Section 1.9.1 below, shall be payable to him as a qualified joint and survivor annuity, as defined in Exhibit E, Section 1.9.3 below, and the Section 417 amounts of a qualified participant who
is not married on his annuity starting date shall be paid to him in the form of a single life annuity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, pursuant to a qualified election, a qualified participant may elect to have his Section 417 amounts payable to
him under one of the options described in Section 5.1. 
 1.6.2 Applicable provisions: The following provisions
shall apply for purposes of this Exhibit E, Section 1.6.2: 
 1.6.2.1 Deferral election: Unless a qualified
participant files an election pursuant to this Exhibit E, Section 1.6.2.1, to defer payment of his Section 417 amounts, such payment must commence within 60 days following the latest of the year-end adjustment date for the plan year in
which the participant: (i) attains normal retirement age; (ii) attains the 10th anniversary of the year in which he commenced participation in the plan; or (iii) retires or otherwise terminates service, except where distributions
commence in accordance with Section 5.3.1 or 5.9. The failure to elect distributions shall be deemed an election to defer distributions. 

  
 -3- 

 1.6.2.2 Form of distribution: Distributions shall be made in cash and
annuity contracts. Any annuity contract purchased and distributed from a legal reserve life insurance company shall comply with the requirements of the plan and Sections 401(a) and 402 of the Code. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a portion of a
participant’s account is invested in Company stock, such participant may direct the Committee to distribute such portion in shares of Company stock. 

1.6.2.3 Explanation to qualified participant: No fewer than 30 days and no more than 180 days before a qualified
participant’s annuity starting date, the Committee shall provide the qualified participant a written explanation of: (i) the terms and conditions of a qualified joint and survivor annuity or a life annuity, whichever is applicable;
(ii) the qualified participant’s right to waive and the effect of a qualified election to waive such annuity; (iii) the rights of qualified participant’s spouse not to consent to an election to waive the qualified joint and
survivor annuity; (iv) the qualified participant’s right to revoke and the effect of an election to revoke a previous election and the effect of such revocation; and (v) the participant’s right to elect an optional method of
payment pursuant to a qualified election, as defined in Section 1.9.2. 
 1.6.2.4 Required consent: Subject to
the provisions of Section 12.1 and Exhibit B, Section 1.8, any distribution to a qualified participant who has an account which exceeds the cash-out limit (as defined in Section 411 (a)(11)(A) of the Code), shall require the
participant’s consent and the participant’s spouse’s consent if such distribution is to commence prior to the participant’s attainment of normal retirement age. The consent requirements of this Exhibit E, Section 1.6.2.4
shall be deemed satisfied if the participant’s account does not exceed the cash-out limit. 
 1.6.2.5 Waiver of
election period: A distribution to a qualified participant may commence less than 30 days after the notice required by Exhibit E, Section 1.6.2.3 is provided to the qualified participant, provided that: 

(i) The Committee clearly informs the qualified participant that the qualified participant has a right to at least 30 days to
consider whether to waive the normal form of payment under the plan and to elect an optional method of payment; 

  
 -4- 

 (ii) The qualified participant, after receiving the notice, makes a qualified
election; and 
 (iii) The distribution to the qualified participant pursuant to his qualified election commences more than
7 days after the notice is provided to him. 
 1.7 Death Benefits: Generally, transferred amounts are subject to the
provisions in Section 5.2 regarding distributions on account of the participant’s death. However, transferred amounts that are Section 417 amounts are subject to the following special provisions, in addition to the provisions in
Section 5.2 that are not inconsistent with the following provisions: 
 1.7.1 Death Benefits: If a qualified
participant dies before distribution of his Section 417 amounts begins, payment of his Section 417 amounts to his beneficiary shall commence as of any adjustment date following the date of the qualified participant’s death as elected
by the beneficiary. The qualified participant’s Section 417 amounts shall be payable under a method of payment described in Section 5.1.1 (treating the beneficiary for this purpose as if he were not a qualified participant), as
elected by the beneficiary. If the qualified participant leaves a surviving spouse and had not filed a qualified election, as defined in Exhibit E, Section 1.9.2, his Section 417 amounts shall be payable to his surviving spouse as provided
in Section 5.1.1 (treating the surviving spouse for this purpose as a nonqualified participant), as elected by the surviving spouse in writing to the Committee. If the qualified participant’s surviving spouse fails to elect a method of
payment, the qualified participant’s Section 417 amounts shall be applied toward the purchase from a legal reserve life insurance company of a qualified preretirement survivor annuity, as defined in Exhibit E, Section 1.9.5. If the
qualified participant leaves no surviving spouse or his spouse consents to the naming of another beneficiary, his account shall be payable to his beneficiary as provided in Section 5.1.1 (treating the beneficiary for this purpose as a
nonqualified participant), as elected by the beneficiary in writing to the Committee. 
 1.7.2 Explanation to qualified
participant: The Committee shall provide each qualified participant, within the applicable period, as defined in this Exhibit E, Section 1.7.2, for such participant, a written explanation of: (i) the terms and conditions of a qualified
preretirement survivor annuity; (ii) the qualified participant’s right to make and the effect of an election to waive such annuity form of benefit; (iii) the rights of a qualified participant’s spouse; and (iv) the right to
revoke and the effect of a revocation of a previous election to waive such annuity. The applicable period is the later of the following: (A) the period beginning with the first day of the plan year in which the qualified participant attains age
32 and ending with the close of the plan year in which the qualified participant attains 35; (B) the two-year period beginning one year before the 

  
 -5- 

 
employee becomes a qualified participant and ending one year after such date; or (C) the two-year period beginning one year before the provisions of Section 401(a)(11) of the Code first
apply to the qualified participant and ending one year after such date. If a qualified participant separates from service before the plan year in which he attains age 35, notice shall be provided within the two-year period beginning one year before
his separation and ending one year after his separation. If such qualified participant thereafter returns to employment with a Participating Employer, the applicable period for such participant shall be redetermined. 

1.7.3 Election period to waive qualified preretirement survivor annuity: A qualified participant may waive the
qualified preretirement survivor annuity during the period beginning on the first day of the plan year in which the qualified participant attains age 35 and ending on the date of the qualified participant’s death. If a qualified participant
terminates service prior to the first day of the plan year in which he attains age 35, the election period with respect to his Section 417 amounts as of the date of separation shall begin on the date of termination. A qualified participant who
will not yet attain age 35 as of the end of any current plan year may make a special qualified election to waive the qualified preretirement survivor annuity for the period beginning on the date of such election and ending on the first day of the
plan year in which the qualified participant will attain age 35. Such election shall not be valid unless a qualified participant receives a written explanation of the qualified preretirement survivor annuity described in Exhibit E,
Section 1.7.2. Qualified preretirement survivor annuity coverage will be automatically reinstated as of the first day of the plan year in which the qualified participant attains age 35. Any new waiver on or after such date shall be subject to
the full requirements of this Exhibit E, Section 1.7. 
 1.8 Distributions upon complete termination of plan: In
the event of the termination of the plan, Section 417 amounts shall be distributed in accordance with the provisions of this Exhibit E, Section 1.8. If upon termination, the plan does not offer an annuity option (purchase from a commercial
provider) and neither the Company nor any affiliated employer maintains another defined contribution plan (other than an employee stock ownership plan defined in Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code), the participant’s Section 417 amounts
may, without the participant’s consent, be distributed to the participant. However, if the Company or any affiliated employer maintains another defined contribution plan (other than an employee stock ownership plan defined in
Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code), the participant’s Section 417 amounts may, without the participant’s consent, be transferred to such other plan if the participant does not consent to an immediate distribution. 

  
 -6- 

 1.9 Definitions: The following definitions apply for purposes of this
Exhibit E, Section 1: 
 1.9.1 “Annuity starting date” means the first day of the first period as of which an
amount is paid in an annuity or any other form. The annuity starting date may or may not be the date benefit payments actually commence. 

1.9.2 “Qualified election” means the waiver of a qualified joint and survivor annuity or a qualified preretirement
survivor annuity. Any such election shall not be effective unless: (i) the qualified participant’s spouse (if any) consents in writing to the election; (ii) the election designates a specific beneficiary, including any class of
beneficiaries or contingent beneficiaries, which may not be changed without spousal consent (or the spouse expressly permits designations by the qualified participant without any further spousal consent); (iii) the spouse’s consent
acknowledges the effect of the election; and (iv) the spouse’s consent is witnessed by a plan representative or notary public. Additionally, a qualified participant’s qualified election shall not be effective unless it designates a
form of benefit payment which may not be changed without spousal consent (or the spouse expressly permits designations by the qualified participant without any further spousal consent). If it is established to the satisfaction of a plan
representative that there is no spouse or the spouse cannot be located, an election by the qualified participant shall be deemed a qualified election. Any consent by a spouse obtained under this provision (or establishment that the consent of a
spouse may not be obtained) shall be effective only with respect to such spouse. A consent that permits designations by the qualified participant without any requirement of further consent by such spouse shall acknowledge that the spouse has the
rights to limit consent to a specific beneficiary and a specific form of benefit (where applicable), and that the spouse voluntarily elects to relinquish either or both of such rights. A revocation of a prior election may be made by a qualified
participant without the consent of the spouse at any time before the commencement of benefits. The number of revocations shall not be limited. 

1.9.3 “Qualified joint and survivor annuity” means an immediate noncashable, nontransferable annuity contract
purchased from a legal reserve life insurance company providing approximately equal monthly installments for the life of the qualified participant with a survivor annuity for the life of the qualified participant’s surviving spouse which is
either 50% or 100% of the amount of the annuity payable during the joint lives of the qualified participant and the qualified participant’s surviving spouse. The percentage of the survivor annuity under the plan shall be 50% unless otherwise
elected by the qualified participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a qualified optional survivor annuity shall be available to married participants. Such qualified optional survivor annuity shall be a joint and survivor annuity under which a
reduced monthly benefit is payable to the participant for his life, and after his death a monthly benefit equal to 75% of such reduced monthly benefit is payable for life to the participant’s surviving spouse. Such qualified optional survivor
annuity shall be the actuarial equivalent of a single life annuity. 

  
 -7- 

 1.9.4 “Qualified participant” means the following: 

1.9.4.1 A participant with respect to whom the plan is a direct or indirect transferee of a defined benefit plan, money
purchase plan, a target benefit plan or other plan which is subject to the survivor annuity requirements of Sections 401(a)(11) and 417 of the Code, and the plan received the transfer after December 31, 1984. 

1.9.4.2 A participant whose benefits under a defined benefit plan maintained by the Company or any affiliated employer are
offset by benefits provided under this plan. 
 1.9.5 “Qualified preretirement survivor annuity” means an immediate
noncashable and nontransferable annuity purchased from a legal reserve life insurance company providing approximately equal monthly installments for the life of the qualified participant’s surviving spouse, if any. 

Executed on this 17th day of November, 2014. 

 

			
	BB&T CORPORATION
		
	By:	 	

	Title:	 	Chief Operating Officer

  
 -8-EX-4.5

 Exhibit 4.5 

NATIONAL FUEL GAS COMPANY 

TAX-DEFERRED SAVINGS PLAN FOR NON-UNION EMPLOYEES 

2010 RESTATEMENT 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

 

									
	 	 	 	  	 	  	Page	 
		
	 ARTICLE 1 NAME, EFFECTIVE DATE AND BASIC PLAN DEFINITIONS
	  	 	1	  
			
	 Section 1.1
	 	 Name of Plan
	  	 	1	  
	 Section 1.2
	 	 Effective Date
	  	 	1	  
	 Section 1.3
	 	 Basic Definitions
	  	 	1	  
		 	 (a)
	  	 Affiliated Corporation
	  	 	1	  
		 	 (b)
	  	 Affiliated Service Organization
	  	 	1	  
		 	 (c)
	  	 Business Day
	  	 	1	  
		 	 (d)
	  	 Cash-Out Limit
	  	 	1	  
		 	 (e)
	  	 Code
	  	 	1	  
		 	 (f)
	  	 Common Stock Fund
	  	 	1	  
		 	 (g)
	  	 Company
	  	 	1	  
		 	 (h)
	  	 Date of Hire
	  	 	1	  
		 	 (i)
	  	 Eligible Employee
	  	 	1	  
		 	 (j)
	  	 Employee
	  	 	3	  
		 	 (k)
	  	 Entry/Adjustment Date
	  	 	3	  
		 	 (l)
	  	 ERISA
	  	 	3	  
		 	 (m)
	  	 Group I Employees
	  	 	3	  
		 	 (n)
	  	 Group II Employees
	  	 	4	  
		 	 (o)
	  	 Group III Employees
	  	 	5	  
		 	 (p)
	  	 Group IV Employees
	  	 	5	  
		 	 (q)
	  	 Hour of Service
	  	 	6	  
		 	 (r)
	  	 Investment Funds
	  	 	7	  
		 	 (s)
	  	 National
	  	 	7	  
		 	 (t)
	  	 Non-Supervisory Employees
	  	 	7	  
		 	 (u)
	  	 Officer
	  	 	7	  
		 	 (v)
	  	 One-Year Break in Service
	  	 	7	  
		 	 (w)
	  	 Organization Under Common Control
	  	 	7	  
		 	 (x)
	  	 Participant
	  	 	7	  
		 	 (y)
	  	 Plan
	  	 	7	  
		 	 (z)
	  	 Plan Year
	  	 	7	  
		 	 (aa)
	  	 Related Business
	  	 	7	  
		 	 (bb)
	  	 Supervisory Employees
	  	 	8	  
		 	 (cc)
	  	 Thrift Plan
	  	 	8	  
		 	 (dd)
	  	 Totally and Permanently Disabled
	  	 	8	  
		 	 (ee)
	  	 Trust
	  	 	8	  
		 	 (ff)
	  	 Trustees
	  	 	8	  
		 	 (gg)
	  	 Year of Participation Service
	  	 	8	  
		 	 (hh)
	  	 Year of Service
	  	 	8	  
		 	 (ii)
	  	 Post-2003 Participant
	  	 	8	  
		 	 (jj)
	  	 Year of Vesting Service
	  	 	9	  
		 	 (kk)
	  	 Year of Company Contribution Service
	  	 	9	  
	 Section 1.4
	 	 Rights of Former Employees and Obligations of the Company
	  	 	10	  

  
 - i - 

									
	 Section 1.5
	 	 Transfers of Accounts From Thrift Plan
	  	 	10	  
		
	 ARTICLE 2 ELIGIBILITY FOR PARTICIPATION
	  	 	11	  
			
	 Section 2.1
	 	 Age and Service Requirements
	  	 	11	  
	 Section 2.2
	 	 Change in Employment Status
	  	 	12	  
		 	 (a)
	  	 Employee Becomes Eligible Employee
	  	 	12	  
		 	 (b)
	  	 Participant Becomes a Non-Eligible Employee
	  	 	12	  
	 Section 2.3
	 	 Termination and Resumption of Participation
	  	 	12	  
		 	 (a)
	  	 Termination of Participation
	  	 	12	  
		 	 (b)
	  	 Inactive Participant
	  	 	12	  
		 	 (c)
	  	 Resumption of Participation
	  	 	12	  
	 Section 2.4
	 	 Service with and Transfers from Organizations Under Common Control
	  	 	12	  
		 	 (a)
	  	 Service with Organizations Under Common Control
	  	 	12	  
		 	 (b)
	  	 Transfers of Employment
	  	 	12	  
		
	 ARTICLE 3 CONTRIBUTIONS
	  	 	13	  
			
	 Section 3.1
	 	 Salary Reduction Contributions
	  	 	13	  
		 	 (a)
	  	 In General
	  	 	13	  
		 	 (b)
	  	 Salary Reduction Contribution Elections
	  	 	13	  
		 	 (c)
	  	 402(g) Limit
	  	 	14	  
		 	 (d)
	  	 Catch-Up Contributions
	  	 	14	  
	 Section 3.2
	 	 Company Contribution
	  	 	14	  
	 Section 3.3
	 	 Matching Contributions
	  	 	15	  
	 Section 3.4
	 	 Rollover Contributions
	  	 	18	  
	 Section 3.5
	 	 Forfeitures
	  	 	18	  
	 Section 3.6
	 	 Miscellaneous Contribution Rules
	  	 	19	  
		 	 (a)
	  	 Limitations on Contributions
	  	 	19	  
		 	 (b)
	  	 Timing of Contributions
	  	 	19	  
	 Section 3.7
	 	 Allocations of Contributions and Forfeitures
	  	 	19	  
		 	 (a)
	  	 Maintenance of Accounts
	  	 	19	  
		 	 (b)
	  	 Allocation of Salary Reduction Contributions
	  	 	19	  
		 	 (c)
	  	 Allocation of Matching Contributions
	  	 	19	  
		 	 (d)
	  	 Allocation of Company Contribution
	  	 	19	  
	 Section 3.8
	 	 Base Salary
	  	 	20	  
	 Section 3.9
	 	 Limitations on Allocations
	  	 	20	  
		 	 (a)
	  	 Definitions
	  	 	20	  
		 	 (b)
	  	 Maximum Annual Addition
	  	 	21	  
		 	 (c)
	  	 Maximum Company Contribution
	  	 	21	  
		 	 (d)
	  	 Adjustment to Reduce Annual Additions
	  	 	21	  
		 	 (e)
	  	 Incorporation of Section 415 by Reference
	  	 	21	  
	 Section 3.10
	 	 ADP Test
	  	 	21	  
		 	 (a)
	  	 In General
	  	 	21	  
		 	 (b)
	  	 Definitions
	  	 	22	  
		 	 (c)
	  	 Special Rules
	  	 	23	  

  
 - ii - 

									
	 Section 3.11
	 	 Distribution of Excess Contributions
	  	 	24	  
		 	 (a)
	  	 In General
	  	 	24	  
		 	 (b)
	  	 Excess Contributions
	  	 	24	  
		 	 (c)
	  	 Allocable Income/Loss
	  	 	24	  
	 Section 3.12
	 	 ACP Test
	  	 	25	  
		 	 (a)
	  	 In General
	  	 	25	  
		 	 (b)
	  	 Definitions
	  	 	25	  
		 	 (c)
	  	 Special Rules
	  	 	26	  
	 Section 3.13
	 	 Distribution of Excess Aggregate Contributions
	  	 	26	  
		 	 (a)
	  	 In General
	  	 	26	  
		 	 (b)
	  	 Excess Aggregate Contributions
	  	 	27	  
		 	 (c)
	  	 Allocable Income/Loss
	  	 	27	  
	 Section 3.14
	 	 Distributions of Excess Deferrals
	  	 	27	  
		 	 (a)
	  	 In General
	  	 	27	  
		 	 (b)
	  	 Excess Deferrals
	  	 	28	  
		 	 (c)
	  	 Allocable Income/Loss
	  	 	28	  
	 Section 3.15
	 	 Coordinating Corrective Distributions
	  	 	28	  
		 	 (a)
	  	 Correcting Excess Deferrals After Distributing Excess Contributions
	  	 	28	  
		 	 (b)
	  	 Correcting Excess Aggregate Contributions After Distributing Excess Deferrals
	  	 	28	  
	 Section 3.16
	 	 Qualified Military Service
	  	 	28	  
		 	 (a)
	  	 Uniformed Services Employment and Re-employment Rights Act
	  	 	28	  
		 	 (b)
	  	 Death Benefits Under Qualified Active Military Service
	  	 	28	  
		 	 (c)
	  	 Differential Wage Payments
	  	 	29	  
		 	 (d)
	  	 Severance From Employment
	  	 	29	  
		
	 ARTICLE 4 NONFORFEITABLE RIGHT TO BENEFITS
	  	 	30	  
			
	 Section 4.1
	 	 Definitions
	  	 	30	  
		 	 (a)
	  	 Normal Retirement Age
	  	 	30	  
		 	 (b)
	  	 Normal Retirement Date
	  	 	30	  
		 	 (c)
	  	 Annuity Starting Date
	  	 	30	  
		 	 (d)
	  	 Deferred Retirement
	  	 	30	  
		 	 (e)
	  	 Required Beginning Date
	  	 	30	  
		 	 (f)
	  	 Beneficiary
	  	 	30	  
		 	 (g)
	  	 Prospective Beneficiary
	  	 	30	  
	 Section 4.2
	 	 Determination of Nonforfeitable Rights
	  	 	30	  
		 	 (a)
	  	 Upon Retirement
	  	 	30	  
		 	 (b)
	  	 Upon Death or Disability
	  	 	30	  
		 	 (c)
	  	 Upon Completion of Required Years of Vesting Service
	  	 	30	  
		
	 ARTICLE 5 DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS
	  	 	32	  
			
	 Section 5.1
	 	 Forms and Time of Benefit Distributions
	  	 	32	  
		 	 (a)
	  	 Entitlement to Benefits
	  	 	32	  

  
 - iii - 

									
		 	 (b)
	  	 Severance from Employment
	  	 	32	  
		 	 (c)
	  	 Commencement of Distributions
	  	 	32	  
		 	 (d)
	  	 Form of Distribution
	  	 	32	  
	 Section 5.2
	 	 Amount of Distribution
	  	 	33	  
	 Section 5.3
	 	 Designation of Death Beneficiary
	  	 	33	  
	 Section 5.4
	 	 Death Benefit Provisions
	  	 	33	  
		 	 (a)
	  	 Normal Form of Payment of Death Benefits
	  	 	33	  
		 	 (b)
	  	 Multiple Beneficiaries; Order of Taking
	  	 	33	  
		 	 (c)
	  	 Absence of an Effective Beneficiary Designation
	  	 	34	  
		 	 (d)
	  	 Effect of Divorce
	  	 	34	  
		 	 (e)
	  	 Order of Death
	  	 	34	  
		 	 (f)
	  	 Effect of Disclaimers
	  	 	34	  
	 Section 5.5
	 	 Early Distribution Consent
	  	 	35	  
		 	 (a)
	  	 In General
	  	 	35	  
		 	 (b)
	  	 Valid Consent
	  	 	35	  
	 Section 5.6
	 	 Minimum Distribution Required
	  	 	35	  
		 	 (a)
	  	 General Rule
	  	 	35	  
		 	 (b)
	  	 Exceptions
	  	 	35	  
		 	 (c)
	  	 Definitions
	  	 	36	  
	 Section 5.7
	 	 Involuntary Cash-Outs of Small Benefits
	  	 	36	  
	 Section 5.8
	 	 Hardship Withdrawals
	  	 	36	  
		 	 (a)
	  	 General Rule
	  	 	36	  
		 	 (b)
	  	 Limit on Distributable Amount
	  	 	36	  
		 	 (c)
	  	 Immediate and Heavy Financial Need
	  	 	36	  
		 	 (d)
	  	 Necessary to Satisfy Financial Need
	  	 	37	  
		 	 (e)
	  	 Uniform Rules
	  	 	38	  
	 Section 5.9
	 	 Loans to Participants
	  	 	38	  
		 	 (a)
	  	 Trustees May Make Loans
	  	 	38	  
		 	 (b)
	  	 Written Applications
	  	 	38	  
		 	 (c)
	  	 Limit on Amount of Loan
	  	 	38	  
		 	 (d)
	  	 Term and Interest Rate
	  	 	38	  
		 	 (e)
	  	 Promissory Note Required
	  	 	39	  
		 	 (f)
	  	 Security
	  	 	39	  
		 	 (g)
	  	 Directed Investment
	  	 	39	  
		 	 (h)
	  	 No Loans to Shareholder-Employee or Owner Employee
	  	 	39	  
		 	 (i)
	  	 Determination of Amount of Accrued Benefit Payable at Death or Distribution
	  	 	39	  
	 Section 5.10
	 	 Qualified Reservist Distribution
	  	 	39	  
	 Section 5.11
	 	 Special Thrift Account Withdrawal Rules
	  	 	40	  
	 Section 5.12
	 	 Special Rule for Certain Withdrawals by Officers
	  	 	40	  
		
	 ARTICLE 6 ACCOUNT VALUATIONS AND ALLOCATION OF NET EARNINGS
	  	 	41	  
			
	 Section 6.1
	 	 Valuation of Assets
	  	 	41	  
	 Section 6.2
	 	 Allocation of Income and Expenses
	  	 	41	  
	 Section 6.3
	 	 Crediting Forfeitures and Contributions
	  	 	41	  
	 Section 6.4
	 	 Alternative Accounting Procedures
	  	 	41	  

  
 - iv - 

									
	 Section 6.5
	 	 Notification to Participants
	  	 	41	  
	 Section 6.6
	 	 Directed Investment Accounts
	  	 	42	  
		 	 (a)
	  	 Participant Directed Investments
	  	 	42	  
		 	 (b)
	  	 Fiduciary Duties
	  	 	42	  
		
	 ARTICLE 7 THE TRUST
	  	 	43	  
			
	 Section 7.1
	 	 Continuation of the Trust
	  	 	43	  
	 Section 7.2
	 	 Disbursements Limited to Trust Assets
	  	 	43	  
	 Section 7.3
	 	 Expenses of Administration and Litigation
	  	 	43	  
	 Section 7.4
	 	 Pooled Investment Fund or Group Trust
	  	 	43	  
		
	 ARTICLE 8 INVESTMENT AND VOTING OF SHARES
	  	 	44	  
			
	 Section 8.1
	 	 Investment of Contributions
	  	 	44	  
		 	 (a)
	  	 Salary Reduction Contributions and Company Contributions
	  	 	44	  
		 	 (b)
	  	 Matching Contributions
	  	 	44	  
		 	 (c)
	  	 Reinvestment of Existing Balances
	  	 	44	  
		 	 (d)
	  	 Investment Rules
	  	 	45	  
		 	 (e)
	  	 Investment Direction by Beneficiary
	  	 	45	  
	 Section 8.2
	 	 Voting of Shares
	  	 	45	  
		 	 (a)
	  	 Voting of Common Shares
	  	 	45	  
		 	 (b)
	  	 Tender or Exchange Offers
	  	 	45	  
	 Section 8.3
	 	 Designation of National Stock Funds A and B as an ESOP
	  	 	46	  
	 Section 8.4
	 	 Dividends on Stock Held in the ESOP
	  	 	46	  
		 	 (a)
	  	 Election between Distribution and Reinvestment
	  	 	46	  
		 	 (b)
	  	 Default Election
	  	 	46	  
		 	 (c)
	  	 Special Deemed Election for Hardship Withdrawals
	  	 	46	  
		 	 (d)
	  	 Cash Distributions
	  	 	47	  
		 	 (e)
	  	 Committee Discretion
	  	 	47	  
		
	 ARTICLE 9 TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS
	  	 	48	  
			
	 Section 9.1
	 	 Definitions
	  	 	48	  
		 	 (a)
	  	 Top-Heavy Plan
	  	 	48	  
		 	 (b)
	  	 Determination Date
	  	 	48	  
		 	 (c)
	  	 Key Employee
	  	 	48	  
		 	 (d)
	  	 Top-Heavy Ratio
	  	 	48	  
		 	 (e)
	  	 Required Aggregation Group
	  	 	50	  
		 	 (f)
	  	 Permissive Aggregation Group
	  	 	50	  
		 	 (g)
	  	 Top-Heavy Valuation Date
	  	 	50	  
		 	 (h)
	  	 Top-Heavy Compensation
	  	 	50	  
		 	 (i)
	  	 Qualified Top-Heavy Participant
	  	 	50	  
		 	 (j)
	  	 Super Top-Heavy Plan
	  	 	50	  
		 	 (k)
	  	 Non-Key Employee
	  	 	50	  
	 Section 9.2
	 	 Top-Heavy Rules
	  	 	50	  
		 	 (a)
	  	 Application of Top-Heavy Rules
	  	 	50	  

  
 - v - 

									
		 	 (b)
	  	 Minimum Company Contribution
	  	 	50	  
		 	 (c)
	  	 Limitation on Contributions and Benefit
	  	 	51	  
		 	 (d)
	  	 Special Rule for Non-Key Employees in Two Plans
	  	 	51	  
	 Section 9.3
	 	 Modification of Top-Heavy Rules
	  	 	51	  
		 	 (a)
	  	 Effective Date
	  	 	51	  
		 	 (b)
	  	 Determination of Top-Heavy Status
	  	 	51	  
		 	 (c)
	  	 Determination of Present Values and Amounts
	  	 	52	  
		 	 (d)
	  	 Minimum Benefits—Matching Contributions
	  	 	52	  
		
	 ARTICLE 10 ADMINISTRATION OF PLAN
	  	 	53	  
			
	 Section 10.1
	 	 Appointment of Committee
	  	 	53	  
	 Section 10.2
	 	 Administration of the Plan
	  	 	53	  
	 Section 10.3
	 	 Compensation and Expenses
	  	 	54	  
	 Section 10.4
	 	 Liability and Indemnification
	  	 	54	  
	 Section 10.5
	 	 Agents
	  	 	54	  
	 Section 10.6
	 	 Delegation of Authority
	  	 	54	  
		 	 (a)
	  	 In General
	  	 	54	  
		 	 (b)
	  	 Liability
	  	 	54	  
	 Section 10.7
	 	 Actions by the Committee
	  	 	54	  
	 Section 10.8
	 	 Disqualification of a Committee Member
	  	 	54	  
	 Section 10.9
	 	 Administrative Delays
	  	 	54	  
	 Section 10.10
	 	 Funding Policy
	  	 	54	  
	 Section 10.11
	 	 Valuation
	  	 	55	  
	 Section 10.12
	 	 Use of Electronic Media
	  	 	55	  
	 Section 10.13
	 	 Claims Procedure
	  	 	55	  
		 	 (a)
	  	 Filing a Claim for Benefits
	  	 	55	  
		 	 (b)
	  	 Committee’s Notice of Decision
	  	 	55	  
		 	 (c)
	  	 Appeal of Adverse Benefit Determination
	  	 	56	  
		 	 (d)
	  	 Legal Actions
	  	 	56	  
		
	 ARTICLE 11 RIGHT TO ALTER, AMEND OR TERMINATE
	  	 	57	  
			
	 Section 11.1
	 	 Plan Amendments
	  	 	57	  
		 	 (a)
	  	 Right to Alter or Amend
	  	 	57	  
		 	 (b)
	  	 Officers Right to Make Limited Amendments
	  	 	57	  
		 	 (c)
	  	 Limitations on Power of Amendment
	  	 	57	  
		 	 (d)
	  	 Form of Amendment
	  	 	58	  
	 Section 11.2
	 	 Plan Termination
	  	 	58	  
		 	 (a)
	  	 Right to Terminate
	  	 	58	  
		 	 (b)
	  	 Disposition of Assets on Termination
	  	 	58	  
	 Section 11.3
	 	 Merger or Consolidation
	  	 	58	  
		
	 ARTICLE 12 DIRECT ROLLOVERS
	  	 	59	  
			
	 Section 12.1
	 	 Direct Rollovers
	  	 	59	  

  
 - vi - 

									
	 Section 12.2
	 	 Definitions
	  	 	59	  
		 	(a)	  	 Eligible Rollover Distribution
	  	 	59	  
		 	(b)	  	 Eligible Retirement Plan
	  	 	59	  
		 	(c)	  	 Distributee
	  	 	59	  
		 	(d)	  	 Direct Rollover
	  	 	59	  
		
	 ARTICLE 13 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
	  	 	60	  
			
	 Section 13.1
	 	 New York and Applicable Federal Law Govern
	  	 	60	  
	 Section 13.2
	 	 Headings for Convenience
	  	 	60	  
	 Section 13.3
	 	 Rights of All Interested Parties Determined by the Terms of the Plan
	  	 	60	  
	 Section 13.4
	 	 Spendthrift Clause
	  	 	60	  
		 	(a)	  	 In General
	  	 	60	  
		 	(b)	  	 Exceptions
	  	 	60	  
		 	(c)	  	 Applicability of a Qualified Domestic Relations Order
	  	 	61	  
	 Section 13.5
	 	 Qualified Domestic Relations Order
	  	 	61	  
		 	(a)	  	 In General
	  	 	61	  
		 	(b)	  	 Pre-1985 Domestic Relations Orders
	  	 	62	  
	 Section 13.6
	 	 Notice to Employees
	  	 	62	  
	 Section 13.7
	 	 No Employment Rights Created
	  	 	62	  
	 Section 13.8
	 	 Diversion from Employees Prohibited
	  	 	62	  
	 Section 13.9
	 	 Right to Judicial Accounting
	  	 	62	  
	 Section 13.10
	 	 Transfer of Funds to Another Plan
	  	 	63	  
		 	(a)	  	 In General.
	  	 	63	  
		 	(b)	  	 Transfer of Assets and Liabilities for Certain Former Eligible Employees Who Continue Employment with the Company
	  	 	63	  
	 Section 13.11
	 	 Forfeiture on Account of Inability to Locate Participant or Beneficiary
	  	 	63	  
	 Section 13.12
	 	 Incapacity of Person Entitled to Payment
	  	 	64	  
	 Section 13.13
	 	 Adoption of Plan by Organization Under Common Control
	  	 	64	  
	 Section 13.14
	 	 Rules Relating to the Correction of Administrative Errors
	  	 	64	  
		
	 ARTICLE 14 MODIFIED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS
	  	 	65	  
			
	 Section 14.1
	 	 General Rules
	  	 	65	  
		 	(a)	  	 Effective Date
	  	 	65	  
		 	(b)	  	 Coordination with Minimum Distribution Requirements Previously in Effect
	  	 	65	  
		 	(c)	  	 Precedence
	  	 	65	  
		 	(d)	  	 Requirements of Treasury Regulations Incorporated
	  	 	65	  
		 	(e)	  	 TEFRA Section 242(b)(2) Elections
	  	 	65	  
	 Section 14.2
	 	 Time and Manner of Distribution
	  	 	65	  
		 	(a)	  	 Required Beginning Date
	  	 	65	  
		 	(b)	  	 Death of Participant Prior to Distribution
	  	 	65	  
		 	(c)	  	 Death of Participant After Distributions Commence
	  	 	65	  
	 Section 14.3
	 	 Calculation of Required Minimum Distributions
	  	 	66	  
	 Section 14.4
	 	 Definitions
	  	 	66	  
		 	(a)	  	 Designated beneficiary
	  	 	66	  

  
 - vii - 

									
		 	 (b)
	  	 Distribution calendar year
	  	 	66	  
		 	 (c)
	  	 Participant’s account balance
	  	 	66	  
		 	 (d)
	  	 Required beginning date
	  	 	66	  
		
	 SCHEDULE A
	  	 	67	  

  
 - viii - 

 INTRODUCTION 

The Board of Directors of National Fuel Gas Company authorized the adoption of the National Fuel Gas Company Tax-Deferred Savings Plan for
Non-Union Employees having an original effective date of July 1, 1984. The Plan has been amended from time to time thereafter. The Board now wishes to amend and restate the terms of the Plan, continuing the Plan for the benefit of eligible
employees of National Fuel Gas Company and its related companies, with such amendment and restatement generally effective as of January 1, 2010, except as otherwise hereinafter provided. 

The funds to provide benefits under this Plan have been and will continue to be held, managed, invested and disbursed in accordance with the
terms of this Plan and the separate Trust Agreement established as the funding vehicle under the Plan. This Plan document, together with the separate Trust Agreement, are designed to constitute a qualified plan under Section 401 and
Section 501 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. 
 Thus, National Fuel Gas Company hereby amends and restates the Plan as
follows: 

 ARTICLE 1 

NAME, EFFECTIVE DATE AND BASIC PLAN DEFINITIONS 

Section 1.1 Name of Plan. The name of the Plan is the “National Fuel Gas Company Tax-Deferred Savings
Plan for Non-Union Employees.” 
 Section 1.2 Effective Date. The original effective date of the Plan
is July 1, 1984. The effective date of this restatement is January 1, 2010, except as otherwise provided in this document. 

Section 1.3 Basic Definitions. 

(a) Affiliated Corporation means any corporation that is a member of a controlled group of corporations, as defined in
Section 414(b) of the Code, that includes the Company. 
 (b) Affiliated Service Organization means any service
organization that is a member of an affiliated service group, as defined in Section 414(m) of the Code, that includes the Company. 

(c) Business Day means a day the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading. 

(d) Cash-Out Limit means $1,000 for Cash-Outs made after March 27, 2005. 

(e) Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. 

(f) Common Stock Fund means any unsegregated fund consisting solely of common stock of National held by the Trustees for the
purpose of investing Plan contributions. 
 (g) Company means National and any Organization Under Common Control that adopts
the Plan in accordance with Section 13.13 and is listed in Schedule A, as it may hereafter be amended from time to time. 
 (h)
Date of Hire means the date an Employee of the Company first completes an Hour of Service. 
 (i) Eligible Employee
means, except as otherwise provided, any Employee of the Company who is customarily employed in the United States, except: 

(1) Employees Covered by Collective Bargaining Agreement. Employees included in a unit of Employees covered by an
agreement that the Secretary of Labor finds to be a collective bargaining agreement between the Company and Employee representatives (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(46) of the Code) if there is evidence that retirement benefits were the
subject of good faith bargaining and the terms of the collective bargaining agreement do not specifically provide for participation in the Plan. 

  
 - 1 - 

 (2) Nonresident Aliens. Employees who are nonresident aliens
(within the meaning of Section 7701(b)(1)(B) of the Code) who received no earned income (within the meaning of Section 911(d)(2) of the Code) from the Company that constitutes income from sources within the United States (within the
meaning of Section 861(a)(3) of the Code) in the relevant Plan Year. 
 (3) Contingent Workers. Any
individual who is a worker: 
 (i) who has signed an independent contractor agreement or other personal services contract
with the Company stating that he or she is not eligible to participate in the Plan; 
 (ii) that the Company treats as an
independent contractor; or 
 (iii) who the Company does not treat as its Employee and who performs services for the Company
pursuant to an agreement between the Company and another person. 
 The purpose of this provision is to exclude from
participation in the Plan all persons who may actually be Employees, but who are not paid as though they are Employees, regardless of the reason they are excluded from the Company’s payroll, and regardless of whether that classification is
correct. 
 If the Company reclassifies an individual as an Employee, he or she may be an Eligible Employee prospectively
from the effective date of the reclassification only, and then only if he or she otherwise satisfies the requirements of this Plan. 

If an individual not classified by the Company as an Employee is retroactively reclassified as an Employee by any governmental
or regulatory authority, the individual will nonetheless be deemed to have become an Eligible Employee only prospectively on the event of the reclassification (and not retroactively to the date on which he or she was found to have first become an
Employee for any other purpose), and then only if he or she otherwise satisfies the requirements of the Plan. 
 (4)
Certain Hourly Employees. Any person employed by Utility Constructors, Inc. whose pay is determined on an hourly basis and, for the period from January 1, 1997 through December 31, 1998, any person employed by Highland Forest
Resources, Inc. (formerly, Highland Land and Minerals, Inc.) whose pay is determined on an hourly basis. 
 (5) Leased
Employees. Individuals who, under an agreement between the recipient and any other person (“leasing organization”), performed services on a substantially full-time basis for a period of at least one year for, and under the primary
direction and control of, the recipient (or the recipient and any related persons as determined under Section 414(n)(6) of the Code). 

(6) Customer Support Representatives. Each individual who is employed as a “Customer Support Representative
I” or “Customer Support Representative II”. 

  
 - 2 - 

 (j) Employee means any common law employee of the Company. 

(k) Entry/Adjustment Date means any date established by the Committee in advance of any Plan Year on which a Participant either
may enter the Plan or change his or her contribution percentage. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence and solely for purposes of Section 3.1, in the case of a Participant whose Base Salary is reduced during the course of a Plan Year as a
result of the Participant electing unpaid leave under the Family & Medical Leave Act of 1993, as a result of a workers compensation benefit or as a result of the enforcement of the Company’s sick pay policy, as it may be in effect from
time to time, the Committee may declare that an additional Entry/Adjustment Date will have occurred for such Participant as of the date such Participant’s Base Salary is reduced. The intent of this provision is to prevent a violation of
Section 415 of the Code due to an unexpected decrease in Base Salary. 
 (l) ERISA means the Employee Retirement Income
Security Act of 1974, as amended. 
 (m) Group I Employees means Eligible Employees who are (i) Non-Supervisory Employees
of National, National Fuel Gas Supply Corporation, National Fuel Gas Distribution Corporation and Leidy-Hub, Inc. (formerly Enerop Corporation); (ii) Non-Supervisory Employees of Seneca Resources Corporation - East whose first Hour of Service
with Seneca Resources Corporation was performed before January 1, 1997 and who elected not to be covered by the Seneca Resources Corporation Flexible Benefits Plan; (iii) Non-Supervisory Employees of Seneca Resources Corporation -
Northeast whose first Hour of Service was performed before January 1, 1997; (iv) Non-Supervisory Employees of National Fuel Resources, Inc.; and (v) Supervisory Employees of Utility Constructors, Inc. Notwithstanding the preceding
sentence, (1) for the period from February 1, 1997 through December 31, 1997, “Group I Employees” included Supervisory Employees of National Fuel Resources, Inc. whose first Hour of Service was performed on or after
October 31, 1994, and (2) for the period from February 1, 1997 through December 31, 1998, “Group I Employees” included Supervisory Employees of Highland Forest Resources, Inc. (formerly, Highland Land and Minerals,
Inc.) 
 Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, for the period January 1, 1997 through January 31, 1997, “Group I
Employees” means (x) Non-Supervisory Employees (i.e., those employees who are paid on an hourly basis) of National, National Fuel Gas Supply Corporation, National Fuel Gas Distribution Corporation, Penn-York Energy Corporation until its
disposition on July 1, 1994, Empire Exploration, Inc. until its disposition on July 1, 1994, National Fuel Resources, Inc. and Leidy-Hub, Inc. (formerly Enerop Corporation); (y) the Non-Supervisory Employees of Seneca Resources
Corporation who are employed in New York or Pennsylvania (hereafter referred to as “Seneca North East”); and (z) all Supervisory Employees (i.e., those employees who are paid on a salaried basis) of Utility Constructors, Inc. and
Highland Forest Resources, Inc. (formerly, Highland Land and Minerals, Inc.), and all employees of Seneca Resources Corporation who are not employed in New York or Pennsylvania (hereafter referred to as “Seneca South West”). 

  
 - 3 - 

 Effective as of January 1, 2003, the term “Group I Employees” will also include
Eligible Employees who (i) are Non-Supervisory Employees of Horizon Energy Development, Inc. and (ii) were employed as Non-Supervisory Employees of National Fuel Gas Distribution Corporation as of December 31, 2002. 

(n) Group II Employees means Eligible Employees who are (i) Supervisory Employees of National, National Fuel Gas Supply
Corporation, National Fuel Gas Distribution Corporation and Leidy-Hub, Inc. (formerly Enerop Corporation); (ii) Supervisory Employees of Seneca Resources Corporation - Northeast whose first Hour of Service was performed before January 1,
1997; (iii) Supervisory Employees of Seneca Resources Corporation - East whose first Hour of Service with Seneca Resources Corporation was performed before January 1, 1997 and who elected not to be covered by the Seneca Resources
Corporation Flexible Benefits Plan; and (iv) Supervisory Employees of National Fuel Resources, Inc. Notwithstanding clause (iv) of the preceding sentence, for the period from February 1, 1997 through December 31, 1997,
“Group II Employees” includes only those Supervisory Employees of National Fuel Resources, Inc. whose first Hour of Service was performed before October 31, 1994. 

Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, for the period January 1, 1997 through January 31, 1997, “Group II Employees”
means all executive and Supervisory Employees (i.e., those employees who are paid on a salaried basis) of the corporations listed in item (x) of Subsection (m), as well as the executive and Supervisory Employees of Seneca Northeast (as defined
in item (y) of Subsection (m)). 
 Effective as of January 1, 2003, the term “Group II Employees” will also include
Eligible Employees who (i) are Supervisory Employees of Horizon Energy Development, Inc. or Horizon Power, Inc. and (ii) who were employed as Supervisory Employees of National Fuel Gas Distribution Corporation or as Supervisory Employees
of National Fuel Gas Supply Corporation as of December 31, 2002. 
 Effective as of January 1, 2007, the term “Group II
Employees” will also include Eligible Employees who are Supervisory Employees of Empire State Pipeline Company, LLC and who satisfy (1) or (2) below: 

(1) The Eligible Employee’s first Hour of Service with Empire State Pipeline Company, LLC was on or before March 10,
2003; or 
 (2) The Eligible Employee is a Transferred Empire State Pipeline Company, LLC Employee. For purposes of this
paragraph, a “Transferred Empire State Pipeline Company, LLC Employee” is an individual who (a) is employed by Empire State Pipeline Company, LLC, (b) was a Participant in the Plan prior to the date he or she was credited with
his or her first Hour of Service with Empire State Pipeline Company, LLC, and (c) was credited with at least one Hour of Service with a Company other then Empire State Pipeline Company, LLC within the six-month period immediately prior to the
date he or she was credited with their first Hour of Service with Empire State Pipeline Company, LLC. 
 Effective June 1, 2010, the
term “Group II Employees” will also include an Eligible Employee who is a Transferred National Fuel Gas Midstream Corporation Employee. 

  
 - 4 - 

 
For purposes of this paragraph, a “Transferred National Fuel Gas Midstream Corporation Employee” is an individual who (a) is a Supervisory Employee of National Fuel Gas Midstream
Corporation, (b) was a Participant in the Plan prior to the date he or she was credited with his or her first Hour of Service with National Fuel Gas Midstream Corporation, and (c) was credited with at least one Hour of Service with a
Company other than National Fuel Gas Midstream Corporation within the last six-month period immediately prior to the date he or she was credited with his or her first Hour of Service with National Fuel Gas Midstream Corporation. 

(o) Group III Employees means all Eligible Employees who are Supervisory Employees and Non-Supervisory Employees of Highland
Forest Resources, Inc. (formerly, Highland Land and Minerals, Inc., now known as Highland Forest Resources, Inc.). 
 Notwithstanding the
preceding paragraph, for the period from February 1, 1997 through January 31, 2001, “Group III Employees” means all Eligible Employees who are (i) Non-Supervisory Employees and Supervisory Employees of Seneca Resources
Corporation - East whose first Hour of Service with Seneca Resources Corporation was performed before January 1, 1997 and who elected to be covered by the Seneca Resources Corporation Flexible Benefits Plan; (ii) Non-Supervisory Employees
and Supervisory Employees of Seneca Resources Corporation - West and Seneca Resources Corporation - Gulf Coast; (iii) Non-Supervisory Employees and Supervisory Employees of Seneca Resources Corporation - East whose first Hour of Service with
Seneca Resources Corporation was performed on or after January 1, 1997; and (iv) notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 1.3(m)(iii) and (n)(ii), Non-Supervisory and Supervisory Employees of Seneca Resources Corporation - Northeast
whose first Hour of Service with Seneca Resources Corporation - Northeast was performed on or after January 1, 1997. For the period from January 1, 1999 through January 31, 2001, “Group III Employees” also includes
Supervisory Employees and Non-Supervisory Employees of Highland Forest Resources, Inc. (formerly, Highland Land and Minerals, Inc.) 

Effective November 1, 2010, the term “Group III Employees” will also include Eligible Employees who (i) are
Non-Supervisory Employees of National Fuel Gas Midstream Corporation, and (ii) were employed as Non-Supervisory Employees of Highland Forest Resources, Inc. (formerly known as Highland Land and Minerals, Inc.) as of October 31, 2010. 

(p) Group IV Employees means all Eligible Employees who are (i) Non-Supervisory Employees and Supervisory Employees of
Seneca Resources Corporation - East whose first Hour of Service with Seneca Resources Corporation was performed before January 1, 1997 and who elected to be covered by the Seneca Resources Corporation Flexible Benefits Plan;
(ii) Non-Supervisory Employees and Supervisory Employees of Seneca Resources Corporation - West and Seneca Resources Corporation - Gulf Coast; (iii) Non-Supervisory Employees and Supervisory Employees of Seneca Resources Corporation - East
whose first Hour of Service with Seneca Resources Corporation was performed on or after January 1, 1997; and (iv) notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 1.3(m)(iii) and (n)(ii), Non-Supervisory and Supervisory Employees of Seneca
Resources Corporation - Northeast whose first Hour of Service with Seneca Resources Corporation - Northeast was performed on or after January 1, 1997. 

  
 - 5 - 

 (q) Hour of Service means 

(1) Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment, for the performance of duties for the Company. These hours
will be credited to the Employee for the computation period in which the duties are performed. 
 (2) Each hour for which an
Employee is paid, or entitled to payment, by the Company on account of a period of time during which no duties are performed (irrespective of whether the employment relationship has terminated) due to vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity
(including disability), layoff, jury duty, military duty or leave of absence. No more than 501 Hours of Service will be credited under this paragraph for any single continuous period (whether or not such period occurs in a single computation
period). Hours under this paragraph will be calculated and credited pursuant to Section 2530.200b-2 of the Department of Labor Regulations which is incorporated by reference. 

(3) Each hour for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, is either awarded or agreed to by the Company. The
same Hours of Service will not be credited both under (1) or (2), as the case may be, and under this paragraph. Hours of Service will be credited to the Employee for the computation period or periods the award or agreement pertains to rather
than the computation period in which the award, agreement or payment is made. 
 Solely for purposes of determining whether a One-Year Break
in Service for participation and vesting purposes has occurred in a computation period, an Employee who is absent from work for maternity or paternity reasons will receive credit for the Hours of Service the Employee would otherwise have received
credit, but for the absence, or in any case in which the Employee’s hours cannot be determined, 8 Hours of Service for each day of the absence. For purposes of this paragraph, an absence from work for maternity or paternity reasons means an
absence by reason of: 
 (i) the Employee’s pregnancy, 

(ii) the birth of the Employee’s child, 

(iii) the placement of a child with the Employee in connection with the Employee’s adoption of the child, or 

(iv) the Employee caring for his or her child for a period beginning immediately following the child’s birth or placement
with the Employee. 
 Hours of Service credited under this paragraph will be credited to the computation period in which the absence begins if the crediting
is necessary to prevent a One-Year Break in Service in that period, or in all other cases, to the following computation period. Under this paragraph, not more than 501 Hours of Service will be credited to an Employee with respect to any single
continuous period during which the Employee performs no duties for the Company. An Employee who is absent from work for any period described in this paragraph must submit to the Committee, within 60 days of his or her return to work, a written
statement establishing that the absence was due to one or more of the reasons enumerated in this paragraph and the number of days the Employee was absent. The Employee’s statement must be filed with the Committee on forms provided by it. 

  
 - 6 - 

 Hours of Service will be determined on the basis of actual hours credited. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Committee does not maintain records accounting for actual Hours of Service performed by an Employee, the
Employee will be credited with 45 Hours of Service for each week the Employee would be credited with at least 1 Hour of Service during the week. 

An Employee will be credited with 45 Hours of Service for each week he is on unpaid leave of absence for less than 12 months and for each week
he or she is in military service if he or she has statutory reemployment rights. 
 (r) Investment Funds means the investment
vehicles in which contributions are invested in accordance with Article 8. 
 (s) National means National Fuel Gas Company, a
New Jersey corporation, and its successors. 
 (t) Non-Supervisory Employees means Eligible Employees, as defined in
Section 1.3(i), who are paid on an hourly basis. 
 (u) Officer means those individuals designated from time to time by
National’s Board of Directors as “officers” for certain Securities Exchange Commission purposes. 
 (v) One-Year Break
in Service means a Plan Year during which an Employee completes fewer than 501 Hours of Service. 
 (w) Organization Under
Common Control means (i) an Affiliated Corporation, (ii) a Related Business, (iii) an Affiliated Service Organization or (iv) any other entity required to be aggregated with the Company pursuant to Section 414(o) of
the Code and the regulations thereunder. 
 (x) Participant means an Eligible Employee who meets the eligibility requirements
of Article 2 and is a Group I Employee, a Group II Employee, a Group III Employee, or a Group IV Employee. 
 (y) Plan means
the National Fuel Gas Company Tax-Deferred Savings Plan for Non-Union Employees, together with any amendments to the Plan. 
 (z) Plan
Year means the 12-month period beginning each January 1 and ending on the following December 31. 
 (aa) Related
Business means any trade or business included in a group of trades or businesses with the Company that are under common control, as defined in Section 414(c) of the Code. 

  
 - 7 - 

 (bb) Supervisory Employees means Eligible Employees, as defined in
Section 1.3(i), who are paid on a salaried basis, including executives. 
 (cc) Thrift Plan means the National Fuel Gas
Company Employees’ Thrift Plan. 
 (dd) Totally and Permanently Disabled means a disability that renders the Participant
unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or to be of long-continued and indefinite duration. Disability will be determined by
the Committee in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner, on the basis of a medical doctor’s certificate. 
 (ee) Trust
means the assets held in trust pursuant to a separate Trust Agreement between National and the Trustees, including any subsequent agreement with a successor Trustee, as each such agreement may be amended from time to time, for the purpose of
providing benefits to Participants under the Plan. 
 (ff) Trustees means the person or persons appointed by the Board of
Directors of National to act as Trustees of the Trust, unless the Committee selects a successor Trustee pursuant to Section 10.2, and with whom National enters into a separate Trust Agreement. 

(gg) Year of Participation Service means (1) the 12-consecutive month period commencing with an Employee’s Date of
Hire and ending on the last day before the anniversary of his or her Date of Hire, or (2) a Plan Year commencing after the Employee’s Date of Hire, during which he or she completes at least 1,000 Hours of Service. 

(hh) Year of Service means a 12-consecutive-month period during which a Participant is credited with at least 1,000 Hours of
Service. The 12-consecutive-month period will be measured from the Participant’s Date of Hire and anniversaries thereof. Separate periods of employment will be aggregated to determine a Participant’s Years of Service. 

Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, in the case of a Participant who was employed by Whittier Trust Company on March 31, 1998 and
became an employee of Seneca Resources Corporation on April 1, 1998, or who was employed by Bakersfield Energy Resources, Inc. on May 31, 1998 and became an employee of Seneca Resources Corporation on June 1, 1998, the Participant
will be credited with his or her Years of Service performed while he or she was employed by Whittier Trust Company or Bakersfield Energy Resources, Inc. 

Notwithstanding the first paragraph hereof, in the case of a Participant who is a Non-Supervisory Employee employed by Highland Forest
Resources, Inc. (formerly, Highland Land and Minerals, Inc.), the Participant will be credited with all of his or her Years of Service performed for Highland Forest Resources, Inc. (formerly, Highland Land and Minerals, Inc.) starting with the first
12 consecutive month period measured from the Participant’s Date of Hire. 
 (ii) Post-2003 Participant means a
Participant who has completed at least one Year of Participation Service and: (a) whose first Hour of Service with a Company (not considering Hours of Service credited while in a seasonal, temporary or part-time classification) is credited on
or after July 1, 2003 and who is other than a Non-Supervisory Employee of Highland Forest Resources, Inc. (formerly known as Highland Land and Minerals, Inc.); (b) whose first Hour of Service (not considering Hours of Service credited
while in a seasonal, 

  
 - 8 - 

 
temporary or part-time classification) is credited before July 1, 2003, who has never been a Participant under the National Fuel Gas Company Retirement Plan, and who is other than a
Non-Supervisory Employee of Highland Forest Resources, Inc. (formerly know as Highland Land and Minerals, Inc.) or a Non-Supervisory Employee of National Fuel Gas Midstream Corporation; (c) who is employed by National Fuel Resources, Inc.
(“NFR”) (other than a Transferred NFR Employee, as defined in the National Fuel Gas Company Retirement Plan) and whose first Hour of Service with NFR was credited on or after October 1, 1994; (d) who was a Non-Supervisory
Employee of Highland Forest Resources, Inc. and becomes a Supervisory Employee of Highland Forest Resources, Inc. on or after July 1, 2003; (e) whose first Hour of Service (not considering Hours of Service credited while in a seasonal,
temporary or part-time classification) is credited before July 1, 2003, was a Participant under the National Fuel Gas Company Retirement Plan, who is rehired on or after December 1, 2004 and who, prior to date of rehire, received a
distribution of his or her accrued benefit under the National Fuel Gas Company Retirement Plan, in a lump sum distribution; or (f) who was a nonvested Participant under the National Fuel Gas Company Retirement Plan upon termination of
employment, who is rehired on or after December 1, 2004, who prior to date of rehire was deemed to receive a cash-out distribution of his or her accrued benefit under the National Fuel Gas Company Retirement Plan, and who accrues no additional
benefits under the terms of the National Fuel Gas Company Retirement Plan following his or her date of rehire. The term “Post-2003 Participant” specifically excludes the following: 

(1) General Management Associates. Any Employee who is hired into or holds the position of “General
Management Associate.” 
 (2) Horizon Energy Development, Inc. or Horizon Power, Inc. Employees. Each
individual who is employed by either Horizon Energy Development, Inc. or Horizon Power, Inc. 
 (3) Empire State
Pipeline Company, LLC Employees. Each individual who is employed by Empire State Pipeline Company, LLC. 
 (4)
Customer Support Representatives. Each individual who is employed as a “Customer Support Representative I” or “Customer Support Representative II”. 

(jj) Year of Vesting Service means each 12-consecutive month period commencing on an Employee’s Date of Hire and
anniversaries thereof during which an Employee is credited with 1,000 or more Hours of Service. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant’s Years of Vesting Service will not include the period prior to the date on which the Participant
attained age 18. 
 (kk) Year of Company Contribution Service means each 12-consecutive month period during which an Employee
is credited with 1,000 or more Hours of Service performed while employed in a classifcation set forth in Section 1.3(ii)(a) through 1.3(ii)(f); provided, however, that for a Post-2003 Participant who meets the conditions in
Section 1.3(ii)(c), Years of Company Contribution Service includes service performed as such a Post-2003 Participant before July 1, 2003. Except for a Post-2003 Participant who meets the conditions in Section 1.3(ii)(c), the
12-consecutive month period will be measured from the later of the Employee’s Date of Hire or commencement of employment in a classification set forth in 

  
 - 9 - 

 
Section 1.3(ii)(a) through 1.3(ii)(f), and anniversaries thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for Supervisory Employees of Highland Forest Resources, Inc., the 12-consecutive month period
described in the preceding sentence commences on the later of the Employee’s Date of Hire or the date on which the Employee becomes a Supervisory Employee. 

Section 1.4 Rights of Former Employees and Obligations of the Company. Except as otherwise provided in the
Plan, the rights of Employees covered under the Plan who retired or otherwise separated from the service of the Company before the effective date of this restated Plan and the obligations of the Company on any date before the effective date of this
restated Plan are governed by the terms of the Plan in effect on that date. On and after the effective date of this restatement, the rights of Employees who retire or otherwise separate from the service of the Company and the obligations of the
Company are governed by this restated Plan, together with any amendments to the Plan. 
 Section 1.5 Transfers of Accounts
From Thrift Plan. Certain amounts credited to a Participant’s accounts under the National Fuel Gas Company Employees’ Thrift Plan (the “Thrift Plan”) are transferred to this Plan as of August 1, 2003. Amounts
transferred from the Thrift Plan are allocated to the Participant’s Thrift Account. 

  
 - 10 - 

 ARTICLE 2  

ELIGIBILITY FOR PARTICIPATION 

Section 2.1 Age and Service Requirements. Each Eligible Employee who was a Participant in the Plan prior to
July 1, 2003 will continue as a Participant subject to the terms of this Plan. Each other Eligible Employee will become a Participant in the Plan on the first Entry/Adjustment Date coincident with or following the later of (a) his or her
completion of one Year of Participation Service, and (b) his or her attainment of age 21. 
 Each Eligible Employee who completes the
service requirement in (a), but who has a Severance from Employment before the Entry/Adjustment Date will immediately become a Participant when he or she returns to the service of the Company unless the Eligible Employee, when he or she returns to
the service of the Company, has not yet satisfied the age requirement in (b). Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, an Eligible Employee will not commence participation in the Plan before the Entry/Adjustment Date that otherwise would have applied
had the Participant not had a Severance from Employment. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Eligible Employee who has 1,000 Hours of
Service by the last day of the sixth month of a 12-month computation period, or by the last day of any subsequent month of that period, may, on the first day of the first payroll period that begins after that date, make Salary Reduction
Contributions under Section 3.1 and receive Matching Contributions under Section 3.3 and will be treated as a “Participant” for purposes of Sections 3.1 and 3.3 but not for purposes of Section 3.2. 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article, in the case of an Eligible Employee who was employed by Whittier Trust Company on
March 31, 1998, and became an employee of Seneca Resources Corporation on April 1, 1998, the Eligible Employee will not be required to satisfy the eligibility service requirement described above and will be eligible to commence
participation on the first day of the first payroll period that begins after April 1, 1998. 
 Notwithstanding any other provision of
this Article, in the case of an Eligible Employee who was employed by Bakersfield Energy Resources on May 31, 1998, and became an employee of Seneca Resources Corporation on June 1, 1998, the Eligible Employee will not be required to
satisfy the eligibility service requirements described above and will be eligible to commence participation on the first day of the first payroll period that begins after June 1, 1998. 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article, in the case of an Eligible Employee who is employed by Highland Forest Resources, Inc.
(formerly, Highland Land and Minerals, Inc.) as of January 1, 1999, the Eligible Employee will not be required to satisfy the eligibility service requirements described above and will be eligible to commence participation on the first day of
the first payroll period that begins on January 1, 1999. This waiver of the eligibility service requirements will not apply to any Eligible Employee who is hired by or commences employment with Highland Forest Resources, Inc. (formerly,
Highland Land and Minerals, Inc.) after January 1, 1999. 

  
 - 11 - 

 Section 2.2 Change in Employment Status. 

(a) Employee Becomes Eligible Employee. If an Employee’s status changes so that he or she becomes an Eligible Employee, he
or she will become a Participant on the later of the first Entry/Adjustment Date coincident with or following his or her satisfaction of the age and service requirements in Section 2.1 or the first day of the first payroll period that begins on
or after the date of the change in status. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, an individual who is an Eligible Employee and who previously
was a member of the National Fuel Gas Company Tax-Deferred Savings Plan (the “Union Plan”), but who ceased to be a member of the Union Plan because of a change in employment classification, will become eligible to participate in the Plan
immediately after his or her change of employment status. 
 (b) Participant Becomes a Non-Eligible Employee. If a
Participant’s employment status changes so that he or she is no longer an Eligible Employee, the Participant is not entitled to make any Salary Reduction Contributions or receive Company Contributions or Matching Contributions with respect to
any compensation earned while he or she is not an Eligible Employee. 
 Section 2.3 Termination and Resumption of
Participation. 
 (a) Termination of Participation. Except as otherwise provided by this Section, an Eligible Employee
who is a Participant will remain a Participant until the date his or her entire nonforfeitable interest is paid to him or her or to his or her Beneficiary, or the date he or she dies, if earlier. 

(b) Inactive Participant. If a Participant has a Severance from Employment, he or she is an Inactive Participant for the Plan
Year in which the Severance from Employment occurs and for each subsequent Plan Year that he or she continues to have a Severance from Employment. 

(c) Resumption of Participation. An Inactive Participant is not entitled to make Salary Reduction Contributions or receive
Company Contributions or Matching Contributions under Article 3. However, an Inactive Participant will resume active participation and be entitled to make Salary Reduction Contributions and receive Company Contributions and Matching Contributions in
accordance with Article 3 immediately upon his or her reemployment by the Company. 
 Section 2.4 Service with and
Transfers from Organizations Under Common Control. 
 (a) Service with Organizations Under Common Control. Except as
otherwise provided in the Plan, Hours of Service completed by an Employee with an Organization Under Common Control are credited for purposes of this Article. Hours of Service are also credited to any Employee considered an Employee of any
Organization Under Common Control. 
 (b) Transfers of Employment. If an Employee transfers employment from the Company to an
Organization Under Common Control, the transfer will not be considered a Severance from Employment under the Plan, and the Employee will continue to be credited with Hours of Service as provided in Subsection (a). 

  
 - 12 - 

 ARTICLE 3 

CONTRIBUTIONS 

Section 3.1 Salary Reduction Contributions. 

(a) In General. Effective August 1, 2002 and thereafter, each Participant, in accordance with Subsection
(b) may elect to contribute a percentage amount, expressed in one percent increments, equal to at least 2% of “Base Salary” and not to exceed 50% of “Base Salary”, as defined in Section 3.8. 

For the purposes of the Plan, “Salary Reduction Contribution” means a contribution made pursuant to a Participant’s election
under this Subsection. Salary Reduction Contributions under this Subsection will be made by reducing a Participant’s Base Salary throughout the period during which his or her election under this Section remains in effect. The amount of each
Participant’s Salary Reduction Contributions will be recalculated as of each Entry/Adjustment Date, based on the Participant’s then current Base Salary. 

All Salary Reduction Contributions are intended to qualify as “employer contributions” under Section 401(k) of the Code. 

Effective as of July 1, 2005, individuals who are employed as “Customer Support Representative I” or “Customer Support
Representative II” are not eligible to make Salary Reduction Contributions. 
 (b) Salary Reduction Contribution
Elections. The Committee may prescribe uniform rules of general application concerning all elections under this Section, including the effective date of any elections, or changes to elections, made by Participants under this Section. The
rules also may limit the amount of Salary Reduction Contributions or the frequency of any changes to elections made by Participants. All elections under this Section will remain in effect until modified or discontinued by the Participant in
accordance with the rules established by the Committee. 
 For a Participant who becomes an Eligible Employee in connection with a change in
employment which results in such Employee ceasing to participate in the Union Plan (as defined in Section 2.2(a)), such Employee’s contribution election then in effect under the Union Plan (if any) will continue to be applicable on the
same terms as then in effect, until the next Entry/Adjustment Date, but such contributions will be made to this Plan following such change in employment. 

For Participants whose classification as an Eligible Employee changes, for example, changing from being Group I Employees to Group II
Employees, the respective contribution elections then in effect (if any) will continue to be applicable on the same terms as then in effect, until the next Entry/Adjustment Date. 

The Committee must provide a reasonable period at least once each calendar year for a Participant to commence Salary Reduction Contributions
or to modify the amount of his or her Salary Reduction Contributions. Furthermore, Participants, before any payroll period or other payment of Base Salary, may elect to discontinue Salary Reduction Contributions. A discontinuance of Salary Reduction
Contributions will remain in effect until a new election is made in accordance with the provisions of this Subsection. A Participant may not make retroactive elections under this Section. 

  
 - 13 - 

 (c) 402(g) Limit. A Participant’s Salary Reduction Contributions,
together with the Participant’s other elective deferrals (as defined in Section 402(g)(3) of the Code), may not exceed the dollar limitation or applicable dollar amount of Section 402(g)(1) of the Code, as adjusted by
Section 402(g)(5) of the Code, during any calendar year, except to the extent permitted under Section 3.1(d) and Section 414(v) of the Code, if applicable. If this limit is exceeded, the Committee will direct the Trustees to
distribute the excess amount in accordance with Section 3.14. 
 (d) Catch-Up Contributions. All Participants who
have attained age 50 before the close of the Plan Year will be eligible to make catch-up contributions in accordance with and subject to the limitations of Section 414(v) of the Code. Such catch-up contributions will not be taken into account
for purposes of the provisions of the Plan implementing the required limitations of Sections 402(g) and 415 of the Code. The Plan will not be treated as failing to satisfy the provisions of the Plan implementing the requirements of Sections
401(k)(11), 401(k)(12), 410(b), or 416 of the Code, as applicable, by reason of making of such catch-up contributions. This Section shall apply to contributions made after February 1, 2003. 

Section 3.2 Company Contribution. 

(a) For each calendar month, commencing with January 2004 and ending with July 2009, the Company Contribution to the Plan will be as
follows: 2% of the Company Contribution Compensation for that month for each Post-2003 Qualified Participant who has been credited with fewer than eight Years of Company Contribution Service as of the most recent Entry/Adjustment Date; and 3% of the
Company Contribution Compensation for that month for each Post-2003 Qualified Participant who has been credited with eight or more Years of Company Contribution Service as of the most recent Entry/Adjustment Date. 

(b) For each calendar month commencing with the August 1, 2009 Entry/Adjustment Date, the Company Contribution to the Plan will be
as follows: 2% of the Company Contribution Compensation for that month for each Post-2003 Qualified Participant who has been credited with fewer than six Years of Company Contribution Service as of the most recent Entry/Adjustment Date; 3% of the
Company Contribution Compensation for that month for each Post-2003 Qualified Participant who has been credited with at least six but fewer than sixteen Years of Company Contribution Service as of the most recent Entry/Adjustment Date; and 4% of the
Company Contribution Compensation for that month for each Post-2003 Qualified Participant who has been credited with sixteen or more Years of Company Contribution Service as of the most recent Entry/Adjustment Date. 

(c) For purposes of this Section and Section 3.7(d), Company Contribution Compensation for a month is the sum of: 1/12 of a Post-2003
Participant’s Base Salary as of the most recent Entry/Adjustment Date and any amounts paid to the Post-2003 Participant for the calendar month for any individual performance-related lump sum compensation paid to supervisory employees (i.e.,
lump sum payments other than expense or tuition reimbursements, moving expense reimbursements, lump sum payments for eligible unused vacation, worker’s compensation payments, award payments for suggestions, severance payments or any other
non-performance related payments). Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, Company Contribution 

  
 - 14 - 

 
Compensation will specifically include elective contributions made by a Company on the Employee’s behalf pursuant to a cash or deferred arrangement described in Section 401(k) of the
Code or an election under Section 125 or 132(f)(4) of the Code. Further, Company Contribution Compensation will specifically exclude extra pay for overtime, supper money, temporary hourly rate assignment expenses, commissions, all stock option
or SAR awards, other compensation in any form, any compensation deferred under the National Fuel Gas Company Deferred Compensation Plan (“DCP”) if that compensation was not includible in the Employee’s gross income for the year in
which it was deferred, or the receipt of compensation previously deferred under the DCP. The Company Contribution Compensation of a Post-2003 Participant taken into account in any Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2002, will not exceed
$200,000. The $200,000 limit will be adjusted for cost-of-living increases in accordance with Section 401(a)(17) of the Code. The cost-of-living adjustment in effect for a calendar year applies to Company Contribution Compensation for the Plan
Year that begins with or within such calendar year. 
 (d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, for a Participant who becomes an Eligible
Employee in connection with a change in employment which results in such Employee ceasing to participate in the Union Plan, such Employee’s Company Contributions under the Union Plan (if any) will continue on the same terms as in effect on the
most recent Entry/Adjustment Date, until the next Entry/Adjustment Date, but such contributions will be made to this Plan following such change in employment. 

Section 3.3 Matching Contributions. For each payroll period during which a Participant (other than individuals who
are employed as a “Customer Support Representative I” or “Customer Support Representative II”) makes Salary Reduction Contributions in accordance with Section 3.1, the Company will contribute to the Plan for the benefit of
the Participant in an amount equal to the Participant’s Base Salary for such payroll period, multiplied by the Matching Contribution Percentage determined in accordance with the tables that follow (“Matching Contributions”). For
purposes of calculating the Matching Contributions for any payroll period, the following rules apply: 
 (a) Base Salary for the
applicable period will be the Participant’s Base Salary in effect on the immediately preceding Entry/Adjustment Date. 
 (b) The
Matching Contribution Percentage will be determined under the following tables with reference to the rate of Salary Reduction Contributions under Section 3.1 in effect during the period and the Participant’s Years of Service. For
Participants whose classification as an Eligible Employee changes, for example, changing from being Group I Employees to Group II Employees, the Matching Contribution Percentage determined under the respective table as of the most recent
Entry/Adjustment Date will continue to be applicable following such classification change, until the next Entry/Adjustment Date. 
 (c)
A Participant’s Years of Service will be determined as of the Entry/Adjustment Date coincident with or immediately preceding the applicable period. 

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, for a Participant who becomes an Eligible Employee in connection with a change in employment which
results in such Employee ceasing to participate in the Union Plan, such Employee’s Matching Contributions under the Union Plan (if any) will discontinue and Matching Contributions will be made to this Plan following such

  
 - 15 - 

 
change in employment, based on the contribution election under the Union Plan (if any) and the Participant’s Years of Service as of the most recent Entry/Adjustment Date with the Matching
Contribution Percentage determined under the respective table under the Union Plan as of the most recent Entry/Adjustment Date, until the next Entry/Adjustment Date. 

Table for Determining Matching Contributions For Group I and Group II Employees 

Effective August 1, 2002 and Thereafter  
  

																	
	 	  	Group I Employees	 	 	Group II Employees	 
	 Years of Service
	  	Salary
Reduction
Contribution	 	 	Matching
Contribution
Percentage	 	 	Salary
Reduction
Contribution	 	 	Matching
Contribution
Percentage	 
	 Less than 5
	  	 	2-50	%* 	 	 	1.0	% 	 	 	2	% 	 	 	2.0	% 
		  				 				 	 	3	% 	 	 	2.5	% 
		  				 				 	 	4	% 	 	 	3.0	% 
		  				 				 	 	5-50	%*	 	 	3.5	% 
					
	 5 but less than 10
	  	 	2	% 	 	 	1.0	% 	 	 	2	% 	 	 	2.0	% 
		  	 	3-50	%* 	 	 	1.5	% 	 	 	3	% 	 	 	3.0	% 
		  				 				 	 	4	% 	 	 	3.5	% 
		  				 				 	 	5-50	%*	 	 	4.0	% 
					
	 10 but less than 15
	  	 	2	% 	 	 	1.0	% 	 	 	2	% 	 	 	2.0	% 
		  	 	3	% 	 	 	1.5	% 	 	 	3	% 	 	 	3.0	% 
		  	 	4-50	%* 	 	 	2.0	% 	 	 	4	% 	 	 	4.0	% 
		  				 				 	 	5-50	%* 	 	 	4.5	% 
					
	 15 but less than 20
	  	 	2	% 	 	 	1.0	% 	 	 	2	% 	 	 	2.0	% 
		  	 	3	% 	 	 	1.5	% 	 	 	3	% 	 	 	3.0	% 
		  	 	4	% 	 	 	2.0	% 	 	 	4	% 	 	 	4.0	% 
		  	 	5	% 	 	 	2.5	% 	 	 	5	% 	 	 	5.0	% 
		  	 	6-50	%* 	 	 	3.0	% 	 	 	6-50	%* 	 	 	5.5	% 
					
	 20 or more
	  	 	2	% 	 	 	1.0	% 	 	 	2	% 	 	 	2.0	% 
		  	 	3	% 	 	 	1.5	% 	 	 	3	% 	 	 	3.0	% 
		  	 	4	% 	 	 	2.0	% 	 	 	4	% 	 	 	4.0	% 
		  	 	5	% 	 	 	2.5	% 	 	 	5	% 	 	 	5.0	% 
		  	 	6	% 	 	 	3.0	% 	 	 	6	% 	 	 	5.5	% 
		  	 	7-50	%* 	 	 	3.5	% 	 	 	7-50	%* 	 	 	6.0	% 

  

	*	Or contributions that equal the dollar amount in effect under Section 402(g) of the Code for the Plan Year. 

  
 - 16 - 

 Table for Determining Matching Contributions For Group III Employees 

Effective August 1, 2002 and Thereafter 
  

									
	 Years of Service
	  	Salary Reduction
Contribution	 	 	Matching Contribution
Percentage	 
	 Less than 5
	  	 	2	% 	 	 	1.0	% 
		  	 	3	% 	 	 	1.5	% 
		  	 	4-50	% *	 	 	2.0	% 
			
	 5 but less than 10
	  	 	2	% 	 	 	1.0	% 
		  	 	3	% 	 	 	1.5	% 
		  	 	4	% 	 	 	2.0	% 
		  	 	5	% 	 	 	2.5	% 
		  	 	6-50	% *	 	 	3.0	% 
			
	 10 or more
	  	 	2	% 	 	 	1.0	% 
		  	 	3	% 	 	 	1.5	% 
		  	 	4	% 	 	 	2.0	% 
		  	 	5	% 	 	 	2.5	% 
		  	 	6	% 	 	 	3.0	% 
		  	 	7	% 	 	 	3.5	% 
		  	 	8-50	% *	 	 	4.0	% 

  

	*	Or contributions that equal the dollar amount in effect under Section 402(g) of the Code for the Plan Year. 

Table for Determining Matching Contributions For Group IV Employees 

Effective August 1, 2002 and Thereafter 
  

									
	 Years of Service
	  	Salary Reduction
Contribution	 	 	Matching Contribution
Percentage	 
	 Less than 5
	  	 	2	% 	 	 	2.0	% 
		  	 	3	% 	 	 	2.5	% 
		  	 	4-50	% *	 	 	3.0	% 
			
	 5 but less than 10
	  	 	2	% 	 	 	2.0	% 
		  	 	3	% 	 	 	3.0	% 
		  	 	4	% 	 	 	3.5	% 
		  	 	5	% 	 	 	4.0	% 
		  	 	6-50	% *	 	 	4.5	% 
			
	 10 or more
	  	 	2	% 	 	 	2.0	% 
		  	 	3	% 	 	 	3.0	% 
		  	 	4	% 	 	 	4.0	% 
		  	 	5	% 	 	 	4.5	% 
		  	 	6	% 	 	 	5.0	% 
		  	 	7	% 	 	 	5.5	% 
		  	 	8-50	% *	 	 	6.0	% 

  

	*	Or contributions that equal the dollar amount in effect under Section 402(g) of the Code for the Plan Year. 

  
 - 17 - 

 Section 3.4 Rollover Contributions. If permitted under a uniform,
non-discriminatory policy adopted by the Committee, a rollover contribution from another qualified plan may be made to the Plan by a Participant, as long as: 

(a) the Participant was a participant under another plan that was qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code or an annuity plan
under Section 403(a) of the Code; 
 (b) in the case of a plan qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code, the trust under
such other plan is exempt from tax under Section 501(a) of the Code; 
 (c) the Participant receives a distribution from another
plan and that plan qualifies as an eligible rollover distribution, as described in Section 402(c) of the Code; 
 (d) the
Participant furnishes evidence satisfactory to the Committee that the contribution meets conditions (a), (b) and (c); 
 (e) a
rollover contribution that is not a direct rollover as described in Section 401(a)(31) of the Code, is made no later than the 60th day after receipt of the distribution; and 

(f) no rollover contributions may be accepted from a conduit individual retirement account or annuity. 

A rollover contribution will be held in a separate “Rollover Account” established and maintained by the Committee as a permanent
accounting record under the Plan for the benefit of the Participant who made the rollover contribution. A Participant will at all times have a 100% nonforfeitable right to the value of the assets held in his or her Rollover Account. Amounts
allocated to a Rollover Account will be held in trust and invested in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Plan. Distributions of amounts allocated to a Rollover Account will be made when the Participant retires, dies, is disabled or
otherwise has a Severance from Employment in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Plan. 
 Section 3.5
Forfeitures. Forfeitures resulting from the application of Sections 4.2 and 13.11 will not be applied to directly increase the allocation that any Participant would otherwise receive under the Plan. Forfeitures will be used to reduce
(but not below zero) the Company Contribution under Section 3.2 for the calendar month in which the forfeitures become available. Any remaining forfeitures will be held in a suspense account and used to reduce Company Contributions for
subsequent calendar months. If the forfeitures exceed the total of Company Contributions for the Plan Year in which the forfeitures become available, the excess forfeitures will be used to reduce the Matching Contributions under Section 3.3 for
the Plan Year in which the forfeitures occur. If a suspense account is in existence at any time during a Plan Year pursuant to this Section, that account will not participate in the allocation of the Trust’s investment gains and losses. 

  
 - 18 - 

 Section 3.6 Miscellaneous Contribution Rules. 

(a) Limitations on Contributions. Salary Reduction Contributions, Company Contributions and Matching Contributions
(collectively, the “Total Contributions”) under this Article are subject to the following limitations: 
 (1) the
sum of the Total Contributions and other amounts treated as Annual Additions for any Plan Year may not exceed the Maximum Company Contribution, as determined under Section 3.9; and 

(2) Total Contributions may not exceed the maximum amount allowable as a deduction to the Company under Section 404 of the
Code. 
 (b) Timing of Contributions. The Company will deposit a Participant’s Salary Reduction Contributions with the
Trustees within the period of time permitted by the Code, ERISA and applicable regulations. Company contributions to the Trustees will be made by the Company no later than the time prescribed by law for filing its federal income tax return
(including extensions thereof) for its current taxable year and for each succeeding taxable year for the Plan Year that ends within or that is co-terminus with the taxable year of the Company. The Company may contribute this amount or amounts at any
time; and it may make any Company contribution in two or more installments. However, no Company contribution will be made for any Plan Year to the extent that it would not be deductible. 

Section 3.7 Allocations of Contributions and Forfeitures. 

(a) Maintenance of Accounts. The Committee will establish and maintain, as a permanent accounting record under the Plan, a
“Savings Account,” a “Retirement Savings Account,” a “Matching Contribution Account,” a “Thrift Account” and a “Rollover Account” in the name of each Participant. 

(b) Allocation of Salary Reduction Contributions. The Committee will allocate to each Participant’s Savings Account the
Participant’s Salary Reduction Contributions, if any, as of a date or dates determined by the Committee. 
 (c) Allocation of
Matching Contributions. The Committee will allocate to the Matching Contribution Account of each Participant so much of the total Matching Contributions for the calendar month and the forfeitures resulting from the application of
Section 13.11, if any, as will equal the Participant’s Matching Contribution for the calendar month, as determined under Section 3.3. The allocations will be made as of a date or dates determined by the Committee. 

(d) Allocation of Company Contribution. As of the last business day of each month, commencing with January 2004, the Committee
will allocate to the Retirement Savings Account of each Post-2003 Qualified Participant the Participant’s Company Contribution for the calendar month, as determined under Section 3.2. The term “Post-2003 Qualified Participant”
for any month means a Post-2003 Participant who is credited with at least one Hour of Service during that month and who either (1) is employed by the Company on the last day of the month or (2) terminates employment during the month by
reason of (i) retirement on or after his or her Normal Retirement Date or Disability Retirement Date or (ii) death. 

  
 - 19 - 

 Section 3.8 Base Salary. Unless otherwise provided, the term
“Base Salary” for any Plan Year means Participant’s basic compensation for a payroll period, excluding compensation under the National Fuel Gas Company Deferred Compensation Plan, when deferred and when received, any amounts the
Participant receives as overtime pay, commissions or other special pay, fees, bonuses or allowances, but including salary contribution payments made by the Company on account of sickness or accident. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Base Salary” includes contributions made by the Company pursuant to a salary reduction agreement
that are not includable in the Participant’s gross income under Section 125, 402(e)(3), 402(h) or 403(b) of the Code and, effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2001, Section 132(f)(4) of the Code. 

The Base Salary of each Participant taken into account in determining allocations for any Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2001,
shall not exceed $200,000, as adjusted for cost-of-living increases in accordance with Section 401(a)(17)(B) of the Code. The cost-of-living adjustment in effect for a calendar year applies to Base Salary for the determination period that
begins with or within such calendar year. If a Participant’s Base Salary is determined over a period of time that is shorter than 12-months, then the $200,000 limit, as adjusted, will be prorated for the number of full calendar months in the
period. 
 Section 3.9 Limitations on Allocations. 

(a) Definitions. The following definitions (applied consistently with Code Section 415) apply for purposes of this Section:

 (1) Annual Addition has the same meaning as defined under Section 415(c)(2) of the Code and the
regulations thereunder. 
 (2) Compensation includes wages within the meaning of Section 3401(a) and all
other payments of compensation to a Participant by the Company (in the course of the Company’s trade or business) for which the Company is required to furnish the Participant a written statement under Sections 6041(d), 6051(a)(3) and 6052 of
the Code. Compensation under this paragraph (2) must be determined without regard to any rules under Section 3401(a) of the Code that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the employment or the
services performed (such as the exception for agricultural labor in Section 3401(a)(2) of the Code). Compensation also includes any amount that would be included in wages but for an election under section 125(a), 132(f)(4), 402(e)(3),
402(h)(1)(B), 402(k), or 457(b). Compensation for any Plan Year shall not exceed the limit set forth in Section 401(a)(17) of the Code for such Plan Year. 

To the fullest extent permitted by Code Section 415 and the regulations thereunder, Compensation shall also include
(i) amounts paid to a Participant after the Participant has a Severance from Employment and (ii) compensation for periods of military service and/or disability. 

For purposes of applying the limitations of this Section, Compensation for a Limitation Year means the Compensation actually
paid or made available 

  
 - 20 - 

 
during the Limitation Year. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, for Limitation Years beginning on or after January 1, 2002, Compensation for a Participant in a defined contribution plan
who is permanently and totally disabled (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code) is the Compensation the Participant would have received for the Limitation Year if the Participant had been paid at the rate of Compensation paid to him or her
immediately before becoming permanently and totally disabled. 
 (3) Limitation Year means the Plan Year,
unless a different 12- consecutive-month period is designated pursuant to a written resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of National. 

(b) Maximum Annual Addition. The Annual Addition that may be contributed or allocated to a Participant’s account under the
Plan for any Limitation Year shall not exceed the “Maximum Annual Addition,” which is the lesser of: 
 (1)
$40,000, as adjusted for increases in the cost-of-living pursuant to Section 415(d) of the Code, or 
 (2) 100 percent
of the Participant’s Compensation for the Limitation Year. The Compensation limit referred to herein will not apply to any contribution for medical benefits after separation from service (within the meaning of Section 401(h) or
Section 419A(f)(2) of the Code) which is otherwise treated as an annual addition. 
 (c) Maximum Company Contribution
means the aggregate of the Maximum Annual Additions of all Participants for the Plan Year. 
 (d) Adjustment to Reduce Annual
Additions. If the Annual Addition exceeds the limitation set forth in Section 3.9(b) for any Participant, such excess amount shall be corrected in accordance with the Employee Plans Compliance Resolution System as set forth in Revenue
Procedure 2008-50 or any superseding guidance. 
 (e) Incorporation of Section 415 by Reference. The limitations and
other provisions of Code Section 415 and Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder with respect to annual contributions and benefit accruals under the Plan are hereby incorporated by reference. 

Section 3.10 ADP Test. 

(a) In General. Annual allocations derived from Salary Reduction Contributions to a Participants’ Savings Accounts must
satisfy one of the following tests: 
 (1) The 125% Test. The Average ADP for Participants who are Highly
Compensated Employees may not exceed the prior Plan Year’s Average ADP for Participants who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees for the prior Plan Year multiplied by 1.25; or 

(2) The Alternative Limitation Test. The Average ADP for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees may
not exceed the lesser 

  
 - 21 - 

 
of the prior Plan Year’s Average ADP for Participants who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees for the prior Plan Year multiplied by 2 or the prior Plan Year’s Average ADP for
Participants who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees for the prior Plan Year plus 2 percentage points. 
 The Committee may calculate the
ADPs of Participants and, thus, determine whether the Plan satisfies the ADP Test under this Section by treating all or part of the Qualified Matching Contributions made with respect to any or all of the Participants as Salary Reduction
Contributions. The Committee may not treat Qualified Matching Contributions as Salary Reduction Contributions unless the Qualified Matching Contributions satisfy the conditions set forth in Section 1.401(k)-2(a)(6) of the Treasury Regulations.

 (b) Definitions. The following definitions apply for purposes of the Plan: 

(1) ADP, with respect to a Participant, means the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of the amount of Salary
Reduction Contributions and amounts treated as Salary Reduction Contributions, if any, allocated to the Participant’s account for a Plan Year to the Participant’s ADP Compensation for the Plan Year. The ADP of a Participant with no Salary
Reduction Contributions for a Plan Year is zero. For purposes of computing ADPs, an employee who would be a Participant but for the failure of the employee to make Salary Reduction Contributions is treated as a Participant on whose behalf no Salary
Reduction Contributions are made. 
 (2) Average ADP, with respect to a group of Participants, means the
average of the ADPs for the group of Participants. 
 (3) ADP Compensation, with respect to any Participant,
will be determined by the Committee in a manner that satisfies the requirements of Section 414(s) of the Code and the regulations thereunder. The period used to determine a Participant’s ADP Compensation for a Plan Year is either the Plan
Year or the calendar year ending within the Plan Year. Whichever period is selected must be applied uniformly to determine the ADP Compensation of every Participant for the Plan Year. If the Participant participated in the Plan for less than the
full Plan Year or calendar year, the Plan may take into account ADP Compensation for that portion of the Plan Year or calendar year during which the Participant actually participated, provided this limit is applied uniformly for all Participants for
the Plan Year. 
 (4) Highly Compensated Employee means an Employee who (i) was a 5% owner at any time
during the Plan Year or the preceding Plan Year, or (ii) for the preceding Plan Year had Compensation from the Company in excess of $80,000. The $80,000 amount is adjusted at the same time and in the same manner as under Section 415(d) of
the Code, except that the base period is the calendar quarter ending September 30, 1996. 
 For this purpose, “Determination
Year” is the Plan Year and the “Look- Back Year” is the twelve month period immediately preceding the Determination Year. 

  
 - 22 - 

 The rules in Temporary Treasury Regulation Section 414(q)-1T, A-4 and Notice 97-45 in effect
for a Determination Year will be used to determine if a former employee is a Highly Compensated Employee for that Determination Year. 
 For
Plan Years relevant to determining whether an Employee is a Highly Compensated Employee for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1996, the amendments to Section 414(q) of the Code will be treated as having been in effect for Plan Years
beginning in 1996. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company elects, pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.414(q)-1T,
Q&A-14, to make the calendar year calculation election. 
 (5) Nonhighly Compensated Employee means an
Eligible Employee who is not a Highly Compensated Employee. 
 (6) Qualified Matching Contributions are
Matching Contributions that are 100% nonforfeitable at all times and satisfy the requirements set forth in Section 1.401(k)-6 of the Treasury Regulations. 

(c) Special Rules. 

(1) Plan Aggregation - Coverage and Nondiscrimination. For purposes of this Section, if this Plan satisfies the
requirements of Sections 401(k), 401(a)(4), or 410(b) of the Code only if aggregated with one or more other plans, or if one or more other plans satisfy the requirements of Sections 401(k), 401(a)(4), or 410(b) of the Code only if aggregated with
this Plan, then this Section will be applied by determining the ADP of Participants as if all the plans were a single plan. Plans may be aggregated under this paragraph only if they have the same plan year and use the same ADP testing method. Any
adjustments to the Nonhighly Compensated Employee ADP for the prior year are made in accordance with Notice 98-1 and any superseding guidance. 

(2) Plan Aggregation - Highly Compensated Employee. For purposes of this Section, the ADP for any Participant who
is a Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year and who is eligible to have Salary Reduction Contributions allocated to his or her accounts under two or more arrangements described in Section 401(k) of the Code, that are maintained by the
Company, will be determined as if the Salary Reduction Contributions were made under a single arrangement. If a Highly Compensated Employee participates in two or more cash or deferred arrangements that have different plan years, all cash or
deferred arrangements ending with or within the same calendar year will be treated as a single arrangement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, certain plans will be treated as separate if mandatorily disaggregated under regulations under
Section 401(k) of the Code. 
 (3) Timing of Contributions. For purposes of the ADP Test, Salary Reduction
Contributions must be made before the end of the 12-month period immediately following the Plan Year to which the contributions relate. 

(4) Maintenance of Records. The Committee will maintain records that demonstrate satisfaction of the ADP Test
under this Section, including records indicating the extent to which the Plan used Matching Contributions to satisfy the test. 

  
 - 23 - 

 Section 3.11 Distribution of Excess Contributions. 

(a) In General. If for any Plan Year there are any Excess Contributions, then on or before the last day of the following Plan
Year, Excess Contributions will be distributed according to the following procedures: 
 (1) The Excess Contributions of the
Highly Compensated Employee or Employees with the largest dollar amount of Salary Reduction Contributions are reduced by distributing the amount required to cause the Highly Compensated Employee’s or Employees’ Salary Reduction
Contributions to equal the Salary Reduction Contributions of the Highly Compensated Employee or Employees with the next highest dollar amount. However, if a lesser reduction, when added to the total dollar amount already distributed under this step,
would equal the total Excess Contributions, the lesser amount is distributed. 
 (2) Repeat (1) until all Excess
Contributions are distributed. 
 Distributions of Excess Contributions will be made first from unmatched Salary Reduction Contributions
and, thereafter, simultaneously from Salary Reduction Contributions that are matched and Matching Contributions that relate to such Salary Reduction Contributions. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Committee treats Qualified Matching Contributions as Salary Reduction Contributions for purposes of the
ADP Test, distributions of Excess Contributions will be made first from unmatched Salary Reduction Contributions and, thereafter, simultaneously from Salary Reduction Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions that relate to such Salary
Reduction Contributions. 
 If any Excess Contributions are distributed more than 2 1⁄2 months after the last day of the Plan Year in which the Excess Contributions arose, then Code Section 4979 imposes an excise tax on the Company with respect to those amounts. 

(b) Excess Contributions. The term “Excess Contributions” means, with respect to a Plan Year, the excess of Salary
Reduction Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions, to the extent they are treated as Salary Reduction Contributions for purposes of the ADP Test, over the maximum amount of the contributions permitted under Section 3.10(a). Excess
Contributions also include the income allocable to the excess described in the preceding sentence. The income allocable to Excess Contributions is determined in accordance with Subsection (c). 

(c) Allocable Income/Loss. 

(1) General Rule. Except as provided in paragraph (2) below, a Participant’s Excess Contributions with
respect to a Plan Year are adjusted for any income or loss up through the end of such Plan Year (but not for the period between the end of the Plan Year and the date of the distribution). 

  
 - 24 - 

 (2) Special Rule for 2006 and 2007 Plan Years. Any Excess
Contributions made by a Participant with respect to the 2006 and 2007 Plan Years are adjusted for any income or loss up through the date of distribution. 

(3) The amount of income allocable to a Participant’s Excess Contributions under paragraph (1) or (2) above will
be determined by the Committee in a reasonable and consistent manner and in accordance with applicable Treasury Regulations. 

Section 3.12 ACP Test. 

(a) In General. Annual allocations derived from Matching Contributions to the Matching Contribution Accounts must satisfy one of
the following tests: 
 (1) The 125% Test. The Average ACP for Participants who are Highly Compensated
Employees may not exceed the prior Plan Year’s Average ACP for Participants who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees for the prior Plan Year, multiplied by 1.25. 

(2) The Alternative Limitation Test. The Average ACP for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees may
not exceed the lesser of (i) the prior Plan Year’s Average ACP for Participants who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees for the prior Plan Year, multiplied by 2, and (ii) the prior Plan Year’s Average ACP for Participants who are
Nonhighly Compensated Employees for the prior Plan Year, plus 2 percentage points. 
 The Committee may calculate the ACPs of Participants
and, thus, determine whether the Plan satisfies the ACP Test under this Section by treating all or part of the Salary Reduction Contributions as Matching Contributions. The Committee may not treat Salary Reduction Contributions as Matching
Contributions unless the Salary Reduction Contributions satisfy the conditions in Section 1.401(m)-1(b)(5) of the Treasury Regulations. The Committee may not include Salary Reduction Contributions in the ACP Test unless the Plan satisfies the
ADP Test both with and without the Salary Reduction Contributions included in the ACP Test. 
 (b) Definitions. The following
definitions apply for purposes of the Plan: 
 (1) ACP, with respect to a Participant, means the ratio
(expressed as a percentage) of the amount of Matching Contributions and amounts treated as Matching Contributions allocated to the Participant’s account for a Plan Year to the Participant’s ACP Compensation for the Plan Year. 

(2) Average ACP, with respect to a group of Participants, means the average of the ACPs for the group of
Participants. 
 (3) ACP Compensation will have the same meaning as the term ADP Compensation, as defined in
Section 3.10(b)(3). 

  
 - 25 - 

 (c) Special Rules. 

(1) Plan Aggregation - Coverage and Nondiscrimination. For purposes of this Section, if the Plan satisfies the
requirements of Code Section 40l(k), 401(a)(4) or 410(b) only if aggregated with one or more other plans, or if one or more of the other plans satisfy the requirements of Code Section 401(k), 401(a)(4) or 410(b) only if aggregated with
this Plan, then this Section will be applied by determining the Actual Deferral Percentage of Participants as if all of the plans are a single plan. Plans may be aggregated to satisfy Code Section 401(k) only if they have the same plan year and
use the same Actual Deferral Percentage testing method. Any adjustments to the Non-Highly Compensated Employee Actual Deferral Percentage for the prior year will be made in accordance with Notice 98-1 and any superseding guidance. 

(2) Plan Aggregation - Highly Compensated Employee. For purposes of this Section, the ACP for any Participant who
is a Highly Compensated Employee and who is eligible to have amounts allocated to his or her account under two or more plans described in Section 401(a) of the Code, or arrangements described in Section 401(k) of the Code that are
maintained by the Company, will be determined as if the total of the amounts was made under each plan. If a Highly Compensated Employee participates in two or more cash or deferred arrangements that have different plan years, all cash or deferred
arrangements ending with or within the same calendar year will be treated as a single arrangement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, certain plans will be treated as separate if mandatorily disaggregated under regulations under Section 401(m) of
the Code. 
 (3) Maintenance of Records. The Committee will maintain records that demonstrate satisfaction of
the ACP Test under this Section, including the extent to which the Plan treated Salary Reduction Contributions as Matching Contributions to satisfy the ACP Test. 

(4) Timing of Contributions. For purposes of the ACP Test, Matching Contributions will be considered made for a
Plan Year if made no later than the end of the 12-month period beginning on the day after the close of the Plan Year. 

Section 3.13 Distribution of Excess Aggregate Contributions. 

(a) In General. If for any Plan Year there are any Excess Aggregate Contributions, then on or before the 15th day of the third
month following the end of such Plan Year, Excess Aggregate Contributions may be forfeited, if forfeitable, or if not forfeitable, distributed according to the following procedures: 

(1) The Excess Aggregate Contributions of the Highly Compensated Employee or Employees with the largest dollar amount of
Matching Contributions are reduced by distributing the amount required to cause the Highly Compensated Employee’s or Employees’ Matching Contributions to equal the Matching 

  
 - 26 - 

 
Contributions of the Highly Compensated Employee or Employees with the next highest dollar amount. However, if a lesser reduction, when added to the total dollar amount already distributed under
this step, would equal the total Excess Aggregate Contributions, the lesser amounts distributed. 
 (2) Repeat (1) until
all Excess Aggregate Contributions are distributed. 
 The Committee will treat a Highly Compensated Employee’s allocable share of
Excess Aggregate Contributions, on a pro rata basis, as attributable to Matching Contributions and to the Salary Reduction Contributions related to those Matching Contributions that the Committee treated as Matching Contributions for purposes of the
ACP Test. 
 If any Excess Aggregate Contributions are distributed more than 2 1⁄2 months after the last day of the Plan Year in which the Excess Aggregate Contributions arose, then Code Section 4979 imposes an excise tax on the Company with respect to those amounts. 

(b) Excess Aggregate Contributions. The term “Excess Aggregate Contributions” means, with respect to a Plan Year, the
excess of Matching Contributions and Salary Reduction Contributions, to the extent they are treated as Matching Contributions for purposes of the ACP Test, over the maximum amount of the contributions permitted under Section 3.12(a). Excess
Aggregate Contributions also include the income allocable to the excess described in the preceding sentence. The income allocable to Excess Aggregate Contributions is determined in accordance with Subsection (c). 

(c) Allocable Income/Loss. 

(1) General Rule. Except as provided in paragraph (2) below, a Participant’s Excess Aggregate
Contributions with respect to a Plan Year are adjusted for any income or loss up through the end of such Plan Year (but not for the period between the end of the Plan Year and the date of the distribution). 

(2) Special Rule for 2006 and 2007 Plan Years. Any Excess Aggregate Contributions made by a Participant with
respect to the 2006 and 2007 Plan Years are adjusted for any income or loss up through the date of distribution. 
 (3) The
amount of income allocable to a Participant’s Excess Aggregate Contributions under paragraph (1) or (2) above will be determined by the Committee in a reasonable and consistent manner and in accordance with applicable Treasury
Regulations. 
 Section 3.14 Distributions of Excess Deferrals. 

(a) In General. Excess Deferrals by a Participant will be distributed to the Participant no later than the first April 15
following the close of the Participant’s taxable year, unless the Participant notifies the Plan that the Excess Deferrals or a portion thereof will be distributed from another plan. Notice under the preceding sentence must be submitted to the
Committee in writing no later than the first March 1 following the close of the Participant’s taxable year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant is deemed to have notified the Plan of Excess Deferrals for the taxable year taking
into account only Salary Reduction Contributions under the Plan. 

  
 - 27 - 

 (b) Excess Deferrals. The term “Excess Deferrals” means, with respect to
a Participant, Salary Reduction Contributions, together with other elective deferrals (as defined in Section 402(g)(3) of the Code), in excess of the dollar limitation under Section 3.1(c). Excess Deferrals also include the income
allocable to the excess described in the preceding sentence. The income allocable to Excess Deferrals is determined in accordance with Subsection (c). 

(c) Allocable Income/Loss. 

(1) General Rule. Except as provided in paragraph (2) below, a Participant’s Excess Deferrals with
respect to a Plan Year are adjusted for any income or loss up through the end of such Plan Year (but not for the period between the end of the Plan Year and the date of the distribution). 

(2) Special Rule for 2007 Plan Year. Any Excess Deferrals made by a Participant with respect to the 2007 Plan
Year are adjusted for any income or loss up through the date of distribution. 
 (3) The amount of income allocable to a
Participant’s Excess Deferrals under paragraph (1) or (2) above will be determined by the Committee in a reasonable and consistent manner and in accordance with applicable Treasury Regulations. 

Section 3.15 Coordinating Corrective Distributions. 

(a) Correcting Excess Deferrals After Distributing Excess Contributions. The amount of Excess Deferrals that may be distributed
under Section 3.14 with respect to a Participant for a taxable year is reduced by any Excess Contributions previously distributed with respect to that Participant for the Plan Year beginning with or within that taxable year. 

(b) Correcting Excess Aggregate Contributions After Distributing Excess Deferrals. The amount of Excess Contributions to be
distributed under Section 3.11 with respect to a Participant for a Plan Year is reduced by any Excess Deferrals previously distributed to that Participant for the Participant’s taxable year ending with or within that Plan Year. 

Section 3.16 Qualified Military Service. 

(a) Uniformed Services Employment and Re-employment Rights Act. Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary,
contributions, benefits and service credit with respect to qualified military service will be provided in accordance with Section 414(u) of the Code. 

(b) Death Benefits Under Qualified Active Military Service. In the case of a Participant who dies while performing qualified
military service (as defined in Code Section 414(u)), the survivors of the Participant shall be entitled to any additional benefits (other than benefit accruals relating to the period of qualified military service) provided under the Plan had
the Participant resumed and then terminated employment on account of death. This Section 3.16(b) is effective with respect to deaths occurring on or after January 1, 2007. 

  
 - 28 - 

 (c) Differential Wage Payments. Salary and wages paid to a Participant that
constitutes “differential wage payments” within the meaning of Code Section 414(u)(12) shall be treated as Compensation for the purposes of Section 3.9(a)(2) to the extent required under Code Section 414(u). This
Section 3.16(c) is effective with respect to Compensation paid after December 31, 2008. 
 (d) Severance From
Employment. For purposes of Code Section 401(k)(2)(B)(i)(I), a Participant shall be treated as having been severed from employment during any period the Participant is performing service in the uniformed services described in Code
Section 3401(h)(2)(A). This Section 3.16(d) is effective for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2008. 

  
 - 29 - 

 ARTICLE 4 

NONFORFEITABLE RIGHT TO BENEFITS 

Section 4.1 Definitions. The following definitions apply for purposes of the Plan: 

(a) Normal Retirement Age means age 65. 

(b) Normal Retirement Date means the first day of the month coincident with or following the Participant’s Normal
Retirement Age. 
 (c) Annuity Starting Date means the first day that all events have occurred that entitle the Participant to
the benefit. 
 (d) Deferred Retirement means the period beginning with a Participant’s Normal Retirement Date and ending
with the date that he or she retires from the Company. 
 (e) Required Beginning Date means April 1 of the calendar year
following the later of the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70 1⁄2 or the calendar year in which the Participant retires. The Required
Beginning Date of a 5-percent owner (within the meaning of Section 416 of the Code), however, is the April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age
70 1⁄2. 
 (f) Beneficiary means any
person (or entity) entitled to receive benefits under the Plan by reason of the death of a Participant. 
 (g) Prospective
Beneficiary means, as to any Participant, any person who (or entity which), under the Plan or any valid beneficiary designation then in effect, would become a Beneficiary on the death of the Participant. 

Section 4.2 Determination of Nonforfeitable Rights. 

(a) Upon Retirement. A Participant who attains his or her Normal Retirement Date is fully vested in, and has a 100%
nonforfeitable right to, his or her accounts. 
 (b) Upon Death or Disability. A Participant who dies while an Employee of the
Company, or whose employment terminates by reason of becoming Totally and Permanently Disabled, is fully vested in, and has a 100% nonforfeitable right to, his or her accounts. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Participant has separated from the
service of the Company and then dies or becomes Totally and Permanently Disabled, the Participant’s nonforfeitable interest in his or her Retirement Savings Account is determined under the vesting schedule in Subsection (c). 

(c) Upon Completion of Required Years of Vesting Service. A Participant will at all times be fully vested in, and have a 100%
nonforfeitable right to, his or her Savings Account, Matching Contribution Account, Thrift Account, and Rollover Account. Except as provided in Subsections (a) and (b), a Post-2003 Participant will have a nonforfeitable right to his or her
Retirement Savings Account as follows: 

  
 - 30 - 

 (1) For Company Contributions made with respect to Plan Years beginning prior to
January 1, 2007: 
  

					
	 Number of Years of Vesting Service
	  	Vested Percentage	 
		
	 Less than 5
	  	 	0	% 
		
	 5 or more
	  	 	100	% 

 (2) For Company Contributions made with respect to Plan Years beginning on or after
January 1, 2007: 
  

					
	 Number of Years of Vesting Service
	  	Vested Percentage	 
		
	 Less than 3
	  	 	0	% 
		
	 3 or more
	  	 	100	% 

  
 - 31 - 

 ARTICLE 5 

DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS 

Section 5.1 Forms and Time of Benefit Distributions. 

(a) Entitlement to Benefits. A Participant is entitled to receive a distribution of his or her nonforfeitable benefits
under the Plan if the Participant has a Severance from Employment, has attained age 59  1⁄2, or has become Totally and Permanently Disabled. 

(b) Severance from Employment. For purposes of the Plan, the term “Severance from Employment” means the termination of
a Participant’s employment with the employer maintaining the Plan. For this purpose, the term “employer” includes any entity which is aggregated with the employer maintaining the Plan pursuant to Code Section 414(b), (c), (m), or
(o). For example, if a Participant terminates his or her employment with the Company, but continues to be employed by any Organization Under Common Control, the Participant will not have a Severance from Employment. A Participant also does not have
a Severance from Employment if, in connection with a change of employment, the Participant’s new employer maintains the Plan with respect to the Participant. A new employer maintains a plan with respect to a Participant by continuing or
assuming sponsorship of the plan or by accepting a transfer of plan assets and liabilities (within the meaning of Code Section 414(l)) with respect to the Participant. 

(c) Commencement of Distributions. Distribution of benefits to which a Participant becomes entitled under Subsection
(a) may commence as soon as practicable following the Participant’s satisfaction of the conditions in Subsection (a). 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, distribution of a benefit to a Participant under the Plan must commence no later than the earlier of: 

(1) the Participant’s Required Beginning Date; or 

(2) the 60th day after the close of the Plan Year in which occurs the latest of the following: 

(i) the date on which the Participant attains his or her Normal Retirement Date, 

(ii) the 10th anniversary of the year in which the Participant commenced participation in the Plan, 

(iii) the date the Participant terminates his service with the Company (or Organization Under Common Control), or 

(iv) a date that is later than the dates described in (i), (ii) and (iii) above and that is specified in a written
election made by the Participant. The failure of a Participant to apply for and consent to a distribution pursuant to Section 5.5 is deemed to be an election to defer commencement of payment. 

(d) Form of Distribution. In general, distributions shall be made in cash. However, a Participant may elect, in the manner
prescribed by the Committee, to receive distributions from National Stock Fund A and National Stock Fund B in the form of cash or common stock of National. 

  
 - 32 - 

 Section 5.2 Amount of Distribution. When a Participant becomes
entitled to receive a distribution of a benefit in accordance with this Section, he or she may elect a full or partial distribution, provided that a Participant may not receive more than one partial distribution during any calendar year, and a
Participant may not receive a partial distribution of less than $1,000. 
 Section 5.3 Designation of Death
Beneficiary. A Participant may designate a specific Prospective Beneficiary, including any class of Prospective Beneficiaries or any contingent Prospective Beneficiaries, for the benefits provided on his or her death under the Plan. The
designation may be changed from time to time. All designations must be made in a manner acceptable to the Committee and will be effective when filed with the Committee. 

A married Participant may designate a Prospective Beneficiary other than his or her spouse if the spouse consents in writing to the
designation. Spousal consent will not be required if it is established to the Committee’s satisfaction that spousal consent cannot be obtained because either there is no spouse or the spouse cannot be located, or because of other circumstances
as provided for in applicable regulations. This consent must acknowledge the effect of the designation and must be witnessed by a representative of the Committee or notary public. No designation will be effective if the Prospective Beneficiary may
be changed without the spouse’s consent, unless the spouse’s consent expressly permits the Participant to make changes in Prospective Beneficiary designations without any requirement of the spouse’s further consent. Any consent under
this Section will be effective only with respect to the spouse who gave his or her consent. 
 Section 5.4 Death
Benefit Provisions. 
 (a) Normal Form of Payment of Death Benefits. If a Participant dies before the distribution of
his or her benefits under the Plan, the Participant’s entire nonforfeitable interest in the Plan will be distributed to his or her Beneficiary in a single lump sum payment in cash and/or property (as determined by the Committee in accordance
with a uniform, nondiscriminatory policy) as soon as practicable, but in no event later than December 31 of the calendar year in which the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death occurs (but in the case of a Participant described in
Section 5.6(b)(1), no later than December 31, 2010). Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Beneficiary may elect, in the manner prescribed by the Committee, to receive distributions from National Stock Fund A and National Stock Fund B in the
form of common stock of National. 
 (b) Multiple Beneficiaries; Order of Taking. In general, if a Participant is survived by
one or more primary Beneficiaries, benefits payable by reason of the Participant’s death will be paid only to the surviving primary Beneficiaries, and no benefit will be payable to any contingent Prospective Beneficiary. Moreover, if at least
one, but fewer than all, of the primary Prospective Beneficiaries, become Beneficiaries on the Participant’s death, the percentage interest of each in the benefit payable by reason of the Participant’s death will be

  
 - 33 - 

 
distributed to the remaining Beneficiaries in the ratio determined by comparing the percentages specified by the deceased Participant for those Beneficiaries and adjusting those percentages
accordingly. (For example, if the Participant had designated three primary Prospective Beneficiaries and indicated percentages of 20%, 30% and 50% for them respectively, and if the primary Prospective Beneficiary who would have received the 50%
interest predeceases the Participant, the surviving Beneficiaries would share the 50% potential interest of the deceased Prospective Beneficiary in a 2:3 ratio, increasing their respective interest to 40% and 60%.) 

Notwithstanding this general rule, if the Participant’s designation of Prospective Beneficiaries clearly and unambiguously (in the sole
judgment of the Committee) indicates that the interest of a particular primary Prospective Beneficiary who predeceases the Participant is to be paid to one or more specified contingent Beneficiaries (to the exclusion, as to the interest, of all
other primary Beneficiaries) and indicates the amount to be paid to each such contingent Beneficiary or the manner in which the amount is to be calculated, the interest of the deceased Prospective Beneficiary will be paid to the designated
contingent Beneficiaries in the amounts so determined. If more than one, but fewer than all the contingent Prospective Beneficiaries become Beneficiaries by reason of the death of the Beneficiary, the interest of the deceased contingent Prospective
Beneficiary (or Prospective Beneficiaries) will be divided among the surviving contingent Beneficiaries identified as to the portion to be distributed hereunder applying the ratio principle articulated in the preceding paragraph, and if no such
contingent Prospective Beneficiaries survive the Participant, then the interests of all of the contingent Prospective Beneficiaries in that portion will be allocated among the surviving primary Prospective Beneficiaries applying the ratio principle
articulated in the preceding paragraph. 
 (c) Absence of an Effective Beneficiary Designation. In the absence of an otherwise
effective designation, death benefits are payable in the following order of priority: 
 (1) surviving spouse, and 

(2) estate. 

(d) Effect of Divorce. Upon the later to occur of the effective date of the divorce of the Participant and his or her former
spouse or the date on which the Committee receives written notification of the divorce, except as may otherwise be provided in a Qualified Domestic Relations Order, the rights of the former spouse under the Plan will be extinguished, and any
designation of that former spouse as a Prospective Beneficiary under the Plan will be null and void unless reaffirmed by the Participant after the effective date of the divorce in a written instrument directed to the Committee and delivered to the
Committee during the Participant’s lifetime. 
 (e) Order of Death. If it is impossible to ascertain with certainty the
order of death of the Participant and any Prospective Beneficiary, the Participant will be deemed to have survived the Prospective Beneficiary unless the Participant has specifically indicated to the contrary in writing on his or her beneficiary
designation form. If it is impossible to ascertain with certainty the order of death of two or more Prospective Beneficiaries, deceased primary Prospective Beneficiaries will be deemed to have survived deceased contingent Prospective Beneficiaries,
unless the Participant has specifically indicated otherwise in writing on his or her beneficiary designation form. 
 (f) Effect of
Disclaimers. To the extent that a Participant’s surviving spouse or any other Beneficiary disclaims in a writing that is notarized, or that has been witnessed and authorized to the satisfaction of the Committee, all or part of any
interest in a benefit payable by reason of the Participant’s death, the Beneficiary will cease to be considered a Beneficiary under the Plan. 

  
 - 34 - 

 Section 5.5 Early Distribution Consent. 

(a) In General. If the Participant’s nonforfeitable interest in the Plan exceeds the Cash-Out Limit, no distribution will
be paid to the Participant before the Participant’s Required Beginning Date, unless the Participant consents to the distribution. 

(b) Valid Consent. A Participant’s consent is not valid unless the Participant has received a notice containing a general
description of the material features of the Plan. The notice must be written in a manner that would satisfy the notice requirements of Section 417(a)(3) of the Code. The notice must be provided no less than 30 days and no more than 180 days
before the Annuity Starting Date. In addition, the Participant must be informed of the right to defer receipt of the distribution. A consent also will not be valid if a significant detriment is imposed under the Plan on any Participant who does not
consent to the distribution. Finally, written consent of the Participant to the distribution must not be made before the Participant receives the aforementioned notice and must not be made more than 180 days before the Annuity Starting Date. 

If a distribution is one to which Sections 401(a)(11) and 417 of the Code do not apply, the distribution may commence less than 30 days after
the notice required under Section 1.411(a)-11(c) of the Treasury Regulations is given, if: 
 (1) the Committee clearly
informs the Participant that the Participant has a right to a period of at least 30 days after receiving the notice to consider the decision of whether or not to elect a distribution (and, if applicable, a particular distribution option), and 

(2) the Participant, after receiving the notice, affirmatively elects a distribution. 

Section 5.6 Minimum Distribution Required. 

(a) General Rule. Except as provided in Subsection (b) below, a Participant must receive a distribution of his or her
entire nonforfeitable interest in the Plan on or before his or her Required Beginning Date. If the Participant subsequently becomes entitled to an additional interest in the Plan, the Participant must receive a distribution of his or her entire
nonforfeitable interest in the Plan, if any, on or before December 31 of each calendar year including and following the year of the Required Beginning Date. 

(b) Exceptions. 

(1) A Participant whose Required Beginning Date is April 1, 2009 will receive the required minimum distribution for the
2008 distribution calendar year on or before April 1, 2009. The Participant will not receive a required minimum 

  
 - 35 - 

 
distribution for the 2009 distribution calendar year but will receive a lump sum distribution of his or her entire nonforfeitable interest in the Plan on or before December 31, 2010. 

(2) A Participant whose Required Beginning Date is April 1, 2010 will not receive a required minimum distribution for the
2009 distribution calendar year but will receive a lump sum distribution of his or her entire nonforfeitable interest in the Plan on or before December 31, 2010. 

(c) Definitions. For purposes of this Section, required minimum distributions shall be determined in accordance with
Section 14.3, and the term “distribution calendar year” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14.4. 

Section 5.7 Involuntary Cash-Outs of Small Benefits. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article, a
Participant who has a Severance from Employment will receive a distribution of his or her entire nonforfeitable interest in the Plan in a single lump sum payment of cash or property, provided that the amount of the distribution does not exceed the
Cash-Out Limit. A distribution under this Section 5.7 will be made as soon as administratively feasible following the Participant’s Severance from Employment. A distribution made pursuant to this Section 5.7 will be made without the
consent of the Participant. 
 Section 5.8 Hardship Withdrawals. 

(a) General Rule. Upon the application of any Participant, the Committee, in accordance with a uniform, nondiscriminatory
policy, may permit the Participant to make a withdrawal from his or her Savings Account and, effective July 1, 1998, his or her Rollover Account, if any, if and only if the following two requirements have been satisfied: 

(1) the withdrawal is made on account of an immediate and heavy financial need of the Participant; and 

(2) the withdrawal is necessary to satisfy such financial need. 

(b) Limit on Distributable Amount. A hardship withdrawal under this Section must be limited to the Distributable Amount.
“Distributable Amount” means the sum of (i) the Participant’s total Salary Reduction Contributions as of the date of withdrawal and (ii) the value of the Participant’s Rollover Account as of the Valuation Date
coincident with or immediately preceding the date of withdrawal, the sum of which will be reduced by (iii) the amount of previous hardship withdrawals. 

(c) Immediate and Heavy Financial Need. A withdrawal will be deemed to be made on account of an immediate and heavy financial
need of the Participant only if the withdrawal is for: 
 (1) Expenses for medical care described in Section 213(d) of
the Code previously incurred by the Participant, his or her spouse, or any dependents of the Participant (as defined in Section 152 of the Code, and, for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2005, without regard to Subsections
(b)(1), (b)(2), and (d)(1)(B) of Section 152 of the Code) or that are necessary for these persons to obtain such medical care; 

  
 - 36 - 

 (2) Costs related directly to the purchase of a principal residence for the
Participant (excluding mortgage payments); 
 (3) Payment of tuition, related educational fees and room and board expenses
for the next 12 months of post secondary education for the Participant, his or her spouse, children or dependents (as defined in Section 152 of the Code, and, for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2005, without regard to
Subsections (b)(1), (b)(2), and (d)(1)(B) of Section 152 of the Code); 
 (4) Payments necessary to prevent the eviction
of the Participant from his or her principal residence or foreclosure on the mortgage of the Participant’s principal residence; 

(5) Payments for burial or funeral expenses for the Participant’s deceased parent, spouse, children or dependents (as
defined in Section 152 of the Code, and, for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2005, without regard to Section 152 (d)(1)(B) of the Code); 

(6) Expenses for the repair of damage to the Participant’s principal residence that would qualify for the casualty
deduction under Section 165 of the Code (determined without regard to whether the loss exceeds 10% of adjusted gross income); or 

(7) Other deemed immediate and heavy financial needs prescribed by the Commissioner of Internal Revenue in guidance of general
applicability published in the Internal Revenue Bulletin. 
 (d) Necessary to Satisfy Financial Need. A withdrawal will be
deemed necessary to satisfy an immediate and heavy financial need of a Participant only if all of the following requirements are satisfied: 

(1) The withdrawal is not in excess of the amount of the Participant’s immediate and heavy financial need. The amount of
the immediate and heavy financial need may include any amounts necessary to pay any federal, state or local income taxes or penalties reasonably anticipated to result from the withdrawal. 

(2) The Participant has obtained all distributions, other than hardship distributions, and all nontaxable (at the time of the
loan) loans currently available under all qualified plans maintained by the Company. See Section 8.4(c) for a special rule pertaining to the distribution of dividends from the ESOP portion of the Plan. 

(3) A Participant who receives a distribution of Salary Reduction Contributions on account of hardship will be prohibited from
making Salary Reduction Contributions to the Plan and all other plans of the Company for six (6) months after receipt of the hardship distribution. 

  
 - 37 - 

 (e) Uniform Rules. The Committee will adopt uniform rules of general applicability
regarding the timing and frequency of withdrawals, and the method by which earning will be credited to amounts withdrawn for the period prior to the withdrawal. 

Section 5.9 Loans to Participants. 

(a) Trustees May Make Loans. Upon the Committee’s written direction and subject to a uniform nondiscriminatory policy
adopted by the Committee, the Trustees will make loans to Participants pursuant to this Section and any additional consistent rules the Committee may adopt. Loans will be made available to Participants who are parties in interest (as defined under
ERISA) on a reasonably equivalent basis and will not be made available to Highly Compensated Employees, officers or shareholders in an amount greater than the amount made available to other Participants. Notwithstanding the foregoing, loans are
permitted only from amounts held in a Participant’s Savings Account or Rollover Account. 
 (b) Written Applications. The
Committee will prescribe an application procedure for the loan program under the Plan, including use of an automated loan application system. 

(c) Limit on Amount of Loan. The dollar amount of a loan to any Participant when added to any other loans granted under this
Section, may not exceed the lesser of: 
 (1) $50,000, reduced by the excess (if any) of: 

 

	 	(a)	the highest outstanding balance of loans from the Plan during the one-year period ending on the day before the date on which such loan was made, over 

 

	 	(b)	the outstanding balance of loans from the Plan on the date on which such loan was made; or 

(2) one-half of the Participant’s nonforfeitable interest in the Participant’s Savings Account and Rollover Account.

 The Committee, pursuant to nondiscriminatory uniform rules of general application, may impose a minimum loan amount requirement and may
limit the maximum number of loans which may be outstanding under the Plan. 
 (d) Term and Interest Rate. The term of any loan
granted under this Section may not exceed five years, except in the case of a loan used to acquire a dwelling unit that, within a reasonable time (determined at the time the loan is made), is to be used as the Participant’s principal residence.
The unpaid balance of any loan must bear a reasonable rate of interest. The loan must be repaid in substantially level payments (with payments not less frequently than quarterly) over the term of the loan. 

  
 - 38 - 

 (e) Promissory Note Required. Each loan must be evidenced by a promissory note or
notes made, executed and delivered by the applying Participant to the Committee, and each note or notes must be in a form and contain the terms and conditions required by the Committee. 

(f) Security. Each loan to a Participant under this Section must be adequately secured by the Participant’s nonforfeitable
interest in the Plan. No more than 50% of the Participant’s nonforfeitable interest in the Plan may be considered by the Plan as security for the outstanding balance of all Plan loans made to the Participant. 

On default, the balance of the amount owed by a Participant may be charged by the Committee or Trustee against the Participant’s interest
in the Plan. However, foreclosure on a note and attachment of security will not occur until a distribution under the Plan occurs. 
 (g)
Directed Investment. Any application for a loan under this Section will constitute a direction by the Participant that his or her nonforfeitable interest in the Plan be invested in the loan. If a loan is made under this Section, the value
of a Participant’s account will be adjusted as of each Valuation Date to reflect any principal and interest credited to the account as a result of the repayment of the loan by the Participant hereunder. 

(h) No Loans to Shareholder-Employee or Owner Employee. No loans will be made to any “shareholder-employee” or any
“owner-employee”. For purposes of this requirement, a “shareholder-employee” means an employee or officer of an S corporation who owns (or is considered as owning within the meaning of Section 318(a)(1) of the Code), on any
day during the taxable year of the corporation, more than 5% of the outstanding stock of the corporation. An “owner-employee” means an individual who is a sole proprietor, or who is a partner owning more than 10 percent of either the
capital or profits interest of the partnership. Effective for Plan loans made after December 31, 2001, Plan provisions prohibiting loans to any shareholder-employee or owner-employee will cease to apply. 

(i) Determination of Amount of Accrued Benefit Payable at Death or Distribution. The portion of the Participant’s
nonforfeitable interest used as a security interest held by the Plan by reason of a loan outstanding to the Participant will be taken into account as a reduction for purposes of determining the amount of the accrued benefit payable at the time of
death or distribution if the reduction is used as repayment of the loan. 
 Section 5.10 Qualified Reservist
Distribution. A Participant may withdraw all or a portion of his or her Salary Reduction Contributions as a qualified reservist distribution, as defined in Section 72(t)(2)(G) of the Code, if each of the following requirements is
satisfied: 
 (a) The Participant is a reservist in the U.S. Armed Forces who is ordered or called to active duty for a period in
excess of 179 days or for an indefinite period. 
 (b) The distribution is made during the period beginning on the date of the order
or call described in (1) above and ending at the close of the active duty period described in (1) above. 
 (c) The
Participant is ordered or called to active duty after September 11, 2001. 

  
 - 39 - 

 Section 5.11 Special Thrift Account Withdrawal Rules. After receiving
the application of any Participant, the Committee, in accordance with uniform rules of general application, will permit the Participant to take a full or partial withdrawal of his or her Thrift Account. 

Section 5.12 Special Rule for Certain Withdrawals by Officers. An Officer may not take a cash distribution funded by
a voluntary disposition of any portion of his or her Account in National Stock Fund A or National Stock Fund B if, as a result of such distribution, the Officer would realize a “short-swing profit” recoverable by the Company under
Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

  
 - 40 - 

 ARTICLE 6 

ACCOUNT VALUATIONS AND ALLOCATION OF NET EARNINGS 

Section 6.1 Valuation of Assets. As of each Valuation Date, the Trustees will value the various accounts maintained
by the Trustees for Participants and Beneficiaries, so that the Participant and Beneficiary accounts will reflect any increase or decrease in the fair market value of the assets of the Trust as of that date. Any increase or decrease in market value
will be apportioned in the same manner that income, expenses, and losses are to be apportioned in accordance with the provisions of this Article. The term “Valuation Date” means the close of the New York Stock Exchange on each Business Day
of each month and any other date or dates elected by the Committee. 
 Section 6.2 Allocation of Income and
Expenses. As of each Valuation Date, all income of the Trust for the period since the preceding Valuation Date will be credited to, and all losses and expenses of the Trust for that period will be charged to the various accounts maintained
by the Trustees for Participants and Beneficiaries. These credits and charges will be made in proportion to the value of the respective accounts as of the preceding Valuation Date (after recording all credits and charges that would otherwise be made
based on account balances as of the preceding Valuation Date). Further, the Trustees may adjust in a nondiscriminatory and consistent manner the credits and charges that would otherwise be made based on account balances as of the preceding Valuation
Date to take into account inter-fund transfers, periodic contributions made on behalf of Participants, rollover contributions, or any other transactions occurring since the preceding Valuation Date. 

Section 6.3 Crediting Forfeitures and Contributions. After adjusting each Participant’s account as of the last
Business Day of the month, the Committee will credit the accounts of each Participant with his or her share of the Matching Contribution and Company Contribution with respect to such calendar month, as determined pursuant to Section 3.7. After
adjusting each Participant’s accounts as of the last Business Day of the Plan Year, the Committee will credit the accounts of each Participant with his or her share of the forfeited accounts available for redistribution at the close of the Plan
Year determined under Section 3.5. Salary Reduction Contributions will be credited to the respective accounts as of the end of each date on or immediately preceding when such contributions were made. 

Section 6.4 Alternative Accounting Procedures. Notwithstanding the accounting procedures in Sections 6.1 and 6.2,
the Committee may, for administrative purposes, instruct the Trustee to establish unit values for one or more funds (or for any portion thereof) and maintain the accounts setting forth each Participant’s interest in the fund (or any portion
thereof) in terms of a unit value, all in accordance with any rules and procedures that the Committee deems to be fair, equitable and administratively practicable. If unit accounting is established for any fund (or any portion thereof) the value of
a Participant’s interest in the fund at any time will be an amount equal to the then value of the unit in the fund (or any portion thereof) multiplied by the number of units then credited to the Participant. 

Section 6.5 Notification to Participants. The Committee will notify each Participant of the amount of his or her
interest in the Trust as of the close of each Plan Year. Such interest will consist of an amount equal to the total amounts credited to his or her accounts as a result of the adjustments under Sections 6.2 and 6.3. 

  
 - 41 - 

 Section 6.6 Directed Investment Accounts. 

(a) Participant Directed Investments. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or the Trust, a Participant or Beneficiary
may, if permitted under a uniform, nondiscriminatory policy adopted by the Committee, direct that the Trustees invest amounts credited to his or her accounts in any manner authorized by the Plan or the Trust and permitted under the Code. Directions
must specify the amount and the securities or other property in which the amount is to be invested. The Committee, or the Trustees, may require that a Participant or Beneficiary clarify any directions given under this Section. If a Participant makes
any directions under this Section, the value of a Participant’s account is adjusted as of each Valuation Date to reflect any interest or dividends credited on the accounts or any increases or decreases in the value of the investments directed
by the Participant. 
 (b) Fiduciary Duties. In accordance with Section 404(c) of ERISA, no Participant or Beneficiary
who directs an investment pursuant to this Section is considered a fiduciary by reason of his or her exercise of control over his or her accounts, and no person who is otherwise a fiduciary (including the Committee, any individual to whom
responsibilities are delegated under Section 10.6, or the Trustees) has any liability for any loss, or by reason of any breach, that results from the Participant’s or Beneficiary’s exercise of control. 

  
 - 42 - 

 ARTICLE 7 

THE TRUST 

Section 7.1 Continuation of the Trust. National will continue a Trust under the Plan. The Trust will consist of all
sums of money and other property acceptable to the Trustees that are paid or delivered to the Trustees, together with all investments made therewith and the proceeds thereof, and all earnings and profits thereon, less the payments and distributions
therefrom. The Trust will be administered in accordance with the Trust and the terms of the Plan. 
 Section 7.2
Disbursements Limited to Trust Assets. Nothing contained in this Plan may be construed as obligating the Trustee to make any payment or disbursements except from funds or property held under the Trust. 

Section 7.3 Expenses of Administration and Litigation. The reasonable costs, expenses, taxes and liabilities
incurred in connection with the administration of the Plan (including, without limitation, Trustee compensation, legal fees, and accounting and actuarial expenses) or in connection with any litigation involving the Trust will be paid from the assets
of the Trust, unless paid by the Company. No person who is a disqualified person (as defined in Section 4975 of the Code) and who receives full-time compensation from the Company, may receive compensation from the Trust, although he or she may
be reimbursed for expenses properly and actually incurred in connection with the administration of the Plan. The Committee will direct the Trustees in the payment of expenses and liabilities pursuant to this Section. 

Section 7.4 Pooled Investment Fund or Group Trust. Part or all of the assets of the Trust, from time to time, may be
transferred to (a) any pooled investment fund of an insurance company or (b) a common or collective trust fund or pooled investment fund maintained by a bank or trust company which contemplates the commingling for investment purposes of
the Trust assets with assets of other trusts. Transfers will be made in a manner consistent with the provisions of Section 4975(d)(8) of the Code. 

  
 - 43 - 

 ARTICLE 8 

INVESTMENT AND VOTING OF SHARES 

Section 8.1 Investment of Contributions. 

(a) Salary Reduction Contributions and Company Contributions. Subject to Section 6.6, each Participant may make an
investment election designating the Investment Fund(s) in which his or her future Salary Reduction Contributions and Company Contributions, as applicable, are to be invested. The following Investment Funds shall be made available by the Committee
under the Plan for the investment of Salary Reduction Contributions and Company Contributions: 
 (1) except with regard to
the investment of Company Contributions, “National Stock Fund A,” invested in common stock of National, which investment option shall only be frozen or removed, short of a Plan amendment, if the Committee determines (based upon advice of
counsel) that to continue offering Company stock as an option would violate ERISA; 
 (2) the “Investment Contract
Funds,” which are collective investment funds invested primarily in investment contracts issued by insurance companies and commercial banks or other types of fixed principal investments selected by the Trustees of the Investment Contract Fund;

 (3) one or more “Mutual Funds” (open-end regulated investment companies) or similar funds selected by the
Committee; and 
 (4) any other investment duly authorized by the Committee. 

Each investment vehicle described in this Section, and each separate Mutual Fund or similar fund, is considered a separate Investment Fund for
purposes of the Plan, and a Participant’s interest in each such Investment Fund will be separately accounted for. A Participant may change his or her election pursuant to this Subsection (a) in accordance with rules set forth by the
Committee. In the absence of an election pursuant to this Subsection (a), a Participant’s Salary Reduction Contributions and Company Contributions will be invested in the default fund selected by the Committee. 

(b) Matching Contributions. Matching Contributions will be invested at the time of contribution in “National Stock Fund
B,” which is invested in common stock of National. Subject to all necessary government approvals and applicable regulation, National is permitted, in its discretion, to make Matching Contributions to National Stock Fund B either in cash or in
shares of common stock of National. 
 (c) Reinvestment of Existing Balances. A Participant may, at any time, direct that all
or a portion of his or her existing account balances in one or more Investment Funds (including National Stock Fund B) be transferred among available Investment Funds in such percentages or fractions as he or she may specify, unless the Committee
promulgates rules and regulations concerning same, in which case the Participant must direct such transfers in a manner consistent with such rules and regulations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Company 

  
 - 44 - 

 
Contributions may not be transferred to National Stock Fund A or B. A transfer becomes effective on the day it is communicated to the Trustees through a telephone call by the Participant or other
such method or methods as the Committee may require. The Committee may limit or prohibit transfers out of or into the Investment Contract Fund in order to reflect requirements of contract(s) held in that Fund or in accordance with procedures
established by the Committee to govern the operation of the Fund. 
 Officers are subject to the following additional restrictions
concerning transfers of their existing Account balances into or out of National Stock Fund A, or out of National Stock Fund B. No Officer may transfer any portion of his or her existing Account balance into or out of National Stock Fund A, or out of
National Stock Fund B, if, as a result of such transfer, the Officer would realize a “short-swing profit” recoverable by the Company under Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

(d) Investment Rules. The Committee may prescribe uniform rules of general application concerning the investment of all
contributions to the Plan. Those rules may limit the revocability of an investment election, restrict the transfer of contributions from one fund to another, and establish parameters for making temporary investments. 

(e) Investment Direction by Beneficiary. In the event of a Participant’s death, the Participant’s Beneficiary shall
have the right to direct the investment of the Participant’s account balance in accordance with the provisions of this Section and Section 6.6, as if the Beneficiary were a Participant. 

Section 8.2 Voting of Shares. 

(a) Voting of Common Shares. Each Participant has the right to give voting instructions to the Trustees with respect to the
number of shares of common stock of National that are held in the Trust on his or her behalf. Written notice of any meeting of stockholders of National and a form for instructing the Trustees how to vote will be given to each Participant entitled to
give instruction by such means and in such manner as the Committee may determine. The Trustees will vote such number of shares in accordance with those instructions; provided, however, that the Trustees will vote those shares of common stock of
National for which they have not received valid voting instructions from Participants in the same manner and in the same proportion as the shares of common stock of National with respect to which the Trustees received valid voting instructions are
voted. Each Participant will be informed that if he or she fails to return the voting instruction form, the shares for which the Participant is entitled to direct the voting will be proportionately voted based on voting instructions actually
received from other Participants. 
 (b) Tender or Exchange Offers. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan to the
contrary, in the event of a tender or exchange offer for shares of common stock of National held by the Trustees in a Common Stock Fund for the account of any Participant, the Trustees have no discretion or authority to sell, convey or exchange such
shares except to the extent that the Trustees are timely directed to do so in writing by the Participant, and, upon timely receipt of such written instructions, the Trustees will so sell, convey or transfer such shares of the common stock of
National. 

  
 - 45 - 

 In the event of a tender or exchange offer for shares of common stock of National held by the
Trustees in a Common Stock Fund for the account of any Participant, (i) each Participant will be informed that if he or she fails to timely instruct the Trustees to tender or exchange the shares held for the Participant’s account, the
Trustees will not tender or exchange those shares; (ii) National and the Committee will not interfere in any manner or in any way attempt to influence a Participant’s decision regarding the tender or exchange of those shares (hereinafter
referred to as the “Investment Decision”); (iii) National and the Committee will adequately communicate or cause to be communicated to the Participants the provisions of the Plan relating to the tender or exchange of the shares and
timely distribute to Participants all communications directed generally to the owners of the shares subject to the tender or exchange offer, and (iv) the Trustees will timely transmit to the Committee for distribution to Participants, all
communications that the Trustees may receive, if any, from the offeror of the tender or exchange offer relating to the tender or exchange offer. In no event will the communications to Participants with respect to Investment Decisions or public
communications directed generally to the owners of the shares subject to the tender or exchange offer, be deemed to be interference in the exercise of the Participant’s Investment Decision; provided, however, that Section 510 of ERISA will
apply to any communication that threatens or intimates that actions which would violate Section 510 of ERISA will or might be taken with respect to any Participant who does not make an Investment Decision in accord with the wishes of National.

 Section 8.3 Designation of National Stock Funds A and B as an ESOP. Effective on and after September 28,
2007, the portion of the Trust invested in National Stock Fund A and National Stock Fund B is designated as an Employee Stock Ownership Plan (“ESOP”). The ESOP portion of the Plan is intended to be a stock bonus plan as defined in Treasury
Regulation Section 1.401-1(b)(1)(iii) and a non-leveraged employee stock ownership plan satisfying the requirements of Sections 401(a) and 4975(e) of the Code. The ESOP portion of the Plan is designed to be invested primarily in shares of
National common stock, which are qualifying employer securities within the meaning of Section 4975(e)(8) of the Code. 

Section 8.4 Dividends on Stock Held in the ESOP. 

(a) Election between Distribution and Reinvestment Cash dividends paid with respect to shares of stock held in the ESOP as of
the record date for such dividends shall be, at the election of the Participant or Beneficiary, either (i) paid or distributed in cash to the Participant or Beneficiary, or (ii) paid to the applicable National Stock Fund and reinvested in
common stock of National. 
 (b) Default Election. Except as provided in Subsection (c) below, if a Participant or
Beneficiary fails to make a proper election under Subsection (a) with respect to a dividend, the Participant or Beneficiary shall be deemed to have elected to have the dividend paid to the applicable National Stock Fund and reinvested in common
stock of National. 
 (c) Special Deemed Election for Hardship Withdrawals. If a Participant or Beneficiary requests a
hardship withdrawal under Section 5.8 which is approved between the ex-dividend date for a dividend and the due date for the election under Subsection (a) with respect to such dividend, the Participant or Beneficiary will be deemed to have
elected that such dividend be paid or distributed in cash to the Participant or Beneficiary. This deemed election will remain in effect for subsequent dividends unless the Participant or Beneficiary affirmatively elects to have dividends paid to the
applicable National Stock Fund and reinvested in common stock of National. 

  
 - 46 - 

 (d) Cash Distributions. If a Participant or Beneficiary elects a cash distribution,
the distribution may, at the discretion of the Committee, be paid (i) directly to the Participant or Beneficiary or (ii) to the applicable National Stock Fund and then distributed to the Participant or Beneficiary not later than ninety
(90) days after the close of the Plan Year in which paid to such fund. 
 (e) Committee Discretion. The Committee shall
determine the scope, manner and timing of the elections, dividend payments or distributions, and reinvestment described in this Section 8.4 in any manner that is consistent with Section 404(k) of the Code and other applicable provisions of
the Code and ERISA. 

  
 - 47 - 

 ARTICLE 9 

TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS 

Section 9.1 Definitions. The following definitions, interpreted consistently with Code Section 416, will apply
for purposes of this Article: 
 (a) Top-Heavy Plan. The Plan will be considered a Top-Heavy Plan for a Plan Year (beginning
with the first Plan Year beginning after December 31, 1983) if any of the following conditions exists: 
 (1) If the
Top-Heavy Ratio for this Plan exceeds 60% and this Plan is not part of any Required Aggregation Group or Permissive Aggregation Group of plans. 

(2) If this Plan is a part of Required Aggregation Group of plans but not part of a Permissive Aggregation Group and the
Top-Heavy Ratio for the Required Aggregation Group of plans exceeds 60%. 
 (3) If this Plan is a part of a Permissive
Aggregation Group of plans and the Top-Heavy Ratio for the Permissive Aggregation Group exceeds 60%. 
 (b) Determination Date
means the last day of the preceding Plan Year or, for the first Plan Year, the last day of the first Plan Year. 
 (c) Key
Employee means any Employee or former Employee (and the Employee’s Beneficiaries) who at any time during the Determination Period was an officer of the Company if the individual’s annual compensation exceeds 50% of the dollar
limitation under Code Section 415(b)(1)(A), an owner (or an individual considered an owner under Code Section 318 of one of the ten largest interests in the Company if the individual’s compensation exceeds 100% of the dollar
limitation under Code Section 415(c)(1)(A)), a 5% owner of the Company, or a 1% owner of the Company who has had an annual compensation of more than $150,000. Annual compensation means compensation as defined in Section 415(c)(3) of the
Code, but for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1997, including amounts contributed by the employer pursuant to a salary reduction agreement that are excludable from the employee’s gross income under Sections 125, 402(e)(3), 402(h)
or 403(b) of the Code, and, effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2001, Section 132(f)(4) of the Code. The “Determination Period” is the Plan Year containing the Determination Date and the four preceding Plan
Years. The determination of who is a Key Employee will be made in accordance with Code Section 416(i)(1) and the regulations thereunder. 

(d) Top-Heavy Ratio means: 

(1) If the Company maintains one or more defined contribution plans (including any Simplified Employee Pension Plan) and the
Company has not maintained any defined benefit plan that during the 5-year period ending on the Determination Date(s) has or has had accrued benefits, the Top-Heavy Ratio for this Plan alone or for the Required or Permissive Aggregation Group as
appropriate is a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of all account 

  
 - 48 - 

 
balances of all Key Employees as of the determination dates(s) (including any part of any account balance distributed in the 5-year period ending on the Determination Date(s)), and the
denominator of which is the sum of all account balances (including any part of any account balance distributed in the 5-year period ending on the Determination Date(s)), both computed in accordance with Code Section 416 and the regulations
thereunder. Both the numerator and denominator of the Top-Heavy Ratio are increased to reflect any contribution not actually made as of the Determination Date, but which is required to be taken into account on that date under Code Section 416
and the regulations thereunder. 
 (2) If the Company maintains one or more defined contribution plans (including any
Simplified Employee Pension Plan) and the Company maintains or has maintained one or more defined benefit plans that during the 5-year period ending on the Determination Date(s) has or has had any accrued benefits, the top-heavy ratio for any
Required or Permissive Aggregation Group as appropriate is a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of account balances under the aggregated defined contribution plan or plans for all Key Employees, determined in accordance with Subsection (a),
and the present value of accrued benefits under the aggregated defined benefit plan or plans for all Key Employees as of the Determination Date(s), and the denominator of which is the sum of the account balances under the aggregated defined
contribution plan or plans for all participants as of the Determination Date(s), all determined in accordance with Code Section 416 and the regulations thereunder. The accrued benefits under a defined benefit plan in both the numerator and
denominator of the top-heavy ratio are increased for any distribution of an accrued benefit made in the 5-year period ending on the Determination Date. 

(3) For purposes of paragraphs (1) and (2) the value of account balances and the present value of accrued benefits
will be determined as of the most recent valuation date that falls within or ends with the 12-month period ending on the Determination Date, except as provided in Code Section 416 and the regulations thereunder for the first and second plan
years of a defined benefit plan. The account balances and accrued benefits of a participant who is not a Key Employee but who was a Key Employee in a prior year, or who has not been credited with at least one hour of service with any employer
maintaining the plan at any time during the 5-year period ending on the Determination Date will be disregarded. The calculation of the Top-Heavy Ratio, and the extent to which distributions, rollovers, and transfers are taken into account will be
made in accordance with Code Section 416 and the regulations thereunder. Deductible employee contributions will not be taken into account for purposes of computing the Top-Heavy Ratio. When aggregating plans the value of account balances and
accrued benefits will be calculated with reference to the Determination Dates that fall within the same calendar year. 
 (4)
The accrued benefit of a Participant other than a Key Employee is determined under the method, if any, that uniformly applies for accrual purposes under all defined benefit plans maintained by the Company, or if there is no method, as if the benefit
accrued not more rapidly than the slowest accrual rate permitted under the fractional rule of Code Section 411(b)(1)(C). 

  
 - 49 - 

 (e) Required Aggregation Group includes: (i) each qualified plan of the
Company in which at least one Key Employee participates or participated at any time during the Determination Period (regardless of whether the plan has terminated), and (ii) any other qualified plan of the Company that enables a plan described
in (i) to meet the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) or 410. 
 (f) Permissive Aggregation Group means the Required
Aggregation Group of plans plus any other Company plan or plans that, when considered as a group with the Required Aggregation Group, would continue to satisfy the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) and 410. 

(g) Top-Heavy Valuation Date means, with respect to each Plan Year, the Determination Date. 

(h) Top-Heavy Compensation has the same meaning as Compensation as defined in Code Section 415(c)(3). 

(i) Qualified Top-Heavy Participant, for any Plan Year in which the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan, means any Participant who has not
had a Severance from Employment at the end of the Plan Year, regardless of the Participant’s Hours of Service during the Plan Year, Compensation for that year or failure to make Salary Reduction Contributions during the Plan Year. 

(j) Super Top-Heavy Plan. The Plan will be considered a Super Top-Heavy Plan if the Plan would meet the definition of a
Top-Heavy Plan if 90% were substituted for 60% in each place it appears in Subsection 9.1(a). 
 (k) Non-Key Employee means
any Employee of the Company who is not a Key Employee. 
 Section 9.2 Top-Heavy Rules. 

(a) Application of Top-Heavy Rules. If the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan for a Plan Year, the provisions of this Section will become
applicable for the Plan Year. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the top-heavy rules of this Section will not apply with respect to any Employee included in a unit of Employees covered by a collective bargaining agreement between Employee
representatives and one or more employers if there is evidence that retirement benefits were the subject of good faith bargaining between the Employee representatives and the employer or employers. 

(b) Minimum Company Contribution. In any Plan Year in which the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan, there will be allocated to each
Qualified Top-Heavy Participant, before any other allocations are made under the Plan, the lesser of 3% of the Participant’s Top-Heavy Compensation or the percentage at which contributions and forfeitures are allocated under the Plan for the
Plan Year with respect to the Key Employee for whom the percentage is the highest for the Plan Year. The latter percentage will be determined by dividing the contributions 

  
 - 50 - 

 
(including Salary Reduction Contributions) and forfeitures allocated to the Key Employee by his or her Top Heavy Compensation for the Plan Year. For purposes of this Section, Salary Reduction
Contributions, matching contributions required to pass the actual deferral percentage test of Code Section 401(k)(3), and matching contributions required to pass the actual contribution percentage test of Code Section 401(m), of an
Employee who is not a Key Employee may not be considered in meeting this minimum contribution requirement. If in any Plan Year the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan, and a Non-Key Employee who is eligible to be a Participant hereunder also participates in a
defined benefit plan of the Company, the minimum contribution will be provided under the defined benefit plan. 
 (c) Limitation on
Contributions and Benefit. For Plan Years beginning before January 1, 2000, if the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan in any Plan Year, 1.00 will be substituted for 1.25 in calculating the Defined Benefit Fraction and the Defined Contribution
Fraction. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, in any Plan Year in which the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan but not a Super Top-Heavy Plan, 1.00 will not be substituted for 1.25 if the Company makes an additional minimum Company contribution under
Subsection (b) by substituting 4% for 3%. 
 (d) Special Rule for Non-Key Employees in Two Plans. For Plan Years
beginning before January 1, 2000, if the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan in any Plan Year, and an Employee who is not a Key Employee participates both in the Plan and in a defined benefit plan that is top-heavy and that is included in an Aggregation
Group, 5% will be substituted for 3% in Subsection (b) and 1.00 will not be substituted for 1.25 under Subsection (c) if the Company makes an additional minimum contribution under Subsection (b) by substituting 7 1⁄2% for 3%. 
 Section 9.3
Modification of Top-Heavy Rules. 
 (a) Effective Date. This section shall apply for purposes of determining
whether the Plan is a top-heavy plan under Section 416(g) of the Code for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2001, and whether the Plan satisfies the minimum benefits requirements of Section 416(c) of the Code for such years.
This section amends the preceding provisions of this Article 9. 
 (b) Determination of Top-Heavy Status. Key employee means
any Employee or former Employee (including any deceased Employee) who at any time during the Plan Year that includes the Determination Date was an officer of the Company having annual compensation greater than $130,000 (as adjusted under
Section 416(i)(1) of the Code for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2002), a 5-percent owner of the Company, or a 1-percent owner of the Company having annual compensation of more than $150,000. For this purpose, annual compensation
means compensation within the meaning of Section 415(c)(3) of the Code. The determination of who is a Key Employee will be made in accordance with Section 416(i)(1) of the Code and the applicable regulations and other guidance of general
applicability issued thereunder. 

  
 - 51 - 

 (c) Determination of Present Values and Amounts. This Section will apply for
purposes of determining the present values of accrued benefits and the amounts of account balances of Employees as of the Determination Date. 

(1) Distributions During Year Ending on the Determination Date. The present values of accrued benefits and the
amounts of account balances of an Employee as of the Determination Date shall be increased by the distributions made with respect to the Employee under the Plan and any plan aggregated with the Plan under Section 416(g)(2) of the Code during
the 1-year period ending on the Determination Date. The preceding sentence shall also apply to distributions under a terminated plan which, had it not been terminated, would have been aggregated with the Plan under Section 416(g)(2)(A)(i) of
the Code. In the case of a distribution made for a reason other than Severance from Employment, death, or disability, this provision shall be applied by substituting “5-year period” for “1-year period.” 

(2) Employees not Performing Services During Year Ending on the Determination Date. The accrued benefits and
accounts of any individual who has not performed services for the Company during the 1-year period ending on the Determination Date shall not be taken into account. 

(d) Minimum Benefits—Matching Contributions. Matching Contributions shall be taken into account for purposes of satisfying
the minimum contribution requirements of Section 416(c)(2) of the Code and the Plan. The preceding sentence shall apply with respect to Matching Contributions under the Plan or, if the Plan provides that the minimum contribution requirement
shall be met in another plan, such other plan. Company Matching Contributions that are used to satisfy the minimum contribution requirements shall be treated as Matching Contributions for purposes of the actual contribution percentage test and other
requirements of Code Section 401(m). 

  
 - 52 - 

 ARTICLE 10 

ADMINISTRATION OF PLAN 

Section 10.1 Appointment of Committee. The Chief Executive Officer of National will appoint a committee consisting
at all times of one or more persons to be known as the “Committee”. Any person, including an officer, director, shareholder or employee of National is eligible for appointment as a member of the Committee. The Chief Executive Officer of
National may at any time remove a member of the Committee and appoint a successor. The Committee is a “named fiduciary” under Section 402(a)(1) of ERISA. 

Section 10.2 Administration of the Plan. The Committee has the full discretionary authority and responsibility to
control and manage the operation and administration of the Plan for the exclusive benefit of Participants and their Beneficiaries as required under ERISA and the Code. 

In its sole discretion, the Committee has the exclusive and complete authority to interpret the Plan and to determine all questions arising in
the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan. By way of example, and not by way of limiting the general grant of authority and discretion described above, the Committee will: be the sole and exclusive arbiter of all questions
arising with respect to issues under the Plan as to coverage and eligibility, both as to participation and as to benefits and the amount of benefits, and the determination of a Participant’s interest in the Trust; have the full and complete
discretion, authority and power to make factual determinations relating to the amount and manner of allocations and distributions of benefits; have the full and complete discretion, authority and power to determine whether a domestic relations order
constitutes a Qualified Domestic Relations Order and whether a putative Alternate Payee otherwise qualifies for benefits under the Plan; have the full and complete discretion, authority and power to determine whether the Plan has suffered a defacto
termination; and have the full and complete discretion, authority and power to make all factual findings. The Committee has the full and complete discretionary authority and power to correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any
inconsistency, including but not limited to mathematical or arithmetical errors, resolve any ambiguity and to construe the terms of the Plan, in any manner and to any extent that it deems necessary to carry out the purposes of the Plan. The
Committee may adopt any rules it deems advisable for administering the Plan. In all events, the Committee’s decision in any and all such matters will be binding and conclusive on all parties. 

The Committee is responsible for filing those returns with government agencies that are required to be filed by plan administrators under
ERISA and the Code. The Committee is also responsible for distributing those reports to Participants and Beneficiaries that are required to be distributed by plan administrators under ERISA and the Code. 

The Committee has full authority to control and manage the operation and administration of the Plan, except to the extent that the Trustees,
under the provisions of the Plan and the Trust Agreement, have exclusive authority and responsibility to manage and control the assets of the Plan. The Committee has the discretionary authority and power to select a successor Trustee. 

  
 - 53 - 

 Section 10.3 Compensation and Expenses. Members of the Committee will
serve without compensation in their capacity as Committee members. The Company or the Trust, as determined in accordance with Section 7.3, may pay the expenses of the Committee incurred in connection with the administration of the Plan. 

Section 10.4 Liability and Indemnification. Except for their own gross negligence or willful misconduct, the members
of the Committee and any individual to whom responsibilities are delegated under Section 10.6 are not liable to anyone for any act or omission in the course of the administration of the Plan. In any case, to the extent permitted by law, the
Company will indemnify the members of the Committee and any individual to whom responsibilities are delegated under Section 10.6 against any liability (not reimbursed by insurance) incurred in the course of the administration of the Plan or the
management of Trust assets, except liability arising from their own gross negligence or willful misconduct. 
 Section 10.5
Agents. The Committee may employ any agents, including counsel, as it deems advisable for the administration of the Plan. Agents need not be Participants under the Plan. 

Section 10.6 Delegation of Authority. 

(a) In General. The members of the Committee may allocate their responsibilities among themselves or delegate other persons to
carry out their responsibilities under Section 8.1 and Section 10.2. Any allocation or delegation of fiduciary responsibilities will be in writing, approved by majority vote. An allocation or delegation may be changed or ended by majority
vote. Any allocation or delegation may include the power to subdelegate without further recourse to the Committee. 
 (b)
Liability. If the members of the Committee delegate responsibilities to other persons under Subsection (a), they will not be liable for any act or omission of any person to whom such responsibilities are delegated, except as provided in
Section 405(c)(2) of ERISA. 
 Section 10.7 Actions by the Committee. Actions of the Committee will be by
majority vote either at a meeting or in writing without a meeting. However, a direction, certificate, statement or other declaration signed by a member of the Committee designated as a representative to sign such documents will be conclusive
evidence of the regularity of such direction, certificate, statement or declaration. 
 Section 10.8 Disqualification of a
Committee Member. A member of the Committee may not vote on any question relating specifically to himself or herself, or his or her Beneficiary. 

Section 10.9 Administrative Delays. To facilitate Plan mergers and spin-offs, changes in administration or Plan
design, market disruptions, and other comparable circumstances, the Committee may establish reasonable time periods during which Participants’ elections, distributions and withdrawals will be delayed. 

Section 10.10 Funding Policy. The Committee will establish and review the funding policy of the Plan, taking into
consideration the short-term need for liquidity in Trust assets and the long-term goals for investment growth. The Committee will communicate the funding policy and any changes of funding policy in writing to the Trustees. 

  
 - 54 - 

 Section 10.11 Valuation. Notwithstanding the provisions of Article 6,
the Committee may change its valuation methods and procedures at any time without advance notice to Participants. The Committee may, under unusual circumstances, direct that Participants’ accounts be valued as of a date other than that provided
under its normal rules to protect the financial integrity of the Plan or for other reasons the Committee deems appropriate. 

Section 10.12 Use of Electronic Media. To the extent permitted by the Code, ERISA and applicable Treasury and
Department of Labor Regulations, the Committee may disseminate Plan Information to Participants, former Participants and Beneficiaries, and may obtain elections and other information from Participants, former Participants and Beneficiaries, in the
form of an Electronic Communication. 
 If permitted by the Committee, a Participant, former Participant and Beneficiary may, by means of an
Electronic Communication and in accordance with rules and procedures established by the Committee, make decisions regarding his or her accounts. If this is done, he or she will be deemed to have given his or her written consent and authorization to
any action resulting from his or her Electronic Communication. 
 “Electronic Communication” means a communication between a
Participant, former Participant or Beneficiary and the Committee pursuant to an electronic or telephonic system maintained by the Committee or its delegee and communicated to Participants, former Participants and Beneficiaries. 

“Plan Information” includes certain notices, statements, summary plan descriptions, summaries of material modifications, summary
annual reports, and forms necessary for the operation of the Plan. 
 Section 10.13 Claims Procedure. 

(a) Filing a Claim for Benefits. If an Employee disputes the Committee’s decision with respect to the Employee’s
eligibility to become a Participant, if a Participant disputes the amount of contribution allocated to the Participant or the determination of his or her interest in the Trust, or if an Employee, a Participant or his or her Beneficiary does not
receive benefits to which he or she believes he or she is entitled, the person (the “Claimant”) may file a claim in writing with the Committee. 

(b) Committee’s Notice of Decision. If the Committee totally or partially denies the claim, the Committee will notify the
Claimant in writing within 90 days after receiving the claim. If the Committee determines that special circumstances require an extension of time to issue the notice of decision, the Committee must furnish, prior to the end of the initial 90-day
period, a written extension notice. In no event may the extension exceed a period of 90 days from the end of the initial 90-day period. The extension notice must indicate the special circumstances requiring an extension of time and the date by which
the Plan expects to render a determination. 

  
 - 55 - 

 The written notice of decision will state the specific reason for denial of the claim and make a
specific reference to the Plan provisions on which the denial is based. It will describe any additional material the Claimant may need to submit to the Committee to have the claim approved, and will give the reasons the material is necessary. In
addition, the notice will explain the claim review procedure. 
 (c) Appeal of Adverse Benefit Determination. If the Claimant
receives a notice that the claim has been denied, the Claimant, or his or her authorized representative, may appeal to the Committee to review the claim. The Claimant must submit a written request for review to the Committee within 60 days after the
date the written notice of denial of the claim is received. In connection with a request to review an adverse benefit determination, a Claimant, or his or her authorized representative, (1) may submit written comments, documents, records, and
other information relating to the claim for consideration by the Committee; and (2) will be provided, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the
Claimant’s claim for benefits. The Committee’s review will take into account all comments, documents, records and other information submitted by the Claimant relating to the claim, without regard to whether the information was submitted or
considered in the initial benefit determination. 
 The Committee will notify a Claimant of the Plan’s benefit determination on review
within a reasonable period of time, but not later than 60 days after receipt of the Claimant’s request for review by the Plan, unless the Committee determines that special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the review. If
the Committee determines that an extension of time for processing is required, written notice of the extension will be furnished to the Claimant prior to the termination of the initial 60-day period. In no event will an extension exceed a period of
60 days from the end of the initial 60-day period. The extension notice will describe the special circumstances that require an extension of the time and the date by which the Committee expects to render the determination on review. 

In the case of an adverse benefit determination on review, the written notice of determination will include the specific reason or reasons for
the adverse determination, a reference to the specific Plan provisions on which the benefit determination is based, a statement that the Claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all
documents records and other information relevant to the Claimant’s claim for benefits, and a statement of the Claimant’s right to bring an action under Section 502(a) of ERISA. 

For purposes of this Subsection (c), a document, record or other information will be considered “relevant” to a Claimant’s
claim if the document, record or other information (i) was relied upon in making the benefit determination, (ii) was submitted, considered or generated in the course of making the benefit determination, without regard to whether that
document, record or other information was relied upon in making the benefit determination, and (iii) demonstrates compliance with the administrative processes and safeguards required in making the benefit determination. The Committee’s
decision is final and conclusive. 
 (d) Legal Actions. No legal action may be brought in court on a claim for benefits under
the Plan after 180 days following the Committee’s decision on appeal (or 180 days following the expiration of the time to make an appeal if no appeal is made). 

  
 - 56 - 

 ARTICLE 11 

RIGHT TO ALTER, AMEND OR TERMINATE 

Section 11.1 Plan Amendments. 

(a) Right to Alter or Amend. Subject to Subsection (c), the Board of Directors of National reserves the right to amend, alter,
modify or suspend, in whole or in part, any provision or provisions of the Plan and the Trust at any time, retroactively or otherwise; provided, however, that the Committee may select a successor Trustee to serve pursuant to such terms and
conditions as set forth in the agreement with such successor Trustee, the provisions of which may be amended, altered, modified or suspended, in whole or in part, at any time, retroactively or otherwise, by the Committee. 

(b) Officers Right to Make Limited Amendments. Subject to Subsection (c), the Chief Executive Officer, President or Secretary of
National may modify or amend the Plan in any manner, prospectively or retroactively, including restatement of the Plan, modify or amend the method of funding the Plan or to make any other change therein, including but not limited to amendments that:

 (1) Counsel advises are necessary or appropriate to assure qualification of the Plan with appropriate provisions of the
Code, or to comply with any other applicable law, governmental rules or regulations; 
 (2) Are advisable to make technical
or clarifying changes to the Plan; 
 (3) The Trustees may require; or 

(4) Are otherwise advisable or appropriate. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment may be effectuated, other than with approval of the Board of Directors of National, if it would materially
increase benefits under the Plan or otherwise materially increase the cost of the Plan. 
 (c) Limitations on Power of
Amendment. No amendment, alteration, modification or suspension is effective if it: 
 (1) increases the duties or
responsibilities of the Trustees without their written consent; 
 (2) vests in the Company any right, title or interest in
or to any property or funds held under the Trust; 
 (3) diverts any part of the Trust for purposes other than for the
exclusive benefit of Participants or their Beneficiaries; 
 (4) reduces the accrued benefit of any Participant or decreases
a Participant’s nonforfeitable interest; or 
 (5) eliminates or reduces a “protected benefit” (within the
meaning of Section 411(d)(6) of the Code and the regulations thereunder) with respect to benefits attributable to service rendered before the later of the adoption date or effective date of the amendment, alteration, modification or suspension,
except as permitted by Section 411(d)(6) of the Code and the regulations thereunder. 

  
 - 57 - 

 (d) Form of Amendment. Any amendment, alteration, modification or suspension must
be set forth in a resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of National or in a written instrument executed by National. 

Section 11.2 Plan Termination. 

(a) Right to Terminate. The Company reserves the right to revoke or terminate the Plan and the Trust at any time with respect to
its Employees, in whole or in part, or to reduce, suspend or discontinue its contributions under the Plan. Revocation, termination, reduction, suspension or discontinuance are effective upon the date set forth in the resolution of the Board of
Directors of the Company authorizing the action. 
 (b) Disposition of Assets on Termination. Upon termination (but not
partial termination) of the Plan, the Trustees will dispose of the assets of the Trust by (1) valuing the assets, (2) allocating the assets to the accounts of each Participant, and (3) distributing to the Participants their
nonforfeitable interest as soon as practicable following the termination in accordance with Article 5. 
 Section 11.3
Merger or Consolidation. This Plan will not be merged or consolidated with, nor may its assets or liabilities be transferred to, any other plan unless each Participant would receive a benefit immediately after the merger, consolidation or
transfer (if the Plan then terminated) that is equal to or greater than the benefit he or she would have been entitled to receive immediately before the merger, consolidation or transfer (if the Plan then terminated). 

  
 - 58 - 

 ARTICLE 12 

DIRECT ROLLOVERS 

Section 12.1 Direct Rollovers. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary that would otherwise limit
a distributee’s election under this Article, a distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Committee, to have any portion of an eligible rollover distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement plan specified by
the distributee in a direct rollover. 
 Section 12.2 Definitions. 

(a) Eligible Rollover Distribution. An eligible rollover distribution shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 401(a)(31)(D) of the Code. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for distributions made prior to January 1, 2010, a distribution to a non-spouse Beneficiary will not constitute an eligible rollover distribution unless the distribution is
made during the year of the Participant’s death. 
 (b) Eligible Retirement Plan. An eligible retirement plan refers to
any of the following entities, provided that the entity accepts the distributee’s eligible rollover distribution: (i) an individual retirement account described in Section 408(a) of the Code, (ii) an individual retirement annuity
described in Section 408(b) of the Code, (iii) an annuity plan described in Section 403(a) of the Code, (iv) a qualified trust described in Section 401(a) of the Code, (v) an annuity contract described in
Section 403(b) of the Code, (vi) an eligible plan under Section 457(b) of the Code which is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state and
which agrees to separately account for amounts transferred into such plan from this Plan, or (vii) effective for distributions made after December 31, 2007, and to the extent permitted by law, a Roth IRA. The definition of eligible
retirement plan will also apply in the case of an eligible rollover distribution to a surviving spouse, or to a spouse or former spouse who is the Alternate Payee under a Qualified Domestic Relations Order, as defined in Section 414(p) of the
Code. In the case of an eligible rollover distribution to a non-spouse Beneficiary, an eligible retirement plan is limited to an individual retirement account or an individual retirement annuity that is established for the purpose of receiving the
distribution on behalf of such Beneficiary, as described in Section 402(c)(11) of the Code. 
 (c) Distributee. A
distributee includes a Participant or former Participant. In addition, the Participant’s or former Participant’s surviving spouse and the Participant’s or former Participant’s spouse or former spouse who is the Alternate Payee
under a Qualified Domestic Relations Order, as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code, are distributees with regard to the interest of the spouse or former spouse. Effective for distributions made after December 31, 2006, a distributee also
includes a non-spouse Beneficiary, subject to the limitations set forth in Subsections (a) and (b). 
 (d) Direct
Rollover. A direct rollover is a payment by the Plan to the eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee. 

  
 - 59 - 

 ARTICLE 13 

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 

Section 13.1 New York and Applicable Federal Law Govern. The Plan will be construed and all Plan provisions will be
administered according to the laws of the State of New York and applicable federal law. 
 Section 13.2 Headings for
Convenience. The headings and subheadings of the Plan are inserted for convenience and reference only, and are not to be used in construing the Plan or any of its individual provisions. 

Section 13.3 Rights of All Interested Parties Determined by the Terms of the Plan. The Plan and Trust are purely
voluntary on the part of the Company. The Trust is the sole source of benefits and in no event is the Company liable or otherwise responsible for benefits. The Plan is binding upon the Company and all Participants under the Plan, and upon their
respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, and upon all persons having or claiming to have any interest of any kind or nature in or under the Plan or the Trust. 

Section 13.4 Spendthrift Clause. 

(a) In General. Except as provided in Subsections (b) and (c), or pursuant to an order of a court of competent jurisdiction
to the contrary, none of the payments, benefits or rights of any Participant, Beneficiary, Prospective Beneficiary or Alternate Payee will be subject to any claim of any creditor. In particular, to the fullest extent permitted by law, all such
payments, benefits and rights will be free from attachment, garnishment, trustee’s process, or any other legal or equitable process available to any creditor of such Participant, Beneficiary, Prospective Beneficiary or Alternate Payee. Except
as provided in Subsection (b), no person entitled to any payment, benefit or right under the Plan will have the right to alienate, anticipate, commute, pledge, encumber or assign any of the payments, benefits or rights which he may expect to
receive, contingently or otherwise, under the Plan. 
 (b) Exceptions. The following will not be precluded by the operation of
Subsection (a): 
 (1) the withholding of income taxes from distributions (whether by legal mandate or by election of the
prospective distributee) and transmittal of the amounts so withheld to appropriate tax collection authorities; 
 (2) any
arrangement for recovery by the Plan of overpayments of benefits previously made to or for the benefit of the Participant or other person with respect to whom the arrangement applies; 

(3) transfer of any eligible rollover distribution from the Plan to any eligible retirement plan as described in
Article 12; 
 (4) direct deposit arrangements with respect to benefits if the direct deposits authorized by the
arrangement is to an account of the payee (or a joint account of the payee and his spouse) at a bank or other financial institution; 

  
 - 60 - 

 (5) any assignment or alienation of benefits in pay status to the extent that the
assignment or alienation: (i) is voluntary and revocable, (ii) is not for the purpose of, nor has the effect of, defraying Plan administration costs; and (iii) does not, when combined with all other such assignments in the aggregate,
exceed 10% of any benefit payment; 
 (6) any assignment to the Company if the assignment is revocable at any time, and the
Company files with the Committee a written acknowledgment meeting the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(a)-13(e)(2) (or a successor regulation of similar purpose); and 

(7) the enforcement of a federal tax levy made pursuant to Code Section 6331 or the collection by the United States on a
judgment resulting from an unpaid tax assessment. 
 (c) Applicability of a Qualified Domestic Relations Order. Compliance
with the provisions and conditions of any Qualified Domestic Relations Order will not be deemed a violation of the provisions of Subsection (a). 

Section 13.5 Qualified Domestic Relations Order. 

(a) In General. “Qualified Domestic Relations Order” has the same meaning as it has in Code Section 414(p). 

The Committee will establish a written procedure to determine the qualified status of domestic relations orders and to administer
distributions under such qualified orders. Upon receipt of a domestic relations order made pursuant to state law the Committee will: 

(1) promptly notify the Participant and any other Alternate Payee, as defined by Code Section 414(p)(8), of the receipt of
the order and the Plan’s procedures for determining its qualified status; 
 (2) determine within a reasonable period
after its receipt whether the order is a Qualified Domestic Relations Order, and notify the Participant and any other Alternate Payee of the determination; and 

(3) segregate in a separate account in the Plan the amounts which would have been payable to the Alternate Payee designated in
the order during the period of determination specified in paragraph (2), if the order has been determined to be a Qualified Domestic Relations Order. 

If the Committee determines that the order is a Qualified Domestic Relations Order, it will then direct the Trustees to comply with the order
and will release the amounts held in the segregated account to the Alternate Payee designated in the order. 
 To the extent provided under
a Qualified Domestic Relations Order, a Participant’s former spouse will be treated as the spouse for all purposes under the Plan. The Committee may direct that distributions to an Alternate Payee pursuant to a Qualified Domestic Relations
Order commence prior to the Participant’s earliest retirement age (within the meaning 

  
 - 61 - 

 
of Section 414(p)(4)(B) of the Code). The Alternate Payee will be paid his or her benefit in a lump-sum payment notwithstanding the value of such lump-sum payment, unless the Qualified
Domestic Relations Order specifies a different manner of payment permitted by the Plan; the Alternate Payee will not be required to consent to such lump-sum payment. 

Distributions are permitted to be made under a Qualified Domestic Relations Order, regardless of whether the affected Participant has met the
criteria required for a distribution to the Participant under the Plan. 
 (b) Pre-1985 Domestic Relations Orders. A domestic
relations order entered before January 1, 1985 will be treated as a Qualified Domestic Relations Order if payment of benefits under the order has commenced as of that date, and a domestic relations order may be treated as a Qualified Domestic
Relations Order if payment of benefits has not commenced as of that date, even though the order does not satisfy the requirements of Code Section 414(p). 

Section 13.6 Notice to Employees. Notice of the existence and the provisions of the Plan are communicated by the
Committee to all individuals who are or who become Participants. 
 Section 13.7 No Employment Rights Created. The
creation and maintenance of the Plan does not confer on any Employee any right to continued employment, and all Employees remain subject to discharge to the same extent as if the Plan had never been established. 

Section 13.8 Diversion from Employees Prohibited. Except as otherwise permitted by law, no part of the corpus or
income of any trust fund maintained pursuant to the Plan or of any funds contributed to any such trust fund may be used for, or diverted to purposes other than the exclusive benefit of Participants or their Beneficiaries. In the event the Company
makes an excessive contribution under a mistake of fact pursuant to Section 403(c)(2)(A) of ERISA, the Company may demand repayment of the excess contribution at any time within one year following the time of payment and the Trustees will
return the excess amount to the Company within the one year period. Earnings of the Plan attributable to the excess contributions may not be returned to the Company but any losses attributable thereto must reduce the amount returned. Contributions
made by the Company are conditioned on the deductibility of the contributions under Section 404 of the Code and will be returned to the Company, to the extent disallowed, within one year after the disallowance of the deduction. 

Section 13.9 Right to Judicial Accounting. Nothing contained in the Plan may be construed as depriving the Trustees
of the right to have a judicial settlement of their accounts. Upon any proceeding by the Trustees for a judicial settlement or for instructions, the only necessary party thereto in addition to the Trustees is the Company. None of the Participants or
other Beneficiaries of the Plan have any right to compel an accounting, judicial or otherwise, by the Trustees, and all parties will be bound with respect to all accounts submitted by the Trustees to the Company as provided by the Plan and Trust.

  
 - 62 - 

 Section 13.10 Transfer of Funds to Another Plan. 

(a) In General. If (1) a Participant under the Plan becomes a participant under any other plan qualified
under Section 401(a) of the Code, (2) the trust under the other plan is exempt from tax under Section 501(a) of the Code, and (3) the other plan provides that amounts may be transferred to it from other qualified plans in which
the Employee has been eligible to participate, then the Participant may elect, subject to approval by the Committee, to transfer such amount from the Plan to such other plan to be held in trust and invested in accordance with that plan. In the case
of a transfer to another plan made under this Section, the entire amount available for transfer is transferred as soon as administratively feasible. 

(b) Transfer of Assets and Liabilities for Certain Former Eligible Employees Who Continue Employment with the Company. This
Section 13.10(b) shall apply if a Participant ceases to be an Eligible Employee in connection with a change in employment which results in such Participant commencing participation in the Union Plan (as defined in Section 2.2(a)). 

(1) If a Participant becomes a participant in the Union Plan, there shall be transferred from this Plan to the Union Plan the
entire accrued benefit of the Participant, and assets equal in value to the Participant’s accounts under this Plan on the date as of which the accrued benefit is transferred. The transfer of the entire accrued benefit of the Participant and the
Plan assets shall occur as soon as administratively feasible following the date on which the Participant ceases to be an Eligible Employee. 

(2) If an Employee is reinstated as a Participant in this Plan, any accrued benefit previously transferred from this Plan to
the Union Plan shall be transferred from the Union Plan to this Plan, together with assets equal in value to the accounts of the participant under the Union Plan. 

(3) Any transfer of assets from or to this Plan to or from the Union Plan pursuant to this Section 13.10(b) shall comply
with the requirements of Internal Revenue Code Section 414 and applicable Treasury Department Regulations, rulings and releases thereunder. 

Section 13.11 Forfeiture on Account of Inability to Locate Participant or Beneficiary. Notwithstanding any other
provision of the Plan, if a benefit becomes payable to a Participant or to his or her Beneficiary and if the Company, after all reasonable efforts, is unable to locate the Participant or Beneficiary within one year of the date the benefit became
payable, the benefit payable to the Participant or Beneficiary is forfeited. 
 If a benefit is forfeited due to the Company’s
inability to locate a Participant or Beneficiary, and the Participant or his or her Beneficiary subsequently makes a claim for the benefit, the benefit is then reinstated. Any reinstatement of forfeited amounts under this Section is first made from
forfeitures, if any, occurring during the Plan Year in which the reinstatement occurs, and then, if necessary, by an additional contribution by the Company. 

  
 - 63 - 

 Section 13.12 Incapacity of Person Entitled to Payment. If any person
entitled to receive any benefits under the Plan (“distributee”) is, in the judgment of the Committee, legally, physically, or mentally incapable of personally caring for his or her affairs, unless prior claim has been made by a duly
qualified guardian or other legal representative, the Committee may instruct the Trustees to make distribution to the other person, persons, or institutions as, in the judgment of the Committee, maintains, has custody of, or is otherwise responsible
for the distributee. Any such payment is a payment for the distributee’s account and is a complete discharge of any liability of the Plan therefor. 

Section 13.13 Adoption of Plan by Organization Under Common Control. With the consent of the Board of Directors of
National, the Plan may be adopted by any Organization Under Common Control with National for the benefit of all or a limited group of the organization’s Employees as specified in an agreement to adopt the Plan executed by the organization and
the Board of Directors of the Company. If an Organization Under Common Control adopts the Plan, the term “Company” also refers to the organization. 

Section 13.14 Rules Relating to the Correction of Administrative Errors. The Committee may take any actions it
considers necessary and appropriate to remedy any inequity that results from incorrect information received or communicated in good faith, or as a consequence of an administrative or operational error. The Committee’s actions may include, but
are not limited to: (i) taking any action permitted under the employee compliance resolution system of the Internal Revenue Service, any asset management or fiduciary conduct error correction program available through the Department of Labor,
any similar correction program instituted by the Internal Revenue Service, Department of Labor or other administrative agency, (ii) reallocation of Plan assets, (iii) adjustments in amounts of future payments to Participants, Beneficiaries
or Alternate Payees, and (iv) institution and prosecution of actions to recover benefit payments made in error or on the basis of incorrect or incomplete information. 

  
 - 64 - 

 ARTICLE 14 

MODIFIED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS 

Section 14.1 General Rules. 

(a) Effective Date. The provisions of this Article will apply for purposes of determining required minimum distributions for
distribution calendar years beginning with the 2003 calendar year, as well as required minimum distributions for the 2002 distribution calendar year that are made on or after January 1, 2002. 

(b) Coordination with Minimum Distribution Requirements Previously in Effect. If the effective date of this Article is earlier
than calendar years beginning with the 2003 calendar year, required minimum distributions for 2002 under this Article will be determined as follows. If the total amount of 2002 required minimum distributions under the Plan made to the distributee
prior to the effective date of this Article equals or exceeds the required minimum distributions determined under this Article, then no additional distributions will be required to be made for 2002 on or after such date to the distributee. If the
total amount of 2002 required minimum distributions under the Plan made to the distributee prior to the effective date of this Article is less than the amount determined under this Article, then required minimum distributions for 2002 on and after
such date will be determined so that the total amount of required minimum distributions for 2002 made to the distributee will be the amount determined under this Article. 

(c) Precedence. The requirements of this Article will take precedence over any inconsistent provisions of the Plan. 

(d) Requirements of Treasury Regulations Incorporated. All distributions required under this Article will be determined and made
in accordance with the Treasury Regulations under Section 401(a)(9) of the Internal Revenue Code. 
 (e) TEFRA
Section 242(b)(2) Elections. Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Article, distributions may be made under a designation made before January 1, 1984, in accordance with Section 242(b)(2) of the Tax Equity and Fiscal
Responsibility Act (TEFRA) and the provisions of the Plan that relate to Section 242(b)(2) of TEFRA. 
 Section 14.2
Time and Manner of Distribution. 
 (a) Required Beginning Date. Except as provided in Section 5.6, the
Participant’s entire interest will be distributed to the Participant no later than the Participant’s Required Beginning Date. 

(b) Death of Participant Prior to Distribution. If a Participant dies prior to the Participant’s Required Beginning Date,
the Participant’s entire remaining interest will be distributed to the Participant’s designated beneficiary no later than December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death. 

(c) Death of Participant After Distributions Commence. If a Participant described in Section 5.6(b)(1) dies on or after
April 1, 2009 but before his or her entire interest is distributed, the Participant’s entire remaining interest will be distributed to the Participant’s designated beneficiary no later than December 31, 2010. 

  
 - 65 - 

 Section 14.3 Calculation of Required Minimum Distributions. For
Participants described in Section 5.6(b)(1), the minimum amount that will be distributed on or before April 1, 2009 is the lesser of: 

(a) the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s account balance by the distribution period in the Uniform Lifetime Table set
forth in Section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury Regulations, using the Participant’s age as of the Participant’s birthday in the distribution calendar year; or 

(b) if the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary for the distribution calendar year is the Participant’s spouse and the
Participant’s spouse is more than ten years younger than the Participant, the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s account balance by the number in the Joint and Last Survivor Table set forth in Section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the
Treasury Regulations, using the Participant’s and spouse’s attained ages as of the Participant’s and spouse’s birthdays in the distribution calendar year. 

Section 14.4 Definitions. 

(a) Designated beneficiary means the individual who is designated as the Beneficiary under Section 5.3 of the Plan and is
the designated beneficiary under Section 401(a)(9) of the Internal Revenue Code and Section 1.401(a)(9)-4 of the Treasury Regulations. 

(b) Distribution calendar year means a calendar year for which a minimum distribution is required. For distributions beginning
before the Participant’s death, the first distribution calendar year is the calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year which contains the Participant’s required beginning date. 

(c) Participant’s account balance means the account balance as of the last valuation date in the calendar year immediately
preceding the distribution calendar year (valuation calendar year) increased by the amount of any contributions made and allocated or forfeitures allocated to the account balance as of dates in the valuation calendar year after the valuation date
and decreased by distributions made in the valuation calendar year after the valuation date. The account balance for the valuation calendar year includes any amounts rolled over or transferred to the plan either in the valuation calendar year or in
the distribution calendar year if distributed or transferred in the valuation calendar year. 
 (d) Required beginning date
means the date specified in Section 4.1(e) of the Plan. 
  

			
	NATIONAL FUEL GAS COMPANY
	
	 /s/ P.M. Ciprich

	By:	 	P.M. Ciprich
	Title:	 	Secretary
	Date:	 	December 17, 2010

  
 - 66 - 

 SCHEDULE A 

The following Organizations Under Common Control have adopted the Plan: 

National Fuel Gas Supply Corporation 

National Fuel Gas Distribution Corporation 

Highland Forest Resources, Inc. 

Leidy Hub, Inc. (formerly Enerop Corporation) 

Seneca Resources Corporation 

Utility Constructors, Inc. 

National Fuel Resources, Inc. 

Horizon Energy Development, Inc. (effective January 1, 2003) 

Horizon Power, Inc. (effective January 1, 2003) 

Empire State Pipeline Company, LLC (effective March 1, 2003) 

National Fuel Gas Midstream Corporation (effective June 1, 2010) 

  
 - 67 - 

 2010 RESTATEMENT 

NATIONAL FUEL GAS COMPANY TAX-DEFERRED SAVINGS PLAN 

FOR NON-UNION EMPLOYEES 

AMENDMENT NO. 1 
 Under
Section 11.1 of the National Fuel Gas Company Tax-Deferred Savings Plan for Non-Union Employees (the “Plan”), National Fuel Gas Company reserved the right to modify or amend the Plan. This Amendment No. 1 of the Plan (the
“Amendment”) is adopted to reflect that certain employees of National Fuel Gas Midstream Corporation may participate in the Plan. The changes in this Amendment are effective August 1, 2011. 

This Amendment supersedes the provisions of the Plan to the extent those provisions are inconsistent with the provisions of this Amendment.

 The Plan is amended in the following respects: 

Section 1.3 (“Basic Definitions”) is amended by adding a new paragraph at the end of subsection (n) (“Group II
Employees”) to read as follows: 
 Effective as of August 1, 2011, the term “Group II Employees” will
also include an Eligible Employee (i) who is a Supervisory Employee of National Fuel Gas Midstream Corporation, (ii) who is not a “Transferred National Fuel Gas Midstream Corporation Employee,” and (iii) whose first Hour of
Service with National Fuel Gas Midstream Corporation is credited on or after August 1, 2011. 
 In all other respects, the Plan remains
unchanged. 
  

			
	NATIONAL FUEL GAS COMPANY
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Paula M. Ciprich

		
	Name:	 	P. M. Ciprich
	Title:	 	Secretary
	Date:	 	August 1, 2011

 2010 RESTATEMENT 

NATIONAL FUEL GAS COMPANY TAX-DEFERRED SAVINGS PLAN 

FOR NON-UNION EMPLOYEES 

AMENDMENT NO. 2 
 Under
Section 11.1 of the National Fuel Gas Company Tax-Deferred Savings Plan for Non-Union Employees (the “Plan”), National Fuel Gas Company reserved the right to modify or amend the Plan. This Amendment No. 2 of the Plan (the
“Amendment”) is adopted to reflect that certain employees are not eligible to participate in the Plan. The changes in this Amendment are effective November 1, 2011. 

This Amendment supersedes the provisions of the Plan to the extent those provisions are inconsistent with the provisions of this Amendment.

 The Plan is amended in the following respects: 

Section 1.3 (“Basic Definitions”) is amended by adding a new paragraph at the end of subsection (i) (“Eligible
Employee”) to read as follows: 
 (7) Student Interns. Individuals employed as student clerks or student
interns (including, but not limited to, law clerks), and individuals whose employment is through a cooperative educational program. 
 In
all other respects, the Plan remains unchanged. 
  

			
	NATIONAL FUEL GAS COMPANY
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Paula M. Ciprich

		
	Name:	 	P. M. Ciprich
	Title:	 	Secretary
	Date:	 	October 18, 2011

 2010 RESTATEMENT 

NATIONAL FUEL GAS COMPANY TAX-DEFERRED SAVINGS PLAN 

FOR NON-UNION EMPLOYEES 

AMENDMENT NO. 3 
 Under
Section 11.1 of the National Fuel Gas Company Tax-Deferred Savings Plan for Non-Union Employees (the “Plan”), National Fuel Gas Company reserved the right to modify or amend the Plan. This Amendment No. 3 of the Plan (the
“Amendment”) is adopted to reduce the minimum participation age, reduce the waiting period to become eligible for Company Contributions, and to add automatic enrollment. The changes in this Amendment are effective January 1, 2013.

 This Amendment supersedes the provisions of the Plan to the extent those provisions are inconsistent with the provisions of this
Amendment. 
 The Plan is amended in the following respects: 

1. Section 1.3 (“Basic Definitions”) is amended by replacing subsection (ii) (“Post-2003 Participant”) with the
following: 
 (ii) Post-2003 Participant means a Participant who has completed at least one Year of Participation Service and:
(a) whose first Hour of Service with a Company (not considering Hours of Service credited while in a seasonal, temporary or part-time classification) is credited on or after July 1, 2003 and who is other than a Non-Supervisory Employee of
Highland Forest Resources, Inc. (formerly known as Highland Land and Minerals, Inc.); (b) whose first Hour of Service (not considering Hours of Service credited while in a seasonal, temporary or part-time classification) is credited before
July 1, 2003, who has never been a Participant under the National Fuel Gas Company Retirement Plan, and who is other than a Non-Supervisory Employee of Highland Forest Resources, Inc. (formerly known as Highland Land and Minerals, Inc.) or a
Non-Supervisory Employee of National Fuel Gas Midstream Corporation; (c) who is employed by National Fuel Resources, Inc. (“NFR”) (other than a Transferred NFR Employee, as defined in the National Fuel Gas Company Retirement Plan) and
whose first Hour of Service with NFR was credited on or after October 1, 1994; (d) who was a Non-Supervisory Employee of Highland Forest Resources, Inc. and becomes a Supervisory Employee of Highland Forest Resources, Inc. on or after
July 1, 2003; (e) whose first Hour of Service (not considering Hours of Service credited while in a seasonal, temporary or part-time classification) is credited before July 1, 2003, was a Participant under the National Fuel Gas
Company Retirement Plan, who is rehired on or after December 1, 2004 and who, prior to date of rehire, received a distribution of his or her accrued benefit under the National Fuel Gas Company Retirement Plan, in a lump sum distribution; or
(f) who was a nonvested Participant under the National Fuel Gas Company Retirement Plan upon termination of employment, who is rehired on or after December 1, 2004, who prior to date of rehire was deemed to receive a cash-out distribution
of his or her accrued benefit under the National Fuel Gas Company Retirement Plan, and who accrues no additional benefits under the terms of the National Fuel Gas Company Retirement Plan following his or her date of rehire. The term “Post-2003
Participant” specifically excludes the following: 
 (1) General Management Associates. Any Employee who
is hired into or holds the position of “General Management Associate.” 

 (2) Horizon Energy Development, Inc. or Horizon Power, Inc.
Employees. Each individual who is employed by either Horizon Energy Development, Inc. or Horizon Power, Inc. 
 (3)
Empire State Pipeline Company, LLC Employees. Each individual who is employed by Empire State Pipeline Company, LLC. 

(4) Customer Support Representatives. Each individual who is employed as a “Customer Support Representative
I” or “Customer Support Representative II”. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other Plan provision, an Eligible
Employee whose Date of Hire is on or after January 1, 2013, and who would otherwise meet the requirements of Section 1.3(ii) except that the Eligible Employee has not completed at least one Year of Participation Service, shall be treated
as a “Post-2003 Participant” on the first day of the month coincident with or next following three continuous months of employment with the Company measured from the Eligible Employee’s Date of Hire. 

2. The first paragraph of section 2.1 (“Age and Service Requirements”) is amended to read as follows: 

Section 2.1 Age and Service Requirements. Each Eligible Employee who was a Participant in the Plan prior to July 1,
2003 will continue as a Participant subject to the terms of this Plan. Each other Eligible Employee will become a Participant in the Plan on the first Entry/Adjustment Date coincident with or following the later of (a) his or her completion of
one Year of Participation Service, and (b) his or her attainment of age 18. 
 3. Section 2.1 (“Age and Service
Requirements”) is amended by adding a new fourth paragraph that reads as follow: 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Eligible Employee
who is a Post-2003 Participant will be treated as a “Participant” for purposes of Section 3.2 but not for purposes of Sections 3.1 and 3.3. 

4. Article 3 (“Contributions”) is amended by adding a new Section 3.17 (“Automatic Salary Reduction Contribution
Arrangement”) that reads as follows: 
 (a) Automatic Salary Reduction Contribution Arrangement. 

(1) Rules of Application. Automatic Salary Reduction Contributions will be made on behalf of Covered Participants who do not
have an affirmative election in effect regarding Salary Reduction Contributions. The amount of Automatic Salary Reduction Contributions made for a Covered Participant each pay period is equal to the Default Percentage multiplied by the Covered
Participant’s Base Salary for that pay period. 
 A Covered Participant will have a reasonable opportunity after receipt of the notice
described in section 3.17(a)(3) to make an affirmative election regarding Salary Reduction Contributions (either to have no Salary Reduction Contributions made or to have a different amount of Salary Reduction Contributions made) before Automatic
Salary Reduction 

 
Contributions are made on the Covered Participant’s behalf. Automatic Salary Reduction Contributions being made on behalf of a Covered Participant will cease as soon as administratively
feasible after the Covered Participant makes an affirmative election. 
 (2) Definitions. 

(a) A “Covered Participant” is a Participant who becomes a Participant for purposes of Section 3.1 on or after
January 1, 2013 and who does not have an affirmative election in effect regarding Salary Reduction Contributions. 

(b) “Automatic Salary Reduction Contributions” are Salary Reduction Contributions contributed to the Plan on behalf
of Covered Participants who do not have an affirmative election in effect regarding Salary Reduction Contributions. A Covered Participant’s Base Salary will be reduced by an amount equal to any Automatic Salary Reduction Contributions made on
the Covered Participant’s behalf. 
 (c) The “Default Percentage” is 2%. 

(3) Notice Requirement. At least 30 days, but not more than 90 days, before the beginning of the Plan Year, the Employer will
provide each Covered Participant a comprehensive notice of the Covered Participant’s rights and obligations with regard to Automatic Salary Reduction Contributions, written in a manner calculated to be understood by the average Covered
Participant. If an employee becomes a Covered Participant after the 90th day before the beginning of the Plan Year and does not receive the notice for that reason, the notice will be provided no more than 90 days before the employee becomes a
Covered Participant but not later than the date the employee becomes a Covered Participant. 
 The notice will accurately describe:
(a) the amount of Automatic Salary Reduction Contributions that will be made on the Covered Participant’s behalf in the absence of an affirmative election; (b) the Covered Participant’s right to elect to have no Salary Reduction
Contributions made on his or her behalf or to have a different amount of Salary Reduction Contributions made; and (c) how Automatic Salary Reduction Contributions will be invested in the absence of the Covered Employee’s investment
instructions. 
 5. In all other respects, the Plan remains unchanged. 

 

			
	NATIONAL FUEL GAS COMPANY
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Paula M. Ciprich

		
	Name:	 	Paula M. Ciprich
	Title:	 	General Counsel & Secretary
	Date:	 	12/12/12

 2010 RESTATEMENT 

NATIONAL FUEL GAS COMPANY TAX-DEFERRED SAVINGS PLAN 

FOR NON-UNION EMPLOYEES 

AMENDMENT NO. 4 
 Under
Section 11.1 of the National Fuel Gas Company Tax-Deferred Savings Plan for Non-Union Employees (the “Plan”), National Fuel Gas Company reserved the right to modify or amend the Plan. This Amendment No. 4 of the Plan (the
“Amendment”) is adopted to expand the scope of employees subject to the reduced waiting period to become eligible for Company Contributions. The changes in this Amendment are effective January 1, 2013. 

This Amendment supersedes the provisions of the Plan to the extent those provisions are inconsistent with the provisions of this Amendment.

 The Plan is amended in the following respects: 

1. Section 1.3 (“Basic Definitions”) is amended by replacing the last paragraph of subsection (ii) (“Post-2003
Participant”) with the following: 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other Plan provision, an Eligible Employee who would
otherwise meet the requirements of Section 1.3(ii) except that the Eligible Employee has not completed at least one Year of Participation Service, shall be treated as a “Post-2003 Participant” on the later of (i) January 1,
2013, or (ii) the first day of the month coincident with or next following three continuous months of employment with the Company measured from the Eligible Employee’s Date of Hire. 

2. In all other respects, the Plan remains unchanged. 

 

			
	NATIONAL FUEL GAS COMPANY
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Paula M. Ciprich

		
	Name:	 	Paula M. Ciprich
	Title:	 	General Counsel & Secretary
	Date:	 	1/8/2013

 2010 RESTATEMENT 

NATIONAL FUEL GAS COMPANY TAX-DEFERRED SAVINGS PLAN 

FOR NON-UNION EMPLOYEES 

AMENDMENT NO. 5 
 Under
Section 11.1 of the National Fuel Gas Company Tax-Deferred Savings Plan for Non-Union Employees (the “Plan”), National Fuel Gas Company reserved the right to modify or amend the Plan. This Amendment No. 5 of the Plan (the
“Amendment”) is adopted to provide that certain Participants who are rehired by the Company on or after July 1, 2013 shall become Post-2003 Participants. The changes in this Amendment are effective July 1, 2013. 

This Amendment supersedes the provisions of the Plan to the extent those provisions are inconsistent with the provisions of this Amendment.

 The Plan is amended in the following respects: 

1. Section 1.3 (“Basic Definitions”) is amended by replacing the first sentence of subsection (ii) (“Post-2003
Participant”) with the following: 
 (ii) Post-2003 Participant means a Participant who has completed at least one Year
of Participation Service and: (a) whose first Hour of Service with a Company (not considering Hours of Service credited while in a seasonal, temporary or part-time classification) is credited on or after July 1, 2003 and who is other than
a Non-Supervisory Employee of Highland Forest Resources, Inc. (formerly known as Highland Land and Minerals, Inc.); (b) whose first Hour of Service (not considering Hours of Service credited while in a seasonal, temporary or part-time
classification) is credited before July 1, 2003, who has never been a Participant under the National Fuel Gas Company Retirement Plan, and who is other than a Non-Supervisory Employee of Highland Forest Resources, Inc. (formerly known as
Highland Land and Minerals, Inc.) or a Non-Supervisory Employee of National Fuel Gas Midstream Corporation; (c) who is employed by National Fuel Resources, Inc. (“NFR”) (other than a Transferred NFR Employee, as defined in the
National Fuel Gas Company Retirement Plan) and whose first Hour of Service with NFR was credited on or after October 1, 1994; (d) who was a Non-Supervisory Employee of Highland Forest Resources, Inc. and becomes a Supervisory Employee of
Highland Forest Resources, Inc. on or after July 1, 2003; (e) whose first Hour of Service (not considering Hours of Service credited while in a seasonal, temporary or part-time classification) is credited before July 1, 2003, was a
Participant under the National Fuel Gas Company Retirement Plan, who is rehired on or after December 1, 2004 and who, prior to date of rehire, received a distribution of his or her accrued benefit under the National Fuel Gas Company Retirement
Plan, in a lump sum distribution; (f) who was a nonvested Participant under the National Fuel Gas Company Retirement Plan upon termination of employment, who is rehired on or after December 1, 2004, who prior to date of rehire was deemed
to receive a cash-out distribution of his or her accrued benefit under the National Fuel Gas Company Retirement Plan, and who accrues no additional benefits under the terms of the National Fuel Gas Company Retirement Plan following his or her date
of rehire, or (g) who was a vested Participant under the National Fuel Gas Company Retirement Plan upon termination of employment, who is rehired on or after July 1, 2013, and who accrues no additional benefits under the terms of the
National Fuel Gas Company Retirement Plan following his or her date of rehire. 

 2. Section 1.3 (“Basic Definitions”) is amended by replacing subsection (kk)
(“Year of Company Contribution Service”) with the following: 
 (kk) Year of Company Contribution Service means each
12-consecutive month period during which an Employee is credited with 1,000 or more Hours of Service performed while employed in a classification set forth in Section 1.3(ii)(a) through 1.3(ii)(g); provided, however, that for a Post-2003
Participant who meets the conditions in Section 1.3(ii)(c), Years of Company Contribution Service includes service performed as such a Post-2003 Participant before July 1, 2003. Except for a Post-2003 Participant who meets the conditions
in Section 1.3(ii)(c), the 12-consecutive month period will be measured from the later of the Employee’s Date of Hire or commencement of employment in a classification set forth in Section 1.3(ii)(a) through 1.3(ii)(g), and
anniversaries thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for Supervisory Employees of Highland Forest Resources, Inc., the 12-consecutive month period described in the preceding sentence commences on the later of the Employee’s Date of Hire or the
date on which the Employee becomes a Supervisory Employee 
 3. In all other respects, the Plan remains unchanged. 

 

			
	NATIONAL FUEL GAS COMPANY
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Paula M. Ciprich

		
	Name:	 	Paula M. Ciprich
	Title:	 	General Counsel & Secretary
	Date:	 	July 26, 2013

 2010 RESTATEMENT 

NATIONAL FUEL GAS COMPANY TAX-DEFERRED SAVINGS PLAN 

FOR NON-UNION EMPLOYEES 

AMENDMENT NO. 6 
 Under
Section 11.1 of the National Fuel Gas Company Tax-Deferred Savings Plan for Non-Union Employees (the “Plan”), National Fuel Gas Company reserved the right to modify or amend the Plan. This Amendment No. 6 of the Plan (the
“Amendment”) is adopted to (i) modify the Company Contribution schedule, effective for each calendar month following the February 1, 2014 Entry/Adjustment Date, (ii) reduce the waiting period to become eligible to make
Salary Reduction Contributions and receive Matching Contributions, (iii) exclude certain amounts paid from the definition of Company Contribution Compensation, and (iv) revise the Matching Contribution tables effective February 1,
2014. The changes in this Amendment are effective as of February 1, 2014. 
 This Amendment supersedes the provisions of the Plan to
the extent those provisions are inconsistent with the provisions of this Amendment. 
 The Plan is amended in the following respects: 

1. The third paragraph of Section 2.1 (“Age and Service Requirements”) is amended to read, in its entirety, as follows: 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Eligible Employee who would otherwise meet the requirements in (a), except that the Eligible
Employee has not completed at least One Year of Participation Service, may, on the first day of the first payroll period that begins on the later of (i) February 1, 2014, or (ii) the first day of the month coincident with or next
following three continuous months of employment with the Company measured from the Eligible Employee’s Date of Hire, make Salary Reduction Contributions under Section 3.1 and receive Matching Contributions under Section 3.3 and will
be treated as a “Participant” for purposes of Sections 3.1 and 3.3. 
 2. Section 3.2 (“Company Contribution”) is amended to read,
in its entirety, as follows: 
 Section 3.2 Company Contribution. 

(a) For each calendar month commencing with the February 1, 2014 Entry/Adjustment Date, the Company Contribution to
the Plan will be as follows: 3% of the Company Contribution Compensation for that month for each Post-2003 Qualified Participant who has been credited with fewer than six Years of Company Contribution Service as of the most recent Entry/Adjustment
Date; and 4% of the Company Contribution Compensation for that month for each Post-2003 Qualified Participant who has been credited with at least six Years of Company Contribution Service as of the most recent Entry/Adjustment Date. 

(b) For purposes of this Section and Section 3.7(d), Company Contribution Compensation for a month is the sum of:
1/12 of a Post-2003 Participant’s regular base compensation (salary or hourly pay) as of the most recent Entry/Adjustment Date. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, Company Contribution Compensation will

  
 1 

 
specifically include (1) elective contributions made by a Company on the Employee’s behalf pursuant to a cash or deferred arrangement described in Section 401(k) of the Code or an
election under Section 125 or 132(f)(4) of the Code, and (2) (i) lump sum compensation paid to supervisory employees of National Fuel Resources, Inc., National Fuel Gas Supply Corporation, National Fuel Gas Distribution Corporation or
Horizon Energy Development, Inc., that is designated for payroll and human resources purposes as “lump sum pay” in lieu of a base increase, (ii) discretionary bonuses paid to salaried employees of National Fuel Resources, Inc., before
February 1, 2014, (iii) bonuses paid under the Seneca Resources Corporation Annual Cash Bonus Program before February 1, 2014, (iv) Executive Annual Cash Incentive Program (EACIP) payments, (v) Annual At Risk Compensation
Incentive Plan (AARCIP) payments, and (vi) annual bonuses paid to officers who are “non-16b officers” at the time the bonus is paid. Company Contribution Compensation will specifically exclude any other compensation amount not
described in this Section 3.2(b). 
 The Company Contribution Compensation of a Post-2003 Participant taken into account
in any Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2002, will not exceed $200,000. The $200,000 limit will be adjusted for cost-of-living increases in accordance with Section 401(a)(17) of the Code. The cost-of-living adjustment in effect for a
calendar year applies to Company Contribution Compensation for the Plan Year that begins with or within such calendar year. 

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, for a Participant who becomes an Eligible Employee in connection with a change in
employment which results in such Employee ceasing to participate in the Union Plan, such Employee’s Company Contributions under the Union Plan (if any) will continue on the same terms as in effect on the most recent Entry/Adjustment Date, until
the next Entry/Adjustment Date, but such contributions will be made to this Plan following such change in employment. 
 3. The tables for determining
Matching Contributions found in Section 3.3 (“Matching Contributions”) shall be replaced with the following: 
 Table for
Determining Matching Contributions For Group I Employees, Group II 
 Employees, Group III Employees and Group IV Employees 

Effective February 1, 2014 and Thereafter 
  

											
	Group I Employees	 	 	Group II Employees, Group III
Employees and Group IV Employees	 
	Salary Reduction
Contribution	 	Matching
Contribution
Percentage	 	 	Salary Reduction
Contribution	 	Matching
Contribution
Percentage	 
	2%	 	 	2.0	% 	 	2%	 	 	2.0	% 
	3%	 	 	3.0	% 	 	3%	 	 	3.0	% 
	4% - 50%*	 	 	3.5	% 	 	4%	 	 	4.0	% 
		 				 	5%	 	 	5.0	% 
		 				 	6% - 50%*	 	 	6.0	% 

  

	*	Or contributions that equal the dollar amount in effect under Section 402(g) of the Code for the Plan Year. 

  
 2 

 4. In all other respects, the Plan remains unchanged. 

 

			
	NATIONAL FUEL GAS COMPANY
		
	By:	 	 /s/ P. M. Ciprich

		
	Name:	 	P. M. Ciprich
	Title:	 	General Counsel & Secretary
	Date:	 	9/16/13

  
 3 

 2010 RESTATEMENT 

NATIONAL FUEL GAS COMPANY TAX-DEFERRED SAVINGS PLAN 

FOR NON-UNION EMPLOYEES 

AMENDMENT NO. 7 
 Under
Section 11.1 of the National Fuel Gas Company Tax-Deferred Savings Plan for Non-Union Employees (the “Plan”), National Fuel Gas Company reserved the right to modify or amend the Plan. This Amendment No. 7 of the Plan (the
“Amendment”) is adopted to revise the definition of Group I Employees, to delete the category of Group III Employees, and to revise the definition of Post-2003 Participant. The changes in this Amendment are effective February 1, 2014.

 This Amendment supersedes the provisions of the Plan to the extent those provisions are inconsistent with the provisions of this
Amendment. 
 The Plan is amended in the following respects: 

1. Section 1.3 (“Basic Definitions”) is amended by replacing the first sentence of subsection (ii) (“Post-2003
Participant”) with the following: 
 (ii) Post-2003 Participant means a Participant who has completed at least one Year
of Participation Service and: (a) whose first Hour of Service with a Company (not considering Hours of Service credited while in a seasonal, temporary or part-time classification) is credited on or after July 1, 2003 and who is other than
a Non-Supervisory Employee of Highland Forest Resources, Inc. (formerly known as Highland Land and Minerals, Inc.); (b) whose first Hour of Service (not considering Hours of Service credited while in a seasonal, temporary or part-time
classification) is credited before July 1, 2003, who has never been a Participant under the National Fuel Gas Company Retirement Plan, and who is other than a Non-Supervisory Employee of Highland Forest Resources, Inc. (formerly known as
Highland Land and Minerals, Inc.) or a Non-Supervisory Employee of National Fuel Gas Midstream Corporation; (c) who is employed by National Fuel Resources, Inc. (“NFR”) (other than a Transferred NFR Employee, as defined in the
National Fuel Gas Company Retirement Plan) and whose first Hour of Service with NFR was credited on or after October 1, 1994; (d) who was a Non-Supervisory Employee of Highland Forest Resources, Inc. and becomes a Supervisory Employee of
Highland Forest Resources, Inc. on or after July 1, 2003; (e) whose first Hour of Service (not considering Hours of Service credited while in a seasonal, temporary or part-time classification) is credited before July 1, 2003, was a
Participant under the National Fuel Gas Company Retirement Plan, who is rehired on or after December 1, 2004 and who, prior to date of rehire, received a distribution of his or her accrued benefit under the National Fuel Gas Company Retirement
Plan, in a lump sum distribution; (f) who was a nonvested Participant under the National Fuel Gas Company Retirement Plan upon termination of employment, who is rehired on or after December 1, 2004, who prior to date of rehire was deemed
to receive a cash-out distribution of his or her accrued benefit under the National Fuel Gas Company Retirement Plan, and who accrues no additional benefits under the terms of the National Fuel Gas Company Retirement Plan following his or her date
of rehire, (g) who was a vested Participant under the National Fuel Gas Company Retirement Plan upon termination of employment, who is rehired on or after July 1, 2013, and who accrues no additional benefits under the terms of the National
Fuel Gas Company Retirement Plan following his or her date of rehire, or (h) effective 

 
February 1, 2014, who became a Non-Supervisory Employee of National Fuel Gas Midstream Corporation on November 1, 2010, and was employed as a Non-Supervisory Employee of Highland Forest
Resources, Inc. (formerly known as Highland Land and Minerals, Inc.) on or before October 31, 2010. 
 2. Section 1.3 (“Basic
Definitions”) is amended by replacing subsection (kk) (“Year of Company Contribution Service”) with the following: 

(kk) Year of Company Contribution Service means each 12-consecutive month period during which an Employee is credited
with 1,000 or more Hours of Service performed while employed in a classification set forth in Section 1.3(ii)(a) through 1.3(ii)(h); provided, however, that for a Post-2003 Participant who meets the conditions in Section 1.3(ii)(c), Years
of Company Contribution Service includes service performed as such a Post-2003 Participant before July 1, 2003. Except for a Post-2003 Participant who meets the conditions in Section 1.3(ii)(c), the 12-consecutive month period will be
measured from the later of the Employee’s Date of Hire or commencement of employment in a classification set forth in Section 1.3(ii)(a) through 1.3(ii)(h), and anniversaries thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for Supervisory
Employees of Highland Forest Resources, Inc., the 12-consecutive month period described in the preceding sentence commences on the later of the Employee’s Date of Hire or the date on which the Employee becomes a Supervisory Employee. 

3. Section 1.3 (“Basic Definitions”) is amended by adding the following paragraph to the end of subsection
(m) (“Group I Employees”): 
 Effective as of February 1, 2014, the term “Group I Employees” will also
include Eligible Employees who (i) became Non-Supervisory Employees of National Fuel Gas Midstream Corporation on November 1, 2010, and (ii) were employed as Non-Supervisory Employees of Highland Forest Resources, Inc. (formerly known
as Highland Land and Minerals, Inc.) as of October 31, 2010. 
 4. Section 1.3 (“Basic Definitions”) is amended by
deleting the definition of Group III Employee in subsection (o), and reserving subsection (o) for future use. 
 5. Section 1.3
(“Basic Definitions”) is amended by replacing subsection (x) (“Participant”) with the following: 
 (x) Participant
means an Eligible Employee who meets the eligibility requirements of Article 2 and is a Group I Employee, a Group II Employee, or a Group IV Employee. 

6. The tables for determining Matching Contributions found in Section 3.3 (“Matching Contributions”) shall be replaced with the
following: 

 Table for Determining Matching Contributions For Group I Employees, 

Group II Employees, and Group IV Employees 

Effective February 1, 2014 and Thereafter 
  

											
	Group I Employees	 	 	Group II Employees and Group IV
Employees	 
	Salary Reduction
Contribution	 	Matching
Contribution
Percentage	 	 	Salary Reduction
Contribution	 	Matching
Contribution
Percentage	 
	2%	 	 	2.0	% 	 	2%	 	 	2.0	% 
	3%	 	 	3.0	% 	 	3%	 	 	3.0	% 
	4% - 50%*	 	 	3.5	% 	 	4%	 	 	4.0	% 
		 				 	5%	 	 	5.0	% 
		 				 	6% - 50%*	 	 	6.0	% 

  

	*	Or contributions that equal the dollar amount in effect under Section 402(g) of the Code for the Plan Year. 

7. In all other respects, the Plan remains unchanged. 

 

			
	NATIONAL FUEL GAS COMPANY
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Paula M. Ciprich

		
	Name:	 	Paula M. Ciprich
	Title:	 	General Counsel & Secretary
		
	Date:	 	1/24/14

 2010 RESTATEMENT 

NATIONAL FUEL GAS COMPANY TAX-DEFERRED SAVINGS PLAN 

FOR NON-UNION EMPLOYEES 

AMENDMENT NO. 8 
 Under
Section 11.1 of the National Fuel Gas Company Tax-Deferred Savings Plan for Non-Union Employees (the “Plan”), National Fuel Gas Company reserved the right to modify or amend the Plan. This Amendment No. 8 of the Plan (the
“Amendment”) is adopted to clarify how expenses may be allocated. The changes in this Amendment are effective March 1, 2014. 

This Amendment supersedes the provisions of the Plan to the extent those provisions are inconsistent with the provisions of this Amendment.

 The Plan is amended in the following respects: 

1. Section 6.2 (“Allocation of Income and Expenses”) is amended by adding the following sentence at the end of the paragraph:

 Notwithstanding the foregoing, any expenses of administration of the Plan that are paid from the Trust will be charged to the various
accounts maintained by the Trustees in a manner determined at the discretion of the Committee or, if the Committee has delegated its responsibilities under Section 8.1 to other persons, at the discretion of those persons. 

2. In all other respects, the Plan remains unchanged. 

 

			
	NATIONAL FUEL GAS COMPANY
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Paula M. Ciprich

		
	Name:	 	Paula M. Ciprich
	Title:	 	General Counsel & Secretary
		
	Date:	 	3/7/14

 2010 RESTATEMENT 

NATIONAL FUEL GAS COMPANY TAX-DEFERRED SAVINGS PLAN 

FOR NON-UNION EMPLOYEES 

AMENDMENT NO. 9 
 Under
Section 11.1 of the National Fuel Gas Company Tax-Deferred Savings Plan for Non-Union Employees (the “Plan”), National Fuel Gas Company reserved the right to modify or amend the Plan. This Amendment No. 9 of the Plan (the
“Amendment”) is adopted to clarify the definition of Post-2003 Participant, the age and service requirements, and how nonvested Company Contributions shall be forfeited upon termination of employment, and to reflect the adoption of the
Plan by Highland Field Services, LLC pursuant to Section 13.13 of the Plan. The changes in this Amendment are effective January 1, 2015, except as otherwise provided. 

This Amendment supersedes the provisions of the Plan to the extent those provisions are inconsistent with the provisions of this Amendment.

 The Plan is amended in the following respects: 

1. Effective January 1, 2015, Schedule A, which lists the Organizations Under Common Control that have adopted the Plan, is amended to
add the following: 
 Highland Field Services, LLC (effective January 1, 2015) 

2. Section 1.3 (“Basic Definitions”) is amended by adding a new paragraph at the end of subsection (p) (“Group IV
Employees”) to read as follows: 
 Effective January 1, 2015, the term “Group IV Employees” will also
include Eligible Employees who are Non-Supervisory Employees and Supervisory Employees of Highland Field Services, LLC. 
 3.
Section 1.3 (“Basic Definitions”) is amended by replacing the last paragraph of subsection (ii) (“Post-2003 Participant”) with the following: 

Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other Plan provision, an Eligible Employee who would otherwise meet the requirements of
Section 1.3(ii) except that the Eligible Employee has not completed at least one Year of Participation Service, shall be treated as a “Post-2003 Participant” on the later of (i) January 1, 2013, or (ii) the first day of
the month coincident with or next following three continuous months of full-time employment with the Company measured from the Eligible Employee’s Date of Hire. 

4. The third and fourth paragraphs of Section 2.1 (“Age and Service Requirements”) are amended to read, in their entirety, as
follows: 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Eligible Employee who would otherwise meet the requirements in (a), except that
the Eligible Employee has not completed at least One Year of Participation Service, may, on the first day of the first payroll period that begins on the later of (i) February 1, 2014, or (ii) the first day of the month coincident with
or 

 
next following three continuous months of full-time employment with the Company measured from the Eligible Employee’s Date of Hire, make Salary Reduction Contributions under Section 3.1
and receive Matching Contributions under Section 3.3 and will be treated as a “Participant” for purposes of Sections 3.1 and 3.3. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Eligible Employee who is a Post-2003 Participant will be treated as a “Participant”
for purposes of Section 3.2. 
 5. Section 4.2 (“Determination of Nonforfeitable Rights”) is amended by adding the
following subparagraph (d) to the end thereof: 
 (d) Forfeiture Following a Break in Service. In the case of a
Participant who incurs five (5) consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service, any nonvested amount in the Participant’s Retirement Savings Account shall be forfeited. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, in the case of a Participant who
receives a distribution of his or her entire vested benefit under the Plan after incurring a Severance from Employment or becoming Totally and Permanently Disabled, any nonvested benefits in the Participant’s Retirement Savings Account shall be
forfeited; provided, however that the forfeited amounts will be restored if the Participant is rehired before incurring five (5) consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service. For purposes of the preceding sentence, if the value of a
Participant’s vested account balance is zero at the time of the Participant’s Severance from Employment or becoming Totally and Permanently Disabled, the Participant shall be deemed to receive a distribution of such zero vested account
balance and any nonvested benefits in the Participant’s Retirement Savings Account shall be forfeited. 
 6. In all other respects, the
Plan remains unchanged. 
  

			
	NATIONAL FUEL GAS COMPANY
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Paula M. Ciprich

		
	Name:	 	Paula M. Ciprich
	Title:	 	General Counsel & Secretary
		
	Date:	 	12/23/14

 2010 RESTATEMENT 

NATIONAL FUEL GAS COMPANY TAX-DEFERRED SAVINGS PLAN 

FOR NON-UNION EMPLOYEES 

AMENDMENT NO. 10 
 Under
Section 11.1 of the National Fuel Gas Company Tax-Deferred Savings Plan for Non-Union Employees (the “Plan”), National Fuel Gas Company reserved the right to modify or amend the Plan. This Amendment No. 10 of the Plan (the
“Amendment”) is adopted to eliminate the timing limit in Section 13.11. The changes in this Amendment are effective June 1, 2015. 

This Amendment supersedes the provisions of the Plan to the extent those provisions are inconsistent with the provisions of this Amendment.

 The Plan is amended in the following respects: 

1. The first sentence of Section 13.11(“Forfeiture on Account of Inability to Locate Participant or Beneficiary”) is amended to
read, in its entirety, as follows: 
 Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, if a benefit becomes payable to a
Participant or to his or her Beneficiary and if the Company, after all reasonable efforts, is unable to locate the Participant or Beneficiary, the benefit payable to the Participant or Beneficiary is forfeited. 

2. In all other respects, the Plan remains unchanged. 

 

			
	NATIONAL FUEL GAS COMPANY
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Paula M. Ciprich

		
	Name:	 	Paula M. Ciprich
	Title:	 	General Counsel, Senior Vice President & Secretary
		
	Date:	 	June 1, 2015

 2010 RESTATEMENT 

NATIONAL FUEL GAS COMPANY TAX-DEFERRED SAVINGS PLAN 

FOR NON-UNION EMPLOYEES 

AMENDMENT NO. 11 
 Under
Section 11.1 of the National Fuel Gas Company Tax-Deferred Savings Plan for Non-Union Employees (the “Plan”), National Fuel Gas Company reserved the right to modify or amend the Plan. This Amendment No. 11 of the Plan (the
“Amendment”) is adopted to reflect that certain employees are not eligible to participate in the Plan. The changes in this Amendment are effective July 1, 2015. 

This Amendment supersedes the provisions of the Plan to the extent those provisions are inconsistent with the provisions of this Amendment.

 The Plan is amended in the following respects: 

Section 1.3 (“Basic Definitions”) is amended by adding a new paragraph at the end of subsection (i) (“Eligible
Employee”) to read as follows: 
 (8) Government Affairs Clerks. Individuals employed as clerks in the
Government Affairs Department. 
 In all other respects, the Plan remains unchanged. 

 

			
	NATIONAL FUEL GAS COMPANY
		
	By:	 	 /s/ P. M. Ciprich

		
	Name:	 	P. M. Ciprich
	Title:	 	Senior VP, General Counsel & Secretary
	Date:	 	June 29, 2015

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00249-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00249-of-00352.parquet"}]]